Angisa) - Akhaltsikhe National Highway Goderdzi - Zarzma Section (110-127 Km) (Lot 2

CONSTRUCTION OF BATUMI (ANGISA) - AKHALTSIKHE NATIONAL HIGHWAY GODERDZI - ZARZMA SECTION (110-127 KM) (LOT 2)

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Prepared by the Foundation “World Roads Department of the Ministry of Regional Experience for Georgia” Development and Infrastructure

By order of Transproject Ltd.

CONTENTS

1. General Information about the Project 7 1.1. EIA General Context and Terms of Reference 9 2. Project Description 11 2.1. The Standards and Design Parameters Used 11 2.2. Design Section Description 11 2.3. The Basic Road Design Solutions 16 2.4. Road Pavement 19 2.5. Motorway Structures 20 2.5.1. Bridges 20 2.5.2. Rehabilitation of existing bridge 22 2.6. Construction Jobs 26 2.7. Equipment used during construction 31 2.8. Auxiliary Facilities Complex 32 3. Legal Framework 32 3.1. Environmental Law of Georgia 32 4. Project Natural Environment Description 37 4.1. Climate, Air Quality, Background Noise and Radiation 37 4.1.1. Climate 37 4.1.2. Air quality and noise 41 4.2. Environment Physico-geographical Characteristics 50 4.2.1. Geomorphology and relief 50 4.2.2. Geodynamic and geotechnical conditions of the project and detailed description of the design road 50 4.2.3. Tectonics and seismicity 61 4.2.4. Hydrogeology 62 4.2.5. Hydrology 63 4.3. Maximum Water and Debris Flow 63 4.3.1. Maximum water flow 63 4.3.2. Maximum debris flow in ravines 67 4.4. Water and Debris Maximum Levels in the Section of Bridges Located in Basins N19, N19.1 and N 35 69 4.4.1. Maximum water levels (MWL) 69 4.5. Maximum Water and Debris Scouring in the Sections of Bridges Located in Basins N19, N19.1 and N35 72 4.5.1. Maximum general scouring 72 4.5.2. Local scouring calculation 73 4.6. Consolidated Data 74 4.7. Soil, Landscape and Vegetation 75 2

4.7.1. Topsoil 75 4.7.2. Landscape 78 4.7.3. Flora 78 4.8. Fauna 98 4.8.1. Ecosystems in the project area 98 4.9. Protected Areas 103 5. Social Impact Analysis 105 5.1. Socioeconomic Environment 105 5.2. Characterization of the socio-economic conditions of the villages along the alternative routes to the Adigeni district and the highway 108 5.3. Social-cultural environment 111 5.4. Land acquisition and resettlement 113 6. Analysis of Alternatives 119 6.1. Alternative technical solution in the Area of Petrified Forest Natural Monument 119 6.2. Route strategic alternatives 121 6.2.1. Introduction 121 6.2.2. Existing motorway 125 6.2.3. Alternative to motorway #1 128 6.2.4. Alternative to motorway #2 131 6.2.5. Alternative to motorway #3 132 6.2.6. Alternative to motorway #4 133 6.2.7. Alternative to motorway #4a 136 6.2.8. Conclusion 137 6.3. Feasible options for technical-economic assessment 139 6.4. Environmental Assessment for feasible options 141 6.4.1. Social assessment of the feasible options 149 7. Expected impact on environment 163 7.1. A short review of the expected environmental impacts 163 7.2. The specific issues of environmental impact 170 7.2.1. Air emissions-related impacts 170 7.2.2. Noise associated with the highway construction and operation 171 7.3. Construction-related Potential Impacts 171 7.3.1. Pollution and Waste 171 7.3.1.1. Construction-related waste 171 7.3.1.2. Dangerous geological processes, soil erosion, soil contamination 174 7.3.1.3. Surface and ground water pollution 176 7.3.2. Impact on flora 177 7.3.3. Impact on fauna 177

7.3.4. Protected areas 178 7.3.5. Landscape 178 7.3.6. Water use 179 7.3.7. Impact on archaeological sites 179 7.3.8. Transport-related impacts 179 7.3.9. Impeding the movement 180 7.3.10. Environmental impacts associated with the construction camps 180 7.3.11. The impact related to the asphalt-concrete plant and gravel crushing equipment 180 8. Mitigation and Environmental Management Plan 181 8.1. Mitigation Measures 181 8.1.1. Construction and related mitigation measures 181 8.1.1.1. Prevention of hazardous geological processes 181 8.1.1.2. Pollution Prevention and Waste Management: 181 8.1.1.3. Construction Waste Management 183 8.1.1.4. Noise, dust and emissions 187 8.1.1.5. Soil protection and erosion preventing measures 188 8.1.1.6. Final restoration of the working sites 190 8.1.1.7. Restoration of the landscape and protection of flora 191 8.1.1.8. Protection of fauna 192 8.1.1.9. Protection of cultural heritage 193 8.1.1.10. Health and Safety 195 8.1.1.11. Auxiliary construction facilities complex 196 8.1.1.12. Summary 201 8.1.2. Mitigation of impacts associated with long-term operation 202 8.2. Monitoring and enforcement 203 8.3. The cost of implementing 205 8.4. Environmental Management Plan (matrix) 207 8.5. Plan for monitoring of environment protection (matrix) 233 9. Public Consultations 244 9.1. Georgian Legislation and Requirements 244 9.2. Comments on the Notes from the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources Protection 246 9.3. Consultative Meeting Minutes 256 Annex 1 Waste Management Plan for Camps and Support Facilities 264 Annex 2 Water resources protection measures in camping 298 Annex 3

Emission of hazardous substances related with construction operations in atmospheric air 307 Annex 4 Response plan in case of emergency situations 314

Abbreviations

ADB Asian Development Bank EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EP Environmental Permit EMP Environmental Management Plan HWL High Water Level IFI International Financial Institutions JBIC Japan Bank for International Cooperation JICA Japan International Cooperation Agency CC Credit Contract TLV Threshold Limit Value MEP Ministry of Environmental Protection and Natural Resources NSFSVPP National Service of Food Safety, Veterinary and Plant Protection ODA Official Development Aid PAP Project Affected Population RAP Resettlement Action Plan RD Roads Department RDMRDI Roads Department of Ministry of Regional Development and Infrastructure of Georgia RoW Right-of-way RPF Resettlement Policy Framework TERN Trans-European Road Network TT Tender Terms USSR Union of Soviet Socialist Republics WB The World Bank

Units of measurement ha Hectare km Kilometer km2 Square kilometer l/sec Liter per second m Meter m2 Square meter m3/sec Cubic meter per second m3 Cubic meter mm Millimeter sec Second

1. General Information about the Project

The transport sector development is of great importance to the economic growth and poverty reduction in Georgia. Poor transport infrastructure hinders the growth of transit volume, attraction of foreign investments and economic activity of the country’s population.

Georgia, with its favorable geographic location is situated at the crossroads of the East-West (the Black and Caspian Seas) and the North-South (between Russia and Turkey) transit lines, what for in the development of the country’s national economy an important role is assigned to the development of transport network.

The Batumi (Angisa) – Akhaltsikhe national highway (S-1), with a total length of 159 km, runs through the Autonomous Republic of Adjara and Samtskhe-Javakheti region. It connects the Senaki - Poti - Sarpi (Turkish border) (S-2), Khashuri - Akhaltsikhe - Vale (Turkish border) (S- 8) and Akhaltsikhe - Ninotsminda (Armenian Border) (S-11) international highways with various regions of the country and neighboring states.

Figure 1.1 According to the Roads Department of Georgia the average daily traffic intensity of the Batumi - Akhaltsikhe road by 2008 was as follows: Table 1.1 Section Year Motorcars Vans Buses and Trailers Total trucks Shuakhevi-Khulo 55-80 2008 306 140 32 1 478 Khulo-Zarzma 80-128 2008 105 35 38 4 182 Zarzma-Adigeni 128-140 2008 246 10 5 7 267

Khulo-Zarzma section of the Batumi (Angisa) –Akhaltsikhe national highway runs in the difficult topographic and geological conditions of the Goderdzi Pass. Currently, the state of the road maintenance is poor and the road requires rehabilitation. The road surface on the study road section is mainly gravel, in single small parts of the road the cover is of asphalt concrete, which is worn out, potholed, curbs are damaged. The carriageway is gullied due to the absence of drainage system, the transverse profile slopes are breached. On the cover surface there are observed the different types of defects and damages. Culverts require cleaning and restoration, most of them to be replaced with new pipes. The bridges are to be rehabilitated, for correction of curves it is necessary replace locally the freeway in some areas and to build 3 new bridges.

The rehabilitation and reconstruction of the road in this section will contribute to improvement of socio-economic conditions of the Upper Adjara and Samthkhe-Javakheti populaiton, as well as the whole country’s economy and tourism development, because it connects the Beshumi ski resort with Batumi and Akhaltsikhe.

The traffic intensity forecast after the project implementation is given in Table 1.2. It should be noted that the traffic intensity will be switched step by step after implementation of the project; it is possible to allow the gradual switch on the project section: 60% in the first year, 40% in second year.

In accordance with the above tables, the traffic intensity forecast with a gradual switch in given in the following table:

Table 1.2. Traffic intensity after project implementation

Year Motorcars Vans Buses/trucks Trailers Total

2015 1,155 346 116 45 1,662 2016 1,861 554 155 73 2,643 2017 1,946 579 161 76 2,762 2018 2,035 605 167 79 2,886 2019 2,128 633 172 81 3,014 2020 2,216 659 177 84 3,136 2021 2,307 686 183 86 3,262 2022 2,402 714 188 89 3,393 2023 2,490 740 194 92 3,516 2024 2,581 767 200 94 3,642 2025 2,675 796 204 96 3,771 2026 2,773 825 208 98 3,904 2027 2,874 855 212 100 4,041 2028 2,966 882 216 102 4,166 2029 3,061 910 220 104 4,295 2030 3,158 939 225 106 4,428 2031 3,259 969 229 108 4,565 8

Year Motorcars Vans Buses/trucks Trailers Total

2032 3,363 1,000 234 110 4,707 2033 3,470 1,032 239 113 4,854 2034 3,580 1,065 244 115 5,004 2035 3,694 1,099 249 117 5,159

The terms of reference of the project provides for preparation of the project estimates and tender documentation for the rehabilitation-reconstruction works of Batumi (Angisa)- Akhaltsikhe highway of national significance in two lots: 1) from Khulo to Goderdzi Pass and 2) from Goderzi pass to the village Zarzma.

The total length of Khulo – Zarzma rehabilitation - reconstruction section is 47.112 km. The project estimates and tender documentation for the rehabilitation-reconstruction works of Batumi (Angisa)-Akhaltsikhe highway Goderdzi Pass-Zarzma section (Lot 2) is prepared by Transproject Ltd. under the contract signed with the Roads Department of Georgia on 28.09.2012. The rehabilitation - reconstruction section length is 17.380 km.

1.1. EIA General Context and Terms of Reference

According to the law of Georgia On Environmental Permit (2007), the environmental documents submitted for the environmental approval shall include together with the EIA, the description of the expected emissions volume and types (the inventory report of stationary pollution sources and their emitted/discharged hazardous substances, and the project of threshold limit value of emission/discharge of harmful substances. The emission/discharge threshold limit value should be developed for the objects subject to the environmental expertise, including auxiliary facilities for the construction of roads, such as asphalt concrete plants, concrete plants and construction camps. To draft TLV it is necessary to pinpoint the location of the object, to prepare the master plan indicating all the technological nodes and elements on the plan, the data of hazard generating (emission/discharge) sources and their localization, technological process and pollutants volumes, exact coordinates of discharge in the surface water body and the hydrological characteristics of the surface water body.

During the implementation of the linear infrastructure systems projects funded by the international donor the design, contracting, procurement, and construction are carried out in compliance with the recognized international engineering and construction rules and schemes and, in particular, FIDIC’s, the so-called “Red” and “Yellow” contractual forms. This condition, in turn, is fixed in the credit contract. According to FIDIC’s “Red” and “Yellow” forms of contract, the competences of the project implementing organization, design organization and construction contractor are clearly defined.

According to the FIDIC’s “Red” contract form, the responsibility of the project developer and the design company hired it is to prepare the detailed design documentation of the project (in our case, the road and road infrastructure). As to the maintenance projects of auxiliary facilities to be used by construction contractor, this issue does not fall within the competence of the project implementing organization or design organization and the auxiliary facilities project is not prepared at the major construction permit stage. Preparation of project of auxiliary facilities (construction camp, construction facilities access roads, concrete or asphalt-concrete plants, etc.) and obtaining permits thereof is the construction contractor’s responsibility. According to the FIDIC’s “Yellow” contract form (Design and Build contract), the project implementing organization and the design organization hired by it prepare only the basic design while the completion of the final detailed project as well as preparation of the project of auxiliary facilities and further construction, are the prerogative of the construction contractor.

Thus, in both cases, the contract with the construction contractor shall be made after the construction permit is issued, that is the construction permit, and hence, the environmental approval will be issued earlier than the construction contractor will prepare the auxiliary facilities project and related environmental documentation (the TLVs for surface water bodies, the TLVs for air, etc.). Accordingly, in the process organized under FIDIC’s “red” and “yellow” contract forms, it is not possible to submit the TLV normative documents for auxiliary facilities together with the environmental impact assessment report.

Within the EIA framework it is only possible to reflect the basic principles, the qualitative and semi-quantitative assessments of expected impacts and general situation, while the necessity of accurate and detailed quantitative assessments and TLV normative documentation will be recorded in the EIA as the construction contractor’s responsibility. This commitment must be clearly focused in the contract between the project implementing organization and the construction contractor, and in the construction permit it must be reflected as the condition for permit.

Given the above, the data, calculations and recommendations presented in the Annex to the EIA in connection with the facilities to be built by the construction contractor serve the reflection of the general model situation and the possible impact scenarios, but not preparation of the final, the site-specific assessment and normative documents. In particular, the model presented in Annex 2 describes the typical water supply and sanitation aspects of the construction camp, which is designed fro accommodation of up to 50 builders and construction equipment. The construction equipment site means the area designed for fueling, maintenance and washing of the equipment and machines.

It is important to note that this model is consistent with the worst case scenario, because in our particular case, with high probability we can assume that personnel will be accommodated not in the construction camp, but in the rented flats in the roadside villages and towns.

The assessments and recommendations provided in the IEA, as well as the TLV documents prepared at the preconstruction stage, should be based on the applicable standards and norms.

Article 8.1.1.11. of the EIA provides the principles and guidelines of the regulatory documents, which must be mandatory for the projects of asphalt concrete plant, camp and other auxiliary facilities and their operation conditions. The quantitative assessments in connection with the camp water supply and sewerage and surface water bodies protection measures (model) are discussed in Annex 2 and the quantitative assessment of dust formation and emissions in the construction process is given in Annex 3.

The Roads Department, as the project implementation responsible party undertakes to develop all required environmental documents related to the construction and operation of auxiliary facilities after preparation by the contractor of all required design documentation in connection with the Batumi-Akhaltsikhe road reconstruction and construction and to submit them to the Ministry of Environmental Protection and Natural Resources.

2. Project Description

2.1. The Standards and Design Parameters Used

Based on the study and analysis of the current state of the road the following basic parameters have been adopted during the design.

. Roadbed width - 9.0 m . Roadway reinforcement band width - 7.0 m . Reinforcement bar width - 0.5 m . Driving lane width - 3.0 m . Shoulder width - 1.0 m . Minimum radius of the plan - 35 m . Minimum radius on lacets - 15 m . Maximum longitudinal slope - 8.0% For the road design we have used the Georgian State Standard (SST) 72: 2009 – Roads of general use. Geometric and structural requirements, which have been approved By the Agency for Standards, Technical Regulations and Metrology of Georgia on 9 February 2009.

2.2. Design Section Description

Batumi (Angisa) –Akhaltsikhe road Goderzi Pass-Zarzma rehabilitation and reconstruction section (Lot 2) begins from 109 km+680 of the Goderdzi Pass, passes villages Lodidziri, Utkhisubani and ends at the village Zarzma in the 129th km.

Rehabilitation and reconstruction section length is 17.380 km. 11

Figure 2.1 - rehabilitation and reconstruction section location scheme

As mentioned above, Batumi (Angisa) –Akhaltsikhe road Goderzi Pass-Zarzma section passes through a hard mountainous terrain, on the semi-profile arranged bench on the left side of the river Dzindza.

Batumi (Angisa) –Akhaltsikhe road Goderzi Pass-Zarzma section subject to the rehabilitation and reconstruction is located in Adjara and Samtskhe-Javakheti region, particularly on the territory of Khulo and Adigeni districts, it passes villages Lodidziri, Utkhisubani and ends in the village Zarzma entrance.

The Batumi-Akhaltsikhe road of national significance is the shortest distance between the city of Batumi and the regions and villages of Adjara to Meskheti-Javakheti and vice versa.

The road passes through difficult mountainous terrain, at an altitude of 1240-2050 meters.

The first 6 km of the road passes through to the alpine zone, while the rest part passes through the dense pine and deciduous forest.

The road roadbed width ranges within 6-8 m. The road cover is almost gravel, in some parts the asphalt concrete cover of medium thickness of 6-7 cm is preserved.

See the photos of the existing road below.

Figure 2.2

The main section of the road passes on the semi-profile arranged bench. The ditches are nearly filled, the water overflows to the carriageway, that is why in some places, the roadbed is washed away and gullied.

On the existing road there are remained lower reinforced concrete and masonry supporting walls, the majority of which are weathered, damaged and require replacement.

The ravine runoff water from mountain slopes are drained by means of the reinforced concrete rectangular and round pipes, many of which are outdated and in need of replacement. 13

On the road layout the curvature angles are very frequent, most of which have small radii and do not comply with the requirements. In order to improve the road layout it is necessary to change the baseline and increase the curvature radii.

Figure 2.3

Especially noteworthy are valley crossing places, where the curvature radii are very small and raises the need for new structures.

Figure 2.4

Within the sections PK 119+50 to PK 128 + 20, PK 159+50 to PK 167+ 50 we can find the framework of the hairpin curve of radius of 7-8 m and 10-12% longitudinal slopes. The reconstruction of these sections is required..

Figure 2.5

From PK 169+50 to PK 170+40 the road left slope in some places is washed out by the river and in need of restoration.

2.3. The Basic Road Design Solutions

The existing road is characterized by very frequent cornering angles, most of which have small radii and cannot provide the safe and unhindered traffic.

During the designing to the extent possible, the horizontal cornering angle radii shall be increased. The road layout improvement is mainly performed at the expense of the nesting of the axis design to the slope side or crossing ravines, which leads to an increase in section jobs and necessity of new structures.

Total 163 horizontal curvature angles have been recorded with radii of different size. Of these, 19 horizontal curvature angle minimum radius ranges from 15 to 30 m, 15 m radii are used in spirals. More increase of the curvature angle radii is impossible for the difficult terrain and is not appropriate for the necessity of a large volume of earthworks and structures.

Curvature angle radii and corner vertices coordinates are provided in the curvature angles, plains and curves list, which is attached to the project.

Roadbed

The project roadbed is designed according to the requirements of the applicable Georgian standards and typical design solution.

The project roadbed width is 9 m. The roadway width with the reinforcement strip is 7.0 m, the width of the shoulders is 1.0 m. The widening of curves is provided at the expense of widening of the roadbed.

Figure 2.6 - Typical transverse profile

On the existing roadbed we can observe the washed out and gullied places due to the surface waters. In some sections of the roadbed width is narrow. According to the project, in such places the roadbed widening and restoration is provided by arrangement of the gabions.

From PK 167+00 to 167+96 and from PK 169+50 to PK 170+40 the existing road passes near the river Dzindza bank (the slope wash out is observed in some places). In these sections to prevent washout of roadbed the project envisages the roadbed reinforcement with rockfill.

Figure 2.7. Layout of highway designed section and infrastructure elements

2.4. Road Pavement

The pavement is selected based on the technical, geotechnical, prospecting traffic intensity, the road service term, climatic factors and other necessary conditions.

Due to the fact that the project envisages improvement of the existing road layout, longitudinal profile and the geometric parameters of the roadbed and subject to the current state of the pavement, the most optimal technical solution is the complete reconstruction of the pavement, because the current pavement cannot be used due those conditions.

Reconstruction is considered to be the only correct measure to ensure the required endurance taking into account the traffic intensity and the road service duration.

During the projecting three alternatives of the pavement structure have been considered:

Alternative N1 (flexible pavement)

- Top layer of the cover (abrasive layer) – the fine-grained dense gravel asphalt-concrete hot mixture, type B, Grade II, thickness of 5 cm; - Bottom layer of the cover – the coarse-grained porous gravel asphalt-concrete hot mixture, Grade II, thickness of 8 cm; - Formation - gravel with fractions 0-40, thickness of 20 cm - Bedding - sand-gravel mixture with a thickness of 20-30 cm Alternative N2 (flexible pavement)

- Top layer of the cover (abrasive layer) – the fine-grained dense gravel asphalt-concrete hot mixture, type B, Grade II, thickness of 4 cm; - Bottom layer of the cover – the coarse-grained porous gravel asphalt-concrete hot mixture, Grade II, thickness of 4 cm; - Formation - fractional gravel stabilized with addition of bitumen emulsion (2%) and cement (4%), thickness of 20 cm - Bedding - sand-gravel mixture with a thickness of 20-30 cm

Alternative N3 (rigid pavement)

- Cover – cement-concrete, with a thickness of 22 cm; - Formation - gravel with fractions 0-40, thickness of 20 cm - Bedding - sand-gravel mixture with a thickness of 30 cm Based on the economic comparison of alternative options the second alternative has been preferred, which includes arrangement of a double-layer asphalt-concrete pavement on the formation stabilized with bitumen emulsion and cement.

Proposed pavement structure

Photo 2.8

1) Bedding - sand-gravel mixture with a thickness of 20-30 cm 2) Formation - fractional gravel stabilized with addition of bitumen emulsion (2%) and cement (4%), thickness of 20 cm 3) Bottom layer of the cover – the coarse-grained porous gravel asphalt-concrete hot mixture, Grade II, thickness of 4 cm; 4) Top layer of the cover (abrasive layer) – the fine-grained dense gravel asphalt-concrete hot mixture, type B, Grade II, thickness of 4 cm; The bedding layer 30 cm thick is arranged in those sections of the designed road, where the road runs through weak soils, and the layer 20 cm thick – through the rocky soils.

2.5. Motorway Structures

2.5.1. Bridges

The working design envisages the improvement of designed road both in the layout and in profile, in particular in the ravines PK 35+72, PK 37+11 and PK 73+93 the designed road axis was stretched from the existing road to the ravines in the lower direction, due to which the design road benchmarks were increased. On those areas the arrangement of several alternative structures have been considered due to large longitudinal inclination of ravines and difficulties of the surrounding terrain. Finally the option was chosen for the bridge arrangement provided that at the bridge places the design road is located in the horizontal curve R = 80 m and the road longitudinal inclination i = 0,053.

Bridge PK 35+ 72.20 is four-span of 4 X 12.93515.0 m, length of the bridge is L = 64.18 m, clearance 10 + 2 (0.91.6).

The bridge spans are made of reinforced concrete beams with the typical project series of 3.503.1-73 L = 15-meter length, which are shortened taking into account o the horizontal radius R = 80 m, to the internal side of the curve L = 12.93. The number of beams in the section is 8 pieces.

For construction of border piers the so-called non-capping pillars are adopted. The rails of piers of this construction are directly connected to the cast-in-situ piles. For the foundation the cast-in-situ piles of D = 0.9 m are used.

For the foundation of intermediate piers the project provides the use the pile grating (number of piles - 8). The grill height H = 1.5 m. The pier body is taken under the project of the double-support elliptical shape, section size 2.4X1.2 meters. The concrete supports are united with each other with reinforced concrete crossbars which console is 3.05 m.

The bridge connection to the accesses is envisaged with the precast reinforced concrete slabs L = 4.0 m.

Bridge PC 37+ 11.21 is the four-span structure of 4X12.93515.0 m, length of the bridge is L = 64.18 m, clearance 10+2 (0.91.6).

The bridge spans will be made of reinforced concrete beams of typical project series 3.503.1- 73 with the length L = 15 meters, which are shortened taking into account the horizontal radius R = 80 m, to the internal side of the curve L = 12.93. The number of beams in the section is 8 pieces.

The bridge connection to the accesses is envisaged with the precast reinforced concrete slabs L = 4.0 m.

Bridge PC 73+ 93.04 is the six-span structure of 6X12.93515.0 m, length of the bridge is L = 92.76 m, clearance 10+2 (0.91.6).

2.5.2. Rehabilitation of existing bridge

Within the road subject to rehabilitation - reconstruction there is observed and described one bridge which is located on PK 168+18 of the road and crosses the river Dzindza.

This bridge is a one-span reinforced concrete bridge of 1X24.0 m and dimensions of 10.0+2X1.0 m. The bridge is of section system. According to the longitudinal profile the bruidge is located on the 1.5% slope, and on the layout it indirectly crosses the river.

The bridge span is built of the pile construction, which is composed of 24-meter-long reinforced concrete beams. The span construction cross-section embodies 6 beams and the distance between them is 2.2 m. Due to the indirect disposition of the bridge the beams in the longitudinal direction slide to each other. The bridge external abutments are of massive reinforced concrete construction, the first abutment also has the inverse of the walls. Rackmount piers walls are the stepped shape on the layout, which is due to the indirect section of the bridge. Within the bridge there are arranged the regulatory walls on both banks of the river. On the left bank of the river the regulatory wall is arranged in the river downstream and upstream and on the right bank - only in the riverbed downstream.

At the study stage during the visual inspection of the bridge there was revealed that the bridge in fact is missing the bed as construction. During the investigation according to the situation the traffic ran on the bridge by the ground directly filled on the span piles. The piles are not waterproofed and are lacking protective and leveling layers as well as the asphalt concrete cover. The span construction intermediate monolithic sites are heavily damaged and disintegrated. The sidewalk blocks on both sides of the bridge roadway are partially damaged. The handrail posts on the sidewalk blocks are largely disintegrated. The concrete curb height of only 0.5 m. The bridge bed is missing the water drainage system and deformation stitches. The body surface of bridge piers is eroded. the regulatory wall of the tail on the left bank is slightly washed-out.

The bridge rehabilitation involves disintegration of the damaged intermediate monolithic sites of the bridge construction and arrangement of new monolithic joints with additional reinforcement as well as the full bridge abutment arrangement, which includes concrete leveling layer arrangement with the average thickness of 8 cm and providing 2% cross slope of the roadway, arrangement of the waterproofing and reinforced concrete protecting layer. The bridge carriageway will be covered with asphalt-concrete with a thickness of 7 cm. Within the bridge bed arrangement on spans will be arranged the water runoff system, with installing water drainage equipment within the security strip, at the pace of 6.0 m. By the water drainage pipes water will be brought down the beams in order to prevent wetting of the span construction beams. The project envisages construction of new sidewalk blocks with 0.75 m high reinforced concrete curbs. Sidewalks will be arranged with new, factory-made and painted metal railing. Sidewalks will have asphalt pavement with a thickness of 3 cm. Within the bridge rehabilitation on the bridge will be arranged the closed deformation seams with brass compensators. The brass compensator shape on the layout coincides with the layout of piles and rackmount wall shape. Within the deformation joints the asphalt coating will be reinforced with three layers of basalt fiber grid. Basalt fiber grid will be so that the grid fibers be parallel the bridge axis. At the beginning and end of the bridge the arrangement of reinforced concrete parapets will be provided. At the beginning of the bridge parapets will be arranged on the walls of the inverse pillars and at the end of the parapets will be arranged on reinforced concrete foundations. To restore and further protect the eroded body of the bank abutments the project envisages the construction of the reinforced shotcreting layer with thickness of 3 cm. 3-cm shotcreting layer will be arranged also on the inverse walls of the first abutment. On the left, within the washed out reinforced concrete regulatory wall the regulatory trench will be arranged. During the bridge rehabilitation the project provides cleaning of the coast pier girder from the accumulated trash, painting of sidewalk curbs, as well as cutting trees grown up in the river bed within the bridge site.

Pipes

The project envisages arrangement and repair of 70 pipes of different diameter and section.

Figure 2.9. New 4-span bridge PK 35+72.20

Figure 2.10. New 6-span bridge PK 73+93.04

2.6. Construction Jobs

The short list of construction jobs is given below – in the Consolidated Statement of Quantities

Table 2.1.

Consolidated Bill of Quantities

Road: Batumi (Angisa) – Akhaltsikhe

Section: Gogerdzi Pass- Zarzma km 0+000-km17+380

## Description of works Unit Quantity . Note

1 2 3 4 5 Chapter I. Spadework 1 Road rehabilitation and reinforcement km 17.380 2 Forest cutting ha 3 Dismantling existing road borders: - Demolition of damaged monolithic concrete parapets with hammers, hand-loading and transportation to the dump m3 2.9 4 Dismantling of the existing standard road signs, carrying to the base in the form of scrap metal:

- Information (5.28) 200 x 300

- metal bars 76 mm pc/kg 20/8.0

pc/kg 12/172 Chapter II. Earth roadbed

1 Ground handling with excavator V-1.0 m3, loading on m3 21820 6c the trucks and transport to the earthfill and m3 1770 17a compaction m3 1150 28f 2 m3 9570 6c Ground handling with bulldozer and movement to 30 m3 1090 17a meters to teh earthfill and compaction m3 640 28f

24 3 m3 18290 33c Ground handling with bulldozer and movement to an m3 77650 6c average of 30 meters, loading with the excavator V-1.0 3 a m3 and transportation to the damp m 84930 17 m3 20480 28f 4 m3 42700 33c Ground handling with excavator V-1.0 m3, loading and m3 128450 6c transport to the damp m3 100230 17a m3 20800 28f 5 Ground handling with the hydraulic hammer mounted on the excavator base, loading with the excavator and m3 23480 28f transported to the damp 6 Ground handling with bulldozer and movement to an m3 42810 6c average 30 meters to the damp m3 33410 17a m3 6930 28f

7 m3 2560 33c Ground handling with the excavator V-0.5 m3, loading m3 6510 6c and transport to the damp m3 2660 17a m3 710 28v 8 m3 310 33g Ground handling with hands in dicthes, load and m3 840 6g transport to teh damp m3 330 17a m3 90 28f 9 Ground preliminary loosing with bursting to the height m3 20000 28f 2.0 m 10 Ground preliminary loosening by the borehole method m3 30000 28f to the height > 2.0 m 11 Preliminary gorund looseing in ditches by bursting to m3 800 28f the level height of 0.5 m 12 m3 80 33c Arrangement of benches on the embankment slope by a m3 240 6c mechanized manner m3 30 17a 13 Embankment slopes leveling by a mechanized manner m2 35340 14 Profile slope leveling by a mechanized method m2 78130 6c 15 Earth roadbed reinforcement with rockfill m3 2420 16 Cutting channel for accumulated water drainage at PK m3 350 6c 124 + 00 mudded section

25 17 Roadbed leveling by a mechanized manner m2 194650 6c Chapter III. Engineering structures 1 Arrangement of reinforced concrete bridges P

Pk35+72,Pk37+11, Pk73+93. pc/LM 3/221.12 2 Repair of existing bridge Pk168+18. LM 24.0 3 Arrangement of lower supporting walls of gabions LM/m3 633/3450.5 4 Repair of concrete lower supportingwalls LM/m2 67/190 Chapter IV. Pavement Type I 1 Bedding - sand-gravel mixture with a thickness of 30 3 cm m 64352

2 Formation - fractional gravel stabilized with addition of bitumen emulsion (2%) and cement (4%), thickness of m2 134992 20 cm

3 Bitumen emulsion pouring t 73.26 4 Bottom layer of the cover – the coarse-grained porous gravel asphalt-concrete hot mixture, Grade II, m2 122099 thickness of 6 cm;

5 Bitumen emulsion pouring t 36.63

6 Top layer of the cover – the fine-grained dense gravel asphalt-concrete hot mixture, type B, Grade II, m2 122099 thickness of 4 cm 7 Arrangement of filled shoulders of sand- gravel mixture m3 11617

Type II 1 Bedding - sand-gravel mixture with a thickness of 20 m3 2859 cm 2 Formation - fractional gravel 0-40 mm stabilized with addition of bitumen emulsion (2%) and cement (4%), m2 9334 thickness of 20 cm 3 Bitumen emulsion pouring t 5.10 4 Bottom layer of the cover – the coarse-grained porous gravel asphalt-concrete hot mixture, Grade II, m2 8502 thickness of 6 cm; 5 Bitumen emulsion pouring t 2.55

26 6 Top layer of the cover – the fine-grained dense gravel asphalt-concrete hot mixture, type B, Grade II, m2 8502 thickness of 4 cm

7 Arrangement of filled shoulders of sand- gravel mixture m3 728

Chapter V. Right of way and facilities

1 Arrangement of connections pc 26 2 Arrangement of metal pipes on connections pc/LM 5/72 3 Arrangement of accesses to the yard pc 7 4 Arrangement of bus stops and bus shelters pc 4

Earthworks allocation kilometer-based list

Road: Batumi (Angisa) – Akhaltsikhe

Section: Gogerdzi Pass- Zarzma km 0+000-km17+380

Designed Earthfill Total section kilometer 1 740 6870 2 990 11260 3 1970 17830 4 2190 32670 5 2320 22360 6 1210 29840 7 290 65560 8 520 63410 9 2260 69230 10 1480 24540 11 2310 58680 12 4500 13310 13 5260 67060 14 2110 24930 15 4200 33250 16 1600 38390 17 1390 68600 18 700 3420 Total 36040 650210

27 Bridge Construction

The new bridges are being built in two phases:

The first stage of the work is performed in the one half of the river by the arrangement of temporary peninsula on it, which is being built with the carried and local ground, where the foundations are arranged with the bored and cast-in-situ piles as the project envisages.

The bored and cast-in-situ piles are arranged through their dropping from the artificial peninsula in the protective tube by pre-washing, and the ground is removed from the inside so that the end of the dropped is always be at least 1 meters below the removed ground level. The removed ground will be taken to the earthfill.

After dropping the protective tube to the end and removal of ground from its inside, then the reinforcement carcass is placed in it and concrete filled. The tube gradually rises up, so that its end must always be at least 2.5-3 m below the new poured concrete level.

By this technology the possibility of pollution of the river is completely excluded.

The abutments are built on the arranged foundations and pier construction works are performed.

After the construction of a half of the bridge the artificial peninsula is demolished and arranged from the half-built bridge on the other half of the bridge, where thereafter the second half of the bridge is arranged by the same rule.

Bentonite fluids are not used for drilling. Drilling is made dry.

Figure 2.11. The drilling equipment used for bridge abutments

28 Blasting

In construction of certain sections of the road the project provides for small power explosions. The preliminary loosening of 50000 m3 ground to the height 2.0 m with the blasthole charges is envisaged.

Topsoil removal

The road rehabilitation project does not involve the topsoil removal for preparation of the roadbed. In localized areas the road extension and space occupation for curve reduction will be performed through invading the rocky slopes. Topsoil removal can occur only on the construction sites of the camps and/or asphalt plant, the location, space and other necessary project details of which will be determined by the construction contractor. The construction contractor will prepare recultivation projects for those sites area and will comply with all other requirements. of the Technical Regulation for Topsoil Removal, Storage, Use and Cultivation.

Waste Generation

Waste management issues are described in chapters 7 and 8, where the types and quantity of waste expected in the process of building are provided in the differential kind. Here we will note in brief that the major part of waste is the earthfill - the integrity of rocky soil cut from the slopes and after the road expansion and the excess ground, which is not used for the construction and is subject to removal. Out of 6502010 m3 received in the section 36040 m3 will be used for embankment fill material. The total amount of ground to be placed in the dumps is 614170 m3.

2.7. Equipment used during construction

The list of equipment to be used in the construction process in Table 2.5 will be specified by the construction contractor. Below is a preliminary list, which is prepared by the project team.

Table 2.2 Equipment and construction machines required for the construction

N Type of equipment and minimal properties Minimum quantity of required equipment 1 Bulldozer with ripper 4 2 Front loader 3 3 Dumper 6 4 Grader 2 5 Loader-digger 1 6 Backhoe shovel 2

29 7 Vibration road compactor 2 8 Air compactor 1 9 Double-drum compactor 3 10 Surface vibrator 1 11 Crusher 1 12 Totally automated batcher 1 13 Totally automated mixer 1 14 Pavement grader with electronic sensor 1 15 Compressor 2 16 Concrete mixer 3 17 Water tank with sprayer 2 18 Crane 1 19 Concrete paver with electronic sensor 1

2.8. Auxiliary Facilities Complex

The construction contractor will take decisions related to the construction of auxiliary facilities (structure, composition, location, design, etc.). Nevertheless, based on the experience of construction activities in various sections of E-60 highway, we expect construction of a complex of auxiliary facilities, including the construction camp for accommodation of 50 workers (approx. 0.75 ha), the transport and equipment yard for about 25 vehicles and heavy construction machinery (approx. 1 ha) (bulldozers, excavators, cranes, etc.). and concrete and asphalt-concrete plant (approx. 1 ha).

In Article 8.1.1.11, of the EIA regarding the mitigation measures we have described the procedures and conditions to be applied during the design and operation of auxiliary engineering facilities as well as the optimal location options.

3. Legal Framework

3.1. Environmental Law of Georgia

The Georgian environmental legislation includes the legal framework in kind of the Constitution of Georgia and the Law on Environmental Protection, specific environmental laws, international conventions, bylaws, decrees of the President and the Cabinet of Ministers, ministerial orders, instructions and more.

Table 3.1. provides the list of laws and regulations which have been taken into consideration in the environmental impact assessment process.

30 Table 3.1. Project-related laws and regulations

Year of Registration code Name of law adoption Legal framework 010.010.000.01.001.000.116 Constitution of Georgia 1995 (last revised:04.10.2013)

On Environmental Protection 360.000.000.05.001.000.184 1996 (last revised: 11/11/2015 ) Permission legislation On Licenses and Permits 300.310.000.05.001.001.914 2005 (adopted 24.062005., (last revised: 11/11/2015) On Environmental Examination 360.130.000.05.001.003.079 2007 (adopted 14.12.2007 წ., (last revised: 25/03/2013 On Environmental Permit 360.160.000.05.001.003.078 2007 (adopted 14.12.2007., revised as of 11/11/2015) Regulation on Environmental Impact 360160000.22.023.016156 2013 Assessment (Minister’s order N31 15.05.2013) Decree of the Government of Georgia On the 330130000.10.003.019241 Construction Permit Issuing Rule and 2009 Permission Conditions (24/03/2009 #57, last revised - 19/04/2016); Specific environmental laws On Soil Protection 370.010.000.05.001.000.080 1994 (adopted 12.05.1994 ., last revised - 16/07/2015); Law of Georgia On Soil Conservation and 370.010.000.05.001.001.274 Fertility Rehabilitation and Improvement 2003 Adopted 08/05/2003 №2260, Last revised - 19/04/2013); On Water 400.000.000.05.001.000.253 1997 (Adopted 26.10.1997, revised as of 26.12.2014 ) 1999 On Air Protection 420.000.000.05.001.000.595

31 Year of Registration code Name of law adoption (22.06.1999, revised as of 5.02.2014) Forest Code of Georgia 390.000.000.05.001.000.599 1999 (22.06.1999., revised as of 6.09.2013) Ob the Red Book and Red List of Georgia 360.060.000.05.001.001.297 2003 (6.06.2003., revised as of 6.09.2013) On Regulation and Engineering Protection of 330.130.000.11.116.005.130 2006 Seacoasts and River Banks of Georgia (revised as of 05/05/2011 On the System of Protected Territories 360.050.000.05.001.000.127 1996 (revised as of 30.04.2014) On the Status of Protected Territories 360.050.000.05.001.003.060 2007 (revised as of 30.04.2014) On Public Health 470.000.000.05.001.002.920 2007 (revised as of 11/12/2015) On the Subsurface 380.000.000.05.001.000.140 1996 (revised as of 26.12.2014 ) On Wildlife 410.000.000.05.001.000.186 1997 (revised as of 26.12.2014) Waste Management Code 360160000.05.001.017608 2014 (last revised -19/02/2015 ) Law of Georgia On the Transit and Import of 300230000.05.001.017071 Waste on the Territory of the Republic of 1995 Georgia (08/02/1995 #631, last revised - 06/09/2013). On Pesticides and Chemicals 340120000.05.001.016723 1998 (revised as of 08.05.2012) Other relevant laws On Cultural Heritage 450.030.000.05.001.002.815 2007 (8.05.2007 ., revised as of 26.12.2014) On Fire Safety 140.060.000.05.001.000.355 2005 (revised as of 24.06.2005) Law of Georgia on Roads 310.090.000.05.001.000.089 1994 (revised as of 24/12/2013)

32 Table 3.2. Environmental Regulations

Water protection Regulation Approved Technical Regulation on Government Resolution No. 17 of Industrial and Non-industrial January 3, 2014, “On Approval of Facilities Wastewater Discharge the Environmental Technical into Surface Water Bodies Regulations” Technical Regulation on Water Government Resolution No. 17 of Withdrawal from Surface Water January 3, 2014, “On Approval of Bodies the Environmental Technical Regulations” Form of Technical Regulation on Government Resolution No. 17 of Water Withdrawal from Surface January 3, 2014, “On Approval of Water Bodies the Environmental Technical Regulations” Technical Regulation on Government Resolution No. 425 Georgian Surface Water of December 31, 2013 “On the Protection from Pollution Approval of Technical Regulation on Georgian Surface Water Protection from Pollution” Technical Regulation on Water Government Resolution No. 440 Protection Belt of December 31, 2013 “On the Approval of Technical Regulation on Water Protection Belt Technical Regulation on Water Government Resolution No. 425 Protection Belts (Zones) of of December 31, 2013 “On the Georgian Small Rivers Approval of Technical Regulation on Georgian Surface Water Protection from Pollution” Drinking water Technical Regulation on Government Resolution No. 58 of protection Drinking Water January 15, 2014 Air protection Technical Regulation for the Government Resolution No. 17 of Activities Polluting Air with January 3, 2014 “On Approval of Harmful Substances the Environmental Technical Regulations” Technical Regulation on the Government Resolution No. 42 of Inventory of Stationary Sources January 6, 2014 “On Approval of of Air Pollution the Technical Regulation on the Inventory of Stationary Sources of Air Pollution

33 Technical Regulation on Self- Government Resolution No. 413 Monitoring and Reporting of of December 31, 2013 “On Emissions of Harmful Approval of the Technical Substances from Stationary Regulation on Self-Monitoring Sources of Pollution and Reporting of Emissions of Harmful Substances from Stationary Sources of Pollution Soil protection Technical Regulation on Topsoil Government Resolution No. 424 Removal, Storage, Use and Re- of December 31, 2013 “On cultivation Approval of the Technical Regulation on Topsoil Removal, Storage, Use and Re-cultivation (revised as of 08/08/2014) Waste Management Technical Regulation on Government Resolution No. 421 Landfill, Operation, Closure and of August 11, 2015 Post-care Labor safety Technical Regulation On Government Resolution No. 361 Construction Safety of May 27, 2014 “On Approval of the Technical Regulation On Construction Safety

Some International Agreements and Conventions Signed by Georgia

 UNECE Convention on Access to Information, Public Participation in Decision-making and Access to Justice in Environmental Matters (Aarhus Convention, 1998.) signed by Georgia in 2001. Convention aims to ensure the protection of the right of every person of present and future generations to live in an environment adequate to his or her health and well- being, to guarantee the rights of access to information, public participation in decision- making, and access to justice in environmental matters.

 Convention on the Control of Transboundary Movements of Hazardous Wastes and their Disposal, Basel, 1989, signed by Georgia in 1999.  UN Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants (POP's), Stockholm, 2001. Signed by Georgia in 2006,.  The Convention on Biological Diversity, Rio de Janeiro, 1992. Signed by Georgia in 1994.  The Cartagena Protocol, ratified by Georgia in 2008.  Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES), Washington, 1973. Signed by Georgia in 1996.

34  Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer, Vienna, 1985. Signed by Georgia in 1996s.  The Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, Montreal, 1987, Signed by Georgia in 1996.  Amendment to the 1987 Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, Montreal, 1997. Signed by Georgia in 2000.  Amendment to the 1987 Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, Copenhagen, 1992. Signed by Georgia in 2000.  The United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, New York, 1994. Signed by Georgia in 1994.  Kyoto Protocol, Kyoto, 1997. Signed by Georgia in 2005;  Long-range Transboundary Air Pollution Convention, Geneva, 1979. Signed by Georgia in 1999.  The United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification, Paris, 1994. Signed by Georgia in 1999.  The Rotterdam Convention on Prior Informed Consent Procedure for Certain Hazardous Chemicals and Pesticides in International Trade, Rotterdam, 1998. Signed by Georgia in 2006.  Strategic Approach to International Chemicals Management (SAICM), 2002. Signed by Georgia in 2002.

4. Project Natural Environment Description

4.1. Climate, Air Quality, Background Noise and Radiation

4.1.1. Climate

The climatic data of the study area placement territory are taken from the Georgian construction climatological standard PN 01.05-08, according to the data of the nearest weather station to the projected area (altitude 1185 m). According to the main characteristics provided in Table 2 of this standard, the project area falls within the subregion IC. The following climatic characteristics are taken from the relevant table of this standard.

Table 4.1 Main characteristics of the climate sub-region (Table 2)

Climatic Climatic January average Winter 3- July average July relative region subregion temperature, ºC month average temperature, ºC humidity, % wind speed, m/sec I IC -4 - -14 - +12 - +21 -

35 Table 4.2. Air temperature and humidity (Tables 11, 12, 13)

By months Ann # Climatic characteristics I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII ual Average annual and monthly -4.1 -2.6 1.8 7.6 12.5 15.3 18.7 19.0 15.0 9.8 3.9 -1.2 8.0 1 air temperature, 0C Absolute minimum of air 2 -31 temperature C Absolute maximum of air 3 36 temperature, 0C Average maximum of hottest 4 ------26.7 ------month, 0C Average air temperature 5 8.3 8.7 10.4 12.7 13.2 13.2 13.3 14.3 13.8 12.2 9.9 8.6 - amplitude, 0C 6 Relative air humidity, % 75 73 70 62 64 67 65 64 67 70 75 70 69

Table 4.3. Precipitation and snow cover (Tables 15, 17)

Annual Daily Ground snow Duration of Water precipitation, precipitation load, kPa snow cover equivalence of mm maximum, mm (days) snow cover, mm 594 48 0.68 68 60

Table 4.4 Wind pressure normative values (Table 18)

W0 W0 once in five-years, kPa once in fifteen-years, kPa 0.30 0.38

Table 4.5. Maximum wind speed, possible once in 1, 5, 10, 15, 20 years, m/s (Table 19)

in 1 year in 5 years in 10 years in 15 years in 20 years 17 15 20 21 21

Table 4.6. Seasonal soil freezing normative depth, cm (Table 20)

Clays and clay loams Fine-grain and dusty Medium- and coarse- Coarse soil sand. sandy loams grain sand, gravel sand 65 78 84 97

36 According to the construction-climatic zoning the study area is attributed to the subregion IC.

Table 4.7. Air temperature, precipitation and relative humidity

Precipitation Average annual Average annual Administrative unit temperature, °C Daily maximum, humidity, % Annual, mm mm

513 62 69 Akhaltsikhe 9.0

594 48 69 Adigeni 8.0

10.4 1228 133 70 Khulo

11.8 1180 138 74 Shuakhevi

12.7 1652 210 77 Keda

14.1 2590 256 79 Khelvachauri

Table 4.8 . Wind characteristics for a road corridor

Wind speed, m/s

Administrative unit January July Maximum wind speed for the given period:

max min max min 1 year 5 years 10 years 15 years 20 years

Akhaltsikhe 2.2 0.7 3.2 1.0 19 23 27 28 29

3.6 0.6 3.3 1.0 17 15 20 21 21 Adigeni

3.8 2.1 2.6 1.6 14 18 19 20 21 Khulo

1 Shuakhevi N/A N/A N/A N/A. 15 18 19 20 22

2.0 0.3 2.2 0.6 16 20 22 23 24 Keda

N/A N/A N/A N/A. 21 25 27 28 28 Khelvachauri

Table 4.9. Frequency of wind directions and calmness per year for the road corridor

Frequency of wind directions and calmness per year, % Administrative unit N NE E SE S SW W NW calmness

5 16 17 11 7 18 20 6 42 Akhaltsikhe

1 N/A – no data available 37 Frequency of wind directions and calmness per year, % Administrative unit N NE E SE S SW W NW calmness

2 1 8 5 2 4 44 34 56 Adigeni

26 21 1 1 24 20 3 4 14 Khulo

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Shuakhevi

1 9 26 8 6 19 29 2 56 Keda

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Khelvachauri

Table 4.10 . Relative air humidity monthly for the road corridor

Relative air humidity, %

Administrative unit

July

May

June

April

March

August

January

October

Februaary

December

November

September September

Average annual Average annual

75 74 69 65 66 66 64 63 66 71 76 78 69 Akhaltsikhe

Adigeni 75 73 70 62 64 67 65 64 67 70 75 70 69

69 69 68 64 66 72 77 75 74 70 66 65 70 Khulo

74 74 70 66 68 74 78 78 79 75 76 76 74 Shuakhevi

78 76 73 70 73 76 80 82 83 81 79 77 77 Keda

79 78 77 75 76 78 82 84 84 82 80 78 79 Khelvachauri

Table 4.11. Snow cover characteristics for the road corridor

Duration of snow cover Water equivalence of snow Administrative unit Ground snow load, kPa (days) cover, mm

0.68 63 49 Akhaltsikhe 0.68 69 60 Adigeni 1.69 93 222 Khulo 1.14 61 125 Shuakhevi 1.30 45 127 Keda 0.50 18 - Khelvachauri

38 4.1.2. Air quality and noise

Air Quality

Before disintegration of the USSR the state hydrometeorological services were responsible to measure the concentration of basic air pollutants: solid particles, SO2, NO2, and CO and also some specific local pollutants from stationary sources on a regular basis (3 times a day). Until 1991 the measurements had been carried out in Georgia in 11 cities and 33 measurement locations. However, over time, their coverage area has been gradually reduced. Since 1994, the air quality reliable assessment has not been provided. In the majority of cities the maximum allowable concentrates (MAC) threshold is exceeded. The table below shows the measured concentration ratio at municipal measurement stations in comparison with the maximum allowable data in the city of Batumi.

Table 4.12

Average annual concentrations mg/m3

Year Dust SO2 SO4 NO2 H2S

2004 0.203 0.097 0.02 0.049 _

2005 0.17 0.098 0.023 0.052 0.0047

2006 0.295 0.1024 0.0209 0.0639 0.00825

2008 0.5 0.09 0.01 0.12 =

2013 0.4 0.16 0,16

Maximum concentrations mg/m3

Year Dust SO2 SO4 NO2 H2S

2004 0.5 0.15 0.04 0.08 _

2005 0.5 0.19 0.04 0.08 0.008

2006 2.3 0.29 0.09 0.13 0.019

2008 1.2 0.21 0.02 0.25 =

2013 0.7 0.24 0,25

Source: Ministry of Environmental Protection and Natural Resources of Georgia. National Environment Agency.

39 Emissions

There are about 3 000 stationary sources of air pollution in major industrial sectors of Georgia, such as energy, iron and steel, chemical and petrochemical, timber and paper, and food processing industries. However, only few of them are currently operating at full capacity. The total emissions of selected air pollutants is presented in the table below. These data are obtained using CORINAIR methodology, according to the emission indicators and activity indicators (mainly in the form of energy consumption or productivity) in various sectors. They include the following stationary sources: power plants, fuel combustion in the industrial and non-industrial enterprises, and industrial processes. Mobile sources include road transport, railway transport, air transport, maritime transport and other.

Share of main polluting regions in the country’s pollution

Figure 3.1.

40 Share of main polluting towns in the country’s pollution

Figure 3.2

Table 4.13. Emission of harmful substances in air, their treatment and disposal

ton/year

Adjara region 2010

Number of enterprises 136

Harmful Quantity of Where Harmful Emission substances harmful Entered Including Emitted substances increase substances into Caught Deposed in air separation (+)/decrease (- emitted from treatment % ) compared stationary facilities with previous sources year Total 4180.636 2162,933 2106,713 485,985 2073,923 50,4 -1078,069 where solid 2229,796 2162,933 2106,713 485,985 123,083 94,5 -375,877 gaseous and liquid 1950,840 - - - 1950,840 - -702,192 Including Sulfur dioxide 64,696 - - - 64,696 - 40,305 Nitrogen oxides 30,983 - - - 30,696 - 9,123 Carbone 91,689 - - - 30,983 - 35,233 monoxide Hydrocarbons 1710,444 - - - 1710,444 - -783,175 Other substances 53,028 - - - 53,028 - -3,678 Carbon dioxide 15330,404 - - - 15330,404 - 1784,647

Table 4.14. Emission of harmful substances in air, their treatment and disposal

ton/year

Samtskhe-Javakheti region 2010

Number of enterprises 76

Harmful Quantity of Where Harmful Emission substances harmful Entered Including Emitted substances increase substances into Caught Deposed in air separation (+)/decrease (- emitted from treatment % ) compared stationary facilities with previous sources year Total 485,564 677,885 434,686 434,686 50,878 89,522 -96,527 where solid 453,921 677,885 434,686 434,686 19,235 95,763 -112,708 gaseous and liquid 31,643 - - - 31,643 - 16,181 Including Sulfur dioxide 1,231 - - - 1,231 - 1,033 Nitrogen oxides 0,599 - - - 0,599 - -0,093 Carbone 7,321 - - - 7,321 - 6,059 monoxide Hydrocarbons 21,572 - - - 21,572 - 8,282 Other substances 0.920 - - - 0.920 - 0,900 Carbon dioxide 124,727 - - - 124,727 - 123,370

In February, the air pollution monitoring was conducted at the monitoring stations in the Abuseridze street in Batumi. The concentrations of the following air pollutants were determined: dust, sulfur and nitrogen dioxides, carbon monoxide and lead. The maximum one-time and average concentrations for each pollutant were determined.

Maximum one-time and average monthly concentrations recorded in Batumi in February 2016

Monitor Dust Nitrogen dioxide Sulfur dioxide Carbon monoxide Lead ing Maximum Average Maximum Average Maximum Average Maximum Average Average point one-rime monthly one-rime monthly one-rime monthly one-rime monthly monthly concentrat concentrat concentrat concentrat concentrat concentrat concentrat concentrat concentrat ion, mg/gr ion, mg/gr ion, mg/gr ion, mg/gr ion, mg/gr ion, mg/gr ion, mg/gr ion, mg/gr ion Abuseri 0.7 0.47 0.23 0.16 0.18 0.13 6.0 1.7 0.000054 dze street

42 Water pollution

Surface water samples were taken in the river Dzindza from 3 different stations, at the design bridge deployment area: bridge Pk 35+72.20 bridge Pk 37+11.21 bridge Pk 73+93.04; the results are given below in kind of laboratory records.

LMA LEPL of Laboratory of Ministry of Agriculture of Georgia Approved Laboratory of Ministry Akhaltsikhe Regional Diagnostic Laboratory Date: 07.05.2015 of Agriculture Akhalkalaki Highway, the town of Akhalkalaki, +995 Form #5-02- 591936035; www.lma.gov.ge 002(1) Version #08

Test Results N342 Organoleptics of the tested river surface water sample are satisfactory ?????????? Parameter Normal range Test result Test method Number of mesophyll-aerobic and facultative No more than 3x104 cfu/ml anaerobic microorganisms, colony-forming units in 1000 cfu/ml Uc±3.19 GOST 18963-73 1 ml product, no more than RSD%-12.45 Product mass (g, cm3), in which E-coli bacteria (coliforms) are not allowed, 111 ml Not allowed Detected GOST 18963-73 pH (6-9) 7.60 Ammonia 2.0 mg/l <0.05 GOST 4192-82 Nitrate 50 mg/l 0.5 ISO 7890-3.2008 Nitrite 0.2 mg/l <0.001 ISO 6777-2008 Chloride 250 mg/l 0.09 Uc-0.29.RSD-7.03 GOST 4245-72

Permanganate value 3 mg O2/ 0.912 Uc-0.035.RSD- ISO 8467-93 9.03 Residual chlorine 0.3-0.5 mg/l 0.065 GOST 98190-72 Odor 2 score 0 score GOST 3351-74 Taste 2 score 0 score GOST 3351-74 Color 15 degrees 00 GOST 3351-74 Turbidity Note Head of Akhaltsikhe regional Head of sampling and Head of serology- diagnostic laboratory Pathological Department microbiology department N. Tabatadze (signed & sealed) M. Tetvadze (signed) Ts. Vakhtangishvili (signed)

Test Results N343 Organoleptics of the tested river surface water sample are satisfactory Parameter Normal range Test result Test method Number of mesophyll-aerobic and facultative No more than 2.2x104 cfu/ml anaerobic microorganisms, colony-forming units in 1000 cfu/ml Uc±3.19 GOST 18963-73 1 ml product, no more than RSD%-12.45 Product mass (g, cm3), in which E-coli bacteria (coliforms) are not allowed, 111 ml Not allowed Detected GOST 18963-73 pH (6-9) 7.53 Ammonia 2.0 mg/l <0.05 GOST 4192-82 Nitrate 50 mg/l 0.5 ISO 7890-3.2008 Nitrite 0.2 mg/l <0.001 ISO 6777-2008 Chloride 250 mg/l 0.13 Uc-0.29.RSD-7.03 GOST 4245-72

Permanganate value 3 mg O2/ 0.304 Uc-0.035.RSD- ISO 8467-93 9.03 Residual chlorine 0.3-0.5 mg/l 0.065 GOST 98190-72 Odor 2 score 0 score GOST 3351-74 Taste 2 score 0 score GOST 3351-74 Color 15 degrees 00 GOST 3351-74 Turbidity Note Head of Akhaltsikhe regional Head of sampling and Head of serology- diagnostic laboratory Pathological Department microbiology department N. Tabatadze (signed & sealed) M. Tetvadze (signed) Ts. Vakhtangishvili (signed)

Test Results N344 Organoleptics of the tested river surface water sample are satisfactory ?????????? Parameter Normal range Test result Test method Number of mesophyll-aerobic and facultative No more than 2.8x104 cfu/ml anaerobic microorganisms, colony-forming units in 1000 cfu/ml Uc±3.19 GOST 18963-73 1 ml product, no more than RSD%-12.45 Product mass (g, cm3), in which E-coli bacteria (coliforms) are not allowed, 111 ml Not allowed Detected GOST 18963-73 pH (6-9) 7.67 Ammonia 2.0 mg/l <0.05 GOST 4192-82 Nitrate 50 mg/l 0.5 ISO 7890-3.2008 Nitrite 0.2 mg/l <0.001 ISO 6777-2008 Chloride 250 mg/l 0.09 Uc-0.29.RSD-7.03 GOST 4245-72

Permanganate value 3 mg O2/ 0.912 Uc-0.035.RSD- ISO 8467-93 9.03 Residual chlorine 0.3-0.5 mg/l 0.048 GOST 98190-72 Odor 2 score 0 score GOST 3351-74 Taste 2 score 0 score GOST 3351-74 Color 15 degrees 00 GOST 3351-74 Turbidity Note Head of Akhaltsikhe regional Head of sampling and Head of serology- diagnostic laboratory Pathological Department microbiology department N. Tabatadze (signed & sealed) M. Tetvadze (signed) Ts. Vakhtangishvili (signed)

45 Noise

The Environmental R&D Institute before its dissolution was responsible for the noise monitoring and management, but due to limited resources, there is no systematic monitoring of noise on a national scale. Noise is measured as the response to the received complaints from the public.

From 1992 until 2002, the noise was measured in five locations in Tbilisi. The noise level in 7.5 meters above the sidewalk ranged from 71 to 80 dB. The railway noise in 25 meters above the railway track was 65 dB at daylight and 63 dB - at night. Noise was also measured in years 1999-2001 in Rustavi (73-75 dB), Poti (72-74 dB), Telavi (70 dB) and Gori (72 dB). Accoridng to the European standards, the maximum noise levels in urban areas are 65 dB in daylight hours, and 55 dB at night. The sound spontaneous measurement indicates that the traffic noise of the big cities has achieved the nagging level, and along with the growth of traffic density further increase in noise is expected.

Therefore, there is not enough information about if the sound level in Tskhaltubo is within the normal range or not, but it is expected that the real problems will not arise in this regard. However, at the stage of the detailed design and environmental impact assessment it will be required to monitor the noise level in residential areas and to envisage preventive measures when planning.

The applicable noise level standards of Georgia are based on the health standards of the former Soviet Union, #3077-84, which specify different noise standards for different zones. However, the most appropriate standards are noise limits in residential houses and out of them (at walsl), which are as follows:

Inside the residential houses:

Eq (equivalent continuous noise level) (7 am- 11 pm) indicator (relevant) noise = 40 dB (A), the maximum level = 55 dB (A)

Eq (11 pm - 7 am) indicator (relevant) noise = 30 dB (A), the maximum level = 45 dB (A)

Outside residential houses (measured at the wall):

Eq (7 am- 11 pm.) indicator (relevant) noise = 55 dB (A), the maximum level = 70 dB (A)

Eq (11 pm - 7 am) indicator (relevant) noise = 45 dB (A), the maximum level = 60 dB (A)

46 Fluctuation/main/ baseline noise measurement data

Noise measurements were carried out on 17 June 2014.

Background noise measurements were carried out by the PCE-EM882 device (made in the UK). The measurement were carried out by the following methodology. At every point for around half an hour every 5 minutes the indications from the devices were read (total 6 data) and the average noise level was calculated for each point.

3 sites were selected at control points: area #1 - the starting point of the road (km 0) from Goderdzi pass (at the existing road: 5 and 25 m from the road), site #2 at the village Lodidziri (km 4.0) and site #3 at the village Zarzma (km 17.0), the last point of the road. As we can see from the data presented below in the Table 1 the background noise level at the sites ##1 and 2 is very low near the road and even lower - away from the road, while, at the site # 3, which is located in the village Zarzma, the noise level is slightly higher near the road and away from the road.

Figure 4.1. Noise measuring device

Table 4.16. Measured background noise level

Site # Time Max. dB Average dB 1 (5 m from the 16:00 55 45 existing road) 1 (25 m from the 16:30 48 40 existing road) 2 (5 m from the 14:30 55 42 existing road) 2 (25 m from the 15:00 45 40 existing road) 3 (5 m from the 12:00 65 50 existing road) 1 (25 m from the 12:30 60 45 existing road)

47 4.2. Environment Physico-geographical Characteristics

4.2.1. Geomorphology and relief

Geomorphologically the area is included in the Adjara-Trialeti folded system, Cretaceous and Palaeogene roches and semi-hard volcanogenic-sedimentary rocks district and partly covers Paleogene-Neogene roches and semi-hard subargillite and pyroclastic tock district - namely the Akhaltsikhe depression subregion.

The unique feature of Adjara - Trialeti folded system is the fan-shaped folds over the northern part towards the Georgian belt and over the southern part towards the Artvin - Bolnisi belt.

4.2.2. Geodynamic and geotechnical conditions of the project and detailed description of the design road

Out of modern engineering-geological processes the landslide processes are spread in the region, within the existing road and their scale is impressive. Also worth noting are debris flow processes, which take place in the case of debris flow sediments, and the transported soil accumulates in hundreds of cubic meters and is observed within the existing and rehabilitation section, especially in the initial part.

Also notable are the stratification and erosion processes.

Weathering processes are distributed mainly on the slopes. Temperature fluctuations result in the intensive weathering of slopes and accumulation of weathering product at the foot of the slopes, that contributes to the composition of the slope forming rocks.

In gullies and ravines most common is the side erosion, banks are intensively washed, as well as deeply eroded, that is reflected in the depths of the gullies and tributaries.

According to the seismic zoning of Georgia the area is included in the 7-magnitude earthquake zone.

The road section subject to rehabilitation starts at the top of Goderzi Pass, at 109+680 km of Batumi-Akhaltsikhe road. The road passes through the moderately hilly terrain, on the bench of very steep slopes.

From Pk 0+ 00 to Pk 35+35 the road passes through the soft terrain, on the left stable slope bench of the river Dzindza, which on the surface is covered with glacial, morainic deposits – clay loam with gravel with poorly treated boulder inclusions up to 20%, with a thickness more than 5 m.

The carriageway is mainly roadstone-gravel 15-20 cm thick, the asphalt cover is torn.

Figure 4.2.

No deformations and hollow spots are on the road.

The carriageway is made of loamy gravel with boulders inclusions up to 20%.

Very steep slopes of the river where the road runs are stable and fragmented with numerous small and medium-sized gullies; the culverts arranged in those gullies are damaged.

The water flow from the slopes runs on the road carriageway, because the ditches are broken and filled.

On the road section Pk 19+55 to Pk 19+85, on the left side of the road, along the road there is observed highly weathered rocky, landslipped, porphyritic block weathering.

From PK 21+00 to PK21+50 on the left slope of the road body there is observed a large number of water outlets and water is accumulated at the foot of the slope, along the road, whereby water reaches the road foundation and damages the roadway. The slope is built of loamy gravel with boulder inclusions up to 20% which thickness is more than 5 m.

The extension of the roadway is possible at the expense of cutting of the left slope, as the road right slope is very steep.

In order to eliminate sharp curves on the road from PK 33+00 to PK 35+35 it is possible to cut the left stable slope of the road to deduct the angle. The slope is built of loamy gravel with boulders inclusions up to 20% which thickness is more than 5 m.

The road from PK 35+35 to PK 36+20 crosses a deep ravine, where the arranged rectangular pipe is damaged.

The ravine foundation and slopes are covered with rubble soil, with white loamy filling and weakly treated boulders inclusions up to 30%. The transported soil is accumulated in the ravine in kind of big boulders (0.5-1.0 m).

In case of debris flow deposits, a powerful debris center may emerge in the ravine which output can make dozens of cubic meters. The existing water drainage pipe is damaged as a result of the debris flow effect.

Depth of the ravine on the right side of the road is 15-20 meters and it is steep.

At the foot of the ravine, on the right side of the road there are observed weathered, weakly cemented breccia outcrops.

49 The left slope of the road is steep and almost vertical and covered with rubble soil with white loam filling with weakly processed boulders inclusions up to 30%. In case of rainfall the upper part of the ravine are expected to collapse and accumulate on the pavement.

Figure 4.3.

From PK 36+64 to PK 37+50 the road crosses the debris ravine, which train in kind of slightly processed rocks, is accumulated at the foot of the ravine, and the right side of the road junction, at the foot of the ravine and the steep slopes.

Ravine slopes are covered with rubble ground, with white loam filling and weakly processed boulders inclusions of up to 30%. At the foot of the ravine the transported soil is accumulated in kind of boulders of big size (0.5-1.0 m).

The road on the left slope is steep and almost vertical and covered with rubble ground, with white loamy filling and weakly treated boulders inclusions up to 30%. The transported soil is accumulated in the ravine in kind of big boulders (0.5-1.0 m).

The left slope of the road is steep and almost vertical and covered with rubble soil with white loam filling with weakly processed boulders inclusions up to 30%. In case of rainfall the upper part of the ravine which is narrow is expected to collapse and accumulate on the pavement.

At the foot of the ravine, on the right side of the road there are observed weathered, weakly cemented breccia outcrops.

Depth of the ravine on the right side of the road is 10-12 meters and it is steep.

At the ravine crossing on the road there is arranged the concrete background, which is badly damaged.

From PK 37+50 to PK 55+50 the road runs along the river Dzindza left slope bench. The slope is stable and is covered with forests.

The slope surface is covered with eluvium-diluvium powerful layer with the thickness of more than 3-5 m and is represented with the gravel with loam filling and boulders inclusions up to 30%.

The roadway is mainly crushed stone and gravel with the thickness of 20-25 cm.

No deformations and hollow spots are on the road.

50 Figure 4.4

In order to prevent the left side of the road from the surface water and water flow from the slope, it is necessary to arrange the ditch since the water flow runs on the carriageway.

In Pk 55+50 the road crosses the valley, which is characterized by a large number of debris blocks. The water flow runs on the pavement and crosses it through the concrete background. The concrete wall on the right side of the road is stable and based on the soil with gravel loam filling and boulders inclusions fill up to 30%.

From Pk 55+50 to Pk 78+50 the road runs through steep, stable slope bench.

The slope is built of weakly cemented white, clay-carbonate cement from weak breccia.

The roadway is mainly rubble-gravel with the of 20-25 cm.

No deformations and hollow spots are on the road.

The road may be widened at the expense of development of the left slope.

To prevent the left side of the road from surface water and debris flow, it is necessary to arrange the ditch because the water flow runs on the pavement and damages it.

On the right side of the road the slope is steep and stable.

In this section of road PK 67 +73, in the ravine there is arranged a culvert, at the exit of which on the right side of the road there is arranged a gabion and masonry walls. The pipe is damaged. It is also necessary to transfer the ravine water at PK 67+40 through the ditch to the existing drainage pipe.

The roadway is mainly rubble-gravel with the of 20-25 cm.

No deformations and hollow spots are on the road.

Figure 4.5

Road widening is possible at the expense of the left slope development.

The material resulted from the slope weathering is accumulated along the road at the foot of the slope.

The rectangular culvert masonry wall on the right side of the road at PK 69+68 is damaged, because the wall foundation is washed-out.

51 On PK 74+00 from the left slope of the road there is required to arrange a bridge to intercept the ravine water. At present, the water flow runs on the carriageway and crosses the road through the background.

The road left slope side ravine water foot is represented with breccias and characterized with a stepped form, while the right side ravine foot is covered with transported soil (boulders and gravel with loam filling).

From Pk 78+50 to Pk 87+50 the road runs on the weakly cemented white, clay-carbonate cement, built of weak breccias, steep, forested, on the stable slopes bench.

Breccias are attributed to the group of easily weathered rocks and they rapidly are weathered on the surface, as a result of which the slopes are covered with the gravel and boulders filled with loam with a thickness of 1-1.5 meters.

The material generated as a result of the slope weathering, with crushed stones is accumulated along the road at the foot of the slope.

Basically the road is covered with the rubble-gravel material and its thickness is 20-25 cm.

No deformations and hollow spots are on the road.

To prevent the left side of the road from surface water and debris flow, it is necessary to arrange the ditch because the water flow runs on the pavement and damages it.

The existing roadside culverts of masonry walls are mainly stable.

The semi-hard rocks- breccias outcropped along the slopes on this section of road PK 50+80 to PK 83+00 are characterized with lamination and weathering into large blocks is observed. Breccias create almost vertical slope along the road.

Figure 4.6

From PK 87+50 to PK 96+50 the road runs on the steep, stable slope shelf, which is covered with crushed stone with loam filling and inclusions of boulders up to 30%, with a thickness of 3-4 m.

From PK 96 +50 to PK 99+ 80 the road runs on the steep, forested, stable slope bench built of the weakly cemented breccias on white, clay-carbonate cement.

Weakly cemented breccias are characterized with lamination and have white basic clay layers, with the thickness of 0.5-1.0.

52 From PK 99+80 to PK 109+60 the road runs through the steep, stable slope bench, which surface is covered with gravel with loam filling and boulders inclusions up to 30%, with a thickness of 3-4 m.

From PK 109+60 to PK 112+00 the road runs the on the steep, forested, stable slope bench built of the weakly cemented breccias on white, clay-carbonate cement.

Weakly cemented breccias are characterized with lamination and have white basic clay layers, with the thickness of 0.3-0.5 which create almost vertical slope.

On PK 112+20 the road crosses the river, on which there is arranged a stable piping bridge. The river flows in the soft terrain and river 3-5 m high slopes are stable.

River bed and slopes are covered with weakly developed large size deposits of cobbles with boulders inclusions and loam filling.

From PK 112+00 to PK 120+00 the road runs through the village Utkhisubani area, on the stab le, steep slope bench, which surface is covered with gravel filled with clay and boulders inclusions up to 30%, with a thickness more than 10 m.

From PK 87+50 to PK 130+10 the carriageway is made of gravel and crushed stone with the thickness of 20-25 cm, the asphalt cover is remained in kind of scraps and sections.

In this section from PK 90+50 to PK 101+30, the asphalt cover of the roadway is 6-8 cm thick, it is preserved almost all over the area and is badly damaged.

No deformations and hollow spots are on the road.

From PK 120+00 to PK 129+00 the existing road runs on the section bypassing the debris slope.

The old section of the existing road passed in the middle part of the debris slope, where the debris flow mass thickness was rather big ( according to the borehole data more than 15 m), and rehabilitation of this section of the road is connected with great difficulties.

The slope on which a strong debris flow is developed is very steep and covered with forest. The slope has a well expressed debris body shape, in the slope body there are developed 8- 12 meters thick landslip breaks that apply to the whole body of the debris area.

The debris flow is of landslide type, with the undulating-stepping surface of the upper part, while the lower part is undulating. The landslide is apparently characterized with a hidden dynamics, as separate active areas of the landslide body indicate. The landslide body thickness is more than 15 m.

In the lower part of the landslide body soil and underground water outcrops are observed.

53 The landslide body is built of coarse-grained gravel with white clays and loamy filling and boulders (diameter 0.5-1.5 m) inclusions up to 20-30% which thickness is more than 15-20 m. According to the borehole data, at the different depth there are separated loamy soil lenses and layers, which, during their flooding become the landslide mass.

The soil is characterized by high porosity and water accumulation occurs in pores, which is one of the main cause of a landslide generation.

Generation of a landslide is also provokes by a deep crack occurred in the upper part of the landslide body, which is well expressed round the whole landslide body.

Due to accumulation of water in the crack, the slope stability has weakened and a gap has developed along the deep crack.

Lowered spots are observed in the landslide body, where the surface water accumulates in kind of large puddles which flood the landslide body thus contributing to the further activation of the landslide.

The landslide body has cracks, landslides steps and water outcrops.

A pronounced landslide gap is observed between the old road and the bypass road, while the slope after the old road is steep and the landslide body sheet on it reaches the river, which in turn washes down that landslide body and contributes to the landslide activity.

The landslide body length between the old and new sections of the road is 150-170 meters, the landslide width along the old road is 100 meters. The gap thickness in the upper part of the landslide body is 8-10 meters. The height difference between the upper part of the landslide and the river bank is 90-100 meters.

The landslide bypassing road runs through the stable part of steep slope, in the forested area, which is covered with gravel boulders with loam filling soil, with the depth of more than 20 meters.

Figure 4.7.

This section of road requires arrangement of the water drains in the body of the landslide to prevent the accumulation of water, which contributes to the further activation of the landslide. Also arrangement of a deep ditch on the top of the bypass road, from the upper part of the existing road to prevent surface water and flow water in the landslide body.

From PK 129+00 to PK 141+20 the road runs through steep, stable, forested slope bench, which surface is covered with gravel with loam filling and boulders inclusions up to 30%, with a thickness of more than 3 m.

54 On this section of the road from PK129+00 to PK132+50 the carriageway is of crushed stone and gravel with thickness of 25-30 cm, and on the next section from PK 132+ 50 to PK138+00. The asphalt coating thickness is preserved of 6-7 cm on the major part of the carriageway section and is badly damaged.

From PK 138+60 to PK 140+10 the road runs through the steep slope bench and on the carriageway a hollow spot is developed.

Especially on the right side of the road, on a very steep slope, small landslide gaps and cracks are developed.

The hollow spot is caused by surface and flow water accumulation in the negative hillside areas of the left slightly steep slope, whereby water gets in the slope forming soils and as a result of their excess watering hollow spots occur on the roadway, while on the right strongly steep slope of the existing road small landslide gaps occur.

On the roadway of this section a hollow spot is developed due to the watering of the road foundation soil, which is caused by the occurrence of surface and fall waters in the road foundation.

In the gullies existing at the beginning and the end of this section, there are arranged culverts, which are filled with water and cannot conduct water while the gully bed is filled with the rocky soils.

In this section of the road, the existing culverts shall be regulated, beds cleaned, drainage channels shall be arranged in the culverts on the left slope and as on the roadway, and culvert shall be arranged in the hollow spot middle part.

From PK 140+10 to PH 156+ 60 the road runs on the shallow, stable, forested slope bench. The slope surface is covered with gravel and clay with boulders inclusions up to 30%. Boulders diameter is 0.5-1.0 m.

The carriageway is mainly of crushed stone and gravel 20-25 cm thick; the asphalt coating is preserved in kind of small sections and spots.

Figure 4.8.

On this section of the road from PK 145+50 to PK 146+20 on the left steep slope, which surface is covered with clay, gravel, with boulders inclusions up 30%, the surface water has generated grooves, from which water flows into the road foundation and makes small hollow spots on the roadway. This section of road requires arrangement of deep ditch on the side of the slope, to prevent the surface and flow water.

55 From Pk 156+60 to Pk173+80 for the end of rehabilitation section, the 5-6 cm thick asphalt coating of the roadway is preserved in sections and spots.

From PK 156+60 to PK 157+60 the road runs through steep, forested, stable slope bench.

The slope is built of weakly cemented weak breccias, on the clay cement, which are covered with 1.5-3.0 m thick gravel with loam filling and the inclusions of boulders up to 30%.

The carriageway is mainly of crushed stone and gravel, 20-25 cm thick, the asphalt coating has remained in small sections and pieces.

From PK 157+60 to PK 166+80 the road runs along a steep, stable slope bench built of volcanic, andesite porphyrites, tuff-sandstone and tuff-breccia and spirally then runs down to the river valley.

Along the length of the road section weathered, highly fissured rocks are exposed.

Accumulation of material resulted from the weathering of rock occurs at the bottom of slopes, along the road and endanger the operation of the road.

Figure 4.9.

The carriageway is mainly of crushed stone and gravel 10-15 cm thick and arranged on the rocky foundation.

On PK 168+18 the road crosses the river Dzindza, where the stable bridge is arranged.

From PK 30+168 to PK 173+80 to the end of the rehabilitation section the road runs on the river Dzindza right stable slope bench. The slope is very steep and built of rocky tuff breccias, (which weathering is observed along the existing road) which is covered with gravel of glacial origin and pebbles with loam filling and inclusions of boulders up to 30%.

The carriageway is mainly of crushed stone and gravel with thickness 25-30 cm; the asphalt coating is remained in small sections and pieces.

No deformations hollow spots are on the road.

Figure 4.10

Report is attached with the table of soil physical and chemical properties, the pavement linear chart.

56 4.2.3. Tectonics and seismicity

According to the tectonic zoning the study area is included in Adjara - Trialeti folded system district, the southern zone, particularly in-Akhaltsikhe subzone.

The Akhaltsikhe subzone is built of the Middle and Upper Eocene and Oligocene and volcanic Miopliocene (Goderzi suite), volcanic and sandy loam formations.

Directly, this subzone in the tectonic terms represents the synclinal depression complicated by numerous, very intensely compressed folds, which are mainly spread in its central part.

According to the applicable regulatory document of Gerogia 01.01-09 – “The Earthquake- proof Construction”, the Goderdzi - Zarzma section of the design road is situated in the 7- point seismicity zone by MSKK64 scale where the maximum horizontal acceleration (according to the dimensionless seismicity coefficient “A”) is equal to 0.12-0.15 with a seismic coefficient of 0.11. The seismic hazard plan of Georgia is shown on the images 2-1.

Fig. 4.11. Image 2-1 of the seismic-hazard plan, which shows the maximum horizontal acceleration and intensity

Note: The acceleration in given in C units

4.2.4. Hydrogeology

According to the hydrogeological zoning the study region attributed to the Adjara-Imereti fissure pressure water district within the Adjara-Trialeti folded system pressure water zone.

From the hydrogeological point of view the region is abounded in water and along the road the groundwater outcrops are observed.

Geological structure

The study region is mainly constructed of Tertiary continental geological formations, which are overlain by Quaternary alluvial-diluvial sediments and proalluvial powerful complex.

The tertiary formations are represented with Palaeogene boulder breccia on clay cement, with loamy layers and Neogene breccias and conglomerates on clay-carbonate cement. There are also found the volcanic porphyritic tuff-breccias and tuff-breccias, which are distinguished by high strength and which outcrops are observed along the existing road, in the last part of the rehabilitation section.

57 The hills along the road are built of breccias. They belong to a group of easily weathered rocks and weathered material is accumulated at the foot of the slopes.

The Quaternary sediments within the study area are represented with diluvia and eluvia different consistency, carbonaceous clays and loams with inclusions of pebble, gravel and boulders up to 20-35% and alluvial cobbles loam filling, mainly in ravines and gorges.

4.2.5. Hydrology

The Goderzi Pass-Zarzma rehabilitation section of Batumi (Aagisa) -Akhaltsikhe rehabilitation road in totally situated in the basin of right tributary of the river Kvabliani – the river Dzindza. The section starts from the Goderdzi pass and to 17 km runs along the left bank of the river Dzindza, passes to its right bank, runs along it 1 km and ends in 0.8 kilometers from the Kvabliani mouth. The water runoffs and flow surfaces crossed by the road are of small space: crossed basins (see. Hydrological basins map), only the space of basin N52 is 14.4 km2. The area of rest of the basins is less than 1 km2. Noteworthy is that river Dzindza, in turn, is the only the 3rd row tributary of the river Mtkvari (it joins the river Kvabliani, which joins the river Potskhovi which is the first tributary of the river Mtkvari).

The heads of study basins are situated at the 1400-2400 m altitude, and the road is situated at the elevations of 2033-1240. The river Dzindza basin, including the study basins, are located on the eastern slopes of Arsiani, between its branches and are characterized with the split mountainous landscape. On the elevations above 2000 m the basin is covered with Alpine meadows, the vegetation below is the mixed forest. In overall by the end of the past century the river Dzindza basin afforestation was 75%. The river Dzindza coastal slope reaches 30°.

The river is fed by rain, snow and ground waters. Spring flood begins at the end of March or the beginning of March and lasts until the end of July. Maximum discharge in mall basins are caused by heavy rainfalls 2-5 times during the year, including small floods in winter. Ice phenomena (bank freezing, slush ice, cream ice) on the river Dzindza basin can be observed from the second half of November and lasts 70, rarely 110 days. The basin is situated in the 2nd category of landslide hazard zone but in the process of research ravines N19, N19.1 and N35 were considered as landslide ravines.

4.3. Maximum Water and Debris Flow

4.3.1. Maximum water flow

The surfaces of runoffs and flows which are crossing the rehabilitation section are not studied in hydrological terms. Many of them are the tributaries of the river Dzindza which ahs a small basin and which, in turn, is the only the 3rd row tributary of the river Mtkvari (it joins the river Kvabliani, which joins the river Potskhovi which is the first tributary of the

58 river Mtkvari). It is actually impossible to search a representative analogy of such runoffs. At the same time, especially in the last 25-30 years, it becomes clear that the maximum discharge calculated by the statistical method of the monitoring data are exaggerated for some times for many rivers, that may be allegedly explained by the violation of the estimate and failure to register the real peaks of discharge due to insufficient monitoring frequency.

At the same time, more convincing results is provided by the generalized semi-empirical method well approved in the South Caucasus (“Technical Guidelines for Calculation of Maximum River Flow in the Conditions of Caucasus”, Zaknigmi, 1980), where the maximum discharge is calculated by the following formula (with G. Kherkheulidze’s interpretation )

Q p%=( RPF0,667 K1,35I0,125λ0,38 ) KF /(L+10) where Q p% is the rated discharge or τ (year) recurrence

R is the regional parameter; for the ordinary rivers of East Georgia R = 1.15;

F, Ft is the basin and forest and occupied area, km2;

L is the length from the study section to the maximum remote point of the head;

I is the average slope on this length;

Bmax is of the maximum width of the basin, m;

K = 5 - climate ratio;

τ is the recurrence, year;

P is the soil parameter; Kf is the ratio for areas less than 5 km.



The default values and calculation results are given in Table 1.

Table 4.17

Maximum water flow of river, ravine and runoff surfaces

P - pipe; B - bridge; K – ditch

Q, m3/s Basin F L σ km Structure i P K  KF where  N km2 m (δ) 100 10 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2+94 0.037 0.24 0.059 1 5 1.03 1.00 0.7 1.1 0.5 2 5+12 0.021 0.22 0.110 1 5 1.01 1.00 0.7 0.8 0.3 3 6+02 0.190 0.65 0.020 1 5 1.05 0.97 0.7 3.0 1.2

59 Q, m3/s Basin F L σ km Structure i P K  KF where  N km2 m (δ) 100 10 4 7+20 0.032 0.35 0.169 1 5 1.00 0.97 0.7 1.1 0.5 5 8+75 0.052 0.53 0.259 1 5 1.11 0.98 0.7 1.8 0.8 6 10+31 0.384 1.10 0.232 1 5 1.12 0.93 0.7 6.7 2.8 7 12+60 0.397 1.30 0.206 1 5 1.17 0.93 0.7 7.0 2.9 8 14+05 0.055 0.55 0.251 1 5 1.03 0.88 0.7 1.7 0.7 9 15+07 0.034 0.40 0.272 1 5 1.04 0.86 0.7 1.3 0.5 9.1 15+07 0.041 0.55 0.238 1 5 1.05 0.85 0.7 1.5 0.6 9.2 15+07 0.063 0.65 0.252 1 5 1.00 0.85 0.7 1.8 0.8 9.3 15+07 0.080 0.90 0.221 1 5 1.14 0.86 0.7 2.4 1.0

Q, m3/s F L σ Basin N km Structure i P K  KF where  km2 m (δ) 100 10 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 10 18+32 0.120 1.10 0.196 1 5 1.44 0.87 0.7 3.9 1.6 11 18+95 0.051 0.40 0.208 1 5 1.04 0.91 0.7 1.6 0.7 12 21+95 0.063 0.50 0.234 1 5 1.31 0.88 0.7 2.4 1.0 13 22+83 0.219 0.58 0.364 1 5 1.00 0.93 0.7 4.2 1.8 14 25+77 0.080 0.50 0.251 1 5 1.13 0.93 0.7 2.4 1.0 15 28+98 0.044 0.40 0.167 1 5 1.07 0.94 0.7 1.5 0.6 16 31+18 0.157 0.90 0.205 1 5 1.08 0.94 0.7 3.5 1.5 17 33+26 0.051 0.60 0.147 1 5 1.10 1.00 0.7 0.0 0.0 18 34+58 0.070 0.40 0.117 1 5 1.04 0.96 0.7 1.9 0.8 19* - 2.398 4.50 0.123 1 5 1.36 0.98 0.84 27.2 11.4* 19.1* - 2.031 2.60 0.198 1 5 1.13 0.98 0.83 22.7 9.4* 19.2 - 0.259 1.40 0.318 1 5 1.07 0.95 0.7 5.1 2.1 20 41+04 0.039 0.52 0.337 1 5 1.02 0.94 0.7 1.4 0.6 21 43+04 0.092 0.66 0.341 1 5 1.05 0.87 0.7 2.6 1.1 22 44+12 0.191 1.38 0.326 1 5 1.18 0.94 0.7 4.6 1.9 23 44+71 0.041 0.76 0.225 1 5 1.07 0.85 0.7 1.5 0.6 24 45+41 0.055 0.81 0.284 1 5 1.12 0.85 0.7 1.9 0.8 25 46+16 0.053 0.72 0,202 1 5 1.29 0.85 0.7 1.6 0.9 26 49+07 0.370 1.54 0.267 1 5 1.08 0.91 0.7 6.3 2.6 27 50+00 0.037 0.75 0.295 1 5 1.16 0.85 0.7 1.5 0.6 28 50+46 0.092 0.62 0.287 1 5 0.95 0.85 0.7 2.3 1.0 28.1 53+20 0.058 0.60 0.271 1 5 1.06 0.85 0.7 1.9 0.8 28.2 53+20 0.028 0.29 0.233 1 5 1.01 0.87 0.7 1.1 0.5 29 55+50 0.879 2.92 0.223 1 5 1.12 0.95 0.7 10.9 4.5 29.1 58+55 0.067 0.42 0.346 1 5 1.02 0.85 0.7 2.0 0.9 30 61+22 0.119 0.71 0.278 1 5 1.09 0.85 0.7 3.1 1.3 60 Q, m3/s F L σ Basin N km Structure i P K  KF where  km2 m (δ) 100 10 31 63+77 0.053 0.36 0.376 1 5 1.00 0.85 0.7 1.8 0.7 32 67+78 0.210 0.86 0.279 1 5 1.11 0.87 0.7 4.6 1.9 33 69+76 0.439 1.88 0.167 1 5 1.16 0.95 0.7 10.1 2.9 34 70+90 0.18 0.72 0.328 1 5 1.01 0.85 0.7 3.9 1.6 35 74+12 1.449 2.48 0.241 1 5 1.19 0.93 0.7 16.4 6.8 36 76+05 0.073 0.52 0.299 1 5 1.07 0.85 0.7 2.2 0.9 37 79+59 0.067 0.36 0.342 1 5 1.00 0.85 0.7 1.9 0.8 38 81+86 0.081 0.92 0.214 1 5 1.49 0.85 0.7 3.1 1.3 39 83+56 0.038 0.37 0.244 1 5 1.02 0.86 0.7 1.3 0.6 40 85+77 0.232 1.32 0.253 1 5 1.11 0.85 0.7 4.7 2.0

Table 4.17 (continuation 1)

P - pipe; B - bridge; K – ditch

Q, m3/s Basin F L σ km Structure i P K  KF where  N km2 m (δ) 100 10 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

29 55+50 0.879 2.92 0.223 1 5 1.12 0.95 0.7 10.9 4.5 29.1 58+55 0.067 0.42 0.346 1 5 1.02 0.85 0.7 2.0 0.9 30 61+22 0.119 0.71 0.278 1 5 1.09 0.85 0.7 3.1 1.3 31 63+77 0.053 0.36 0.376 1 5 1.00 0.85 0.7 1.8 0.7 32 67+78 0.210 0.86 0.279 1 5 1.11 0.87 0.7 4.6 1.9 33 69+76 0.439 1.88 0.167 1 5 1.16 0.95 0.7 10.1 2.9 34 70+90 0.18 0.72 0.328 1 5 1.01 0.85 0.7 3.9 1.6 35 74+12 1.449 2.48 0.241 1 5 1.19 0.93 0.7 16.4* 6.8 36 76+05 0.073 0.52 0.299 1 5 1.07 0.85 0.7 2.2 0.9 37 79+59 0.067 0.36 0.342 1 5 1.00 0.85 0.7 1.9 0.8 38 81+86 0.081 0.92 0.214 1 5 1.49 0.85 0.7 3.1 1.3 39 83+56 0.038 0.37 0.244 1 5 1.02 0.86 0.7 1.3 0.6 40 85+77 0.232 1.32 0.253 1 5 1.11 0.85 0.7 4.7 2.0 41 87+92 0.136 0.34 0.686 1 5 1.00 0.85 0.7 3.2 1.3 42 90+02 0.657 2.08 0.176 1 5 1.16 0.85 0.7 9.2 3.9 42.1 90+50 0.091 2.08 0.003 1 5 1.06 0.85 0.7 1.8 0.7 43 97+84 0.085 0.56 0.132 1 5 1.03 0.85 0.7 2.1 0.9 44 101+00 2.654 4.78 0.184 1 5 1.00 0.93 0.7 17.9 7.5 45 103+74 0.258 1.02 0.159 1 5 1.06 0.88 0.7 4.6 1.9 46.1 109+95 0.097 0.51 0.180 1 5 100 0.85 0.7 2.2 0.9 46 111+00 2.75 3.98 0.147 1 5 1.26 0.87 0.7 23.8 9.9

61 Q, m3/s Basin F L σ km Structure i P K  KF where  N km2 m (δ) 100 10 47 112+25 0.057 0.52 0.248 1 5 1.21 0.98 0.7 2.1 0.9 48 112+89 14.40 3.62 0.269 1 5 0.94 0.93 0.7 58.6 24.4 49 115+85 0.055 0.42 0.231 1 5 1.06 1.00 0.7 1.8 0.7 50 117+13 0.202 0.91 0.152 1 5 1.20 0.97 0.7 4.5 1.9 50.1 123+40 0.073 0.43 0.174 1 5 1.04 0.97 0.7 2.0 0.9 51 130+10 0.735 0.97 0.330 1 5 1.00 0.85 0.7 9.4 3.9 51.1 133+00 0.104 0.48 0.527 1 5 1.00 0.85 0.7 2.7 1.1 51.2 136+50 0.234 0.94 0.324 1 5 1.08 0.85 0.7 4.9 2.0 52 137+18 0.024 0.24 0.053 1 5 1.00 0.85 0.7 0.8 0.3 53 139+10 0.112 0.76 0.167 1 5 1.09 0.85 0.7 2.8 1.2 54 140+75 1.137 2.24 0.161 1 5 1.16 0.85 0.7 13.1 5.5 55 144+60 0.38 1.22 0.218 1 5 1.10 0.90 0.7 6.4 2.7 55.1 144+80 0.046 0.26 0.250 1 5 1.00 0.97 0.7 1.4 0.6 55.2 146+40 0.082 0.32 0.072 1 5 1.00 0.87 0.7 1.9 0.8

* The rated debris flow of ravines N19, N19.1 and N35 is 53 and 56 and 45 m3/s (see Chapter 3)

Table 4.17 (continuation 3)

P - pipe; B - bridge; K – ditch

Q, m3/s Basin F L σ km Structure i P K  KF where  N km2 m (δ) 100 10 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 9 10 11 12 13 56 153+50 0.508 1.52 0.193 1 5 1.18 0.85 0.7 8.1 3.4 57 157+36 0.142 0.91 0.283 1 5 1.13 0.85 0.7 3.6 1.5 58 160+47 0.31 0.92 0.301 1 5 1.10 0.85 0.7 5.9 2.5 59 161+58 - - - - 5 - - - -

60 169+94 1.516 2.78 0.022 1 5 1.30 0.86 0.7 21.3 8.9 61 171+50 0.063 0.43 0.417 1 5 1.00 0.86 0.7 1.8 0.8 62 172+73 0.037 0.42 0.410 1 5 1.03 0.87 0.7 1.4 0.6 63 173+34 0.036 0.41 0.383 1 5 1.09 0.87 0.7 1.5 0.6

4.3.2. Maximum debris flow in ravines

According to the field exploration data, the debris flow sediments are most spread in basins #19, #19.1, #35, as evidenced by the photos of solid materials and the ravine, where the

62 slopes built of adamic soil are revealed, which indicates the possibility of blocking of narrow ravines.

Therefore, appropriate corrections shall be made in the maximum discharges of those ravines according to the applicable VSN 03-76 Instructions (Hydrometeoizdati, 1976) where the mudflow discharge is calculated by the following formula

QCP%= QBP% ( SPT /(SPT-S0P))1,08= KS QBP% , m3/s where

QBP% is the maximum water debris flow discharge. Based on the recommendation modified by the instruction author, the rated maximum water debris flow is the rated water flow obtained by the approved regional method (in our case, the flows in Table 1.

S0P=SP/(1+( 0,00555/(X1(I/1000)X2) – concentration of solids in the debris mass.

SPT=0.705 – limit concentration of solids in the debris mass (Constanta, in case of absence of the parameters established as a result of special engineering-geological study of solid component).

x1=0.25/( Z+0.0625)0,5.

x1=2/(I+320,2). where

I - the average inclination of main conduit thalveg, ‰.

Z - the basin average mudflow activity coefficient separated on the characteristic sections. In case of total absence of the relevant factual information about the erosion process development in basins - Zmax= 0.063 I 0,40.

W= (SPT- S0P) /SPT

In this case, on the basis of all of the material Z ≈0.1 that by sufficient reliability is consistent to the volume and nature of study debris. The specification can only be relevant to the study of the basin.

The benchmarks and rated debris flow are presented in Table 2.

63 Table 4.18

Rated water and debris flows of basins N19, N19.1 and N35

a) Benchmarks

# Q1% Q2% Q10% Q5% IA Bmin Bmax   19 1 27.2 20.9 11.3 14.8 0.179 3.8 5.69 0.432 0.1 19.1 2 22.7 17.4 9.5 12.3 0.068 4.2 6.31 0.522 0.1 35 3 16.4 12.6 6.8 8.9 0.450 2.4 3.67 0.565 0.1 b) Debris flow

# x1 x2 I0/00 S0P KQ QC1% I x1z  KQZ QCZ1% 1 0.356 0.729 123 0.524 3.90 106.0 0.123 0.62 0516 2/04 55.5 2 0.327 0.674 198 0.585 5.89 133.7 0.198 0.62 0.408 2.63 59.8 3 0.316 0.651 241 0.604 6.96 114.1 0.241 0.62 0.369 2.94 48.1

4.4. Water and Debris Maximum Levels in the Section of Bridges Located in Basins N19, N19.1 and N 35

4.4.1. Maximum water levels (MWL) The rated slopes are established on the basis of the ravine bottom longitudinal profile, and the roughness coefficient for the rivers with large slope and gravel-boulder bottom – the value recommended in // (Table 3).

Water rates are calculated by Chezy-Manning formula (in the G. Kherkheulidze’s interpretation)

V=(i0.5/n)R0,667=Kv R0,667, m/s, (1) where i = IA – cross-section characteristic slope; n – roughness coefficient;

R - hydraulic radius;

Kv - rate ratio.

The debris flow rate is calculated by the formula given in the instructions //

V= 1.14h0,5 (iWOT) 0.333, m/s, (2) where h – average bed depth; for narrow bed h = R

64 Based on the selected slope, the given cross-sections, and geological data, we have calculated the parameters of the effective cross sections N 1- N 3 and flow curve ordinates for different water levels.

For basins N19 and N35 the flow curve ordinates are calculated by the program made by G. Kherkheulidze for the V-shape beds

for water flow

Qi= KV R0.667=( I0,5/n)[(b+2h)h/(b+2h sin)]0.667(b+mh)h. (3)

For debris flow

QC=1,14 R 0,5(Iw)0.333 . (4)

where

I, n – the bed slope and roughness coefficient.

h, ω, b, m, a – the section depth, area, bottom width, slope ratio and inclination angle.

V, R - hydraulic radius and the average floe rate.

The obtained roughness coefficients for the main riverbed, all the necessary parameters to

determine the flow curve ordinates, the flow ordinates of different water levels Qi = f(Hi), and the relevant levels of the rated flows (MWL) are given in Tables 3-6. The levels correspond to the layout of the given cross-sections (on the bridge axis). Other necessary markets along the bed are calculated by extrapolation.

Table 4.19

Basin N1 flow curve ordinates

Q1% = 27.2 m3/s; Q10% = 11.4 m3/ s; QCZ1% = 55.5 m3/s

i n KV h b m      R V Q2 HB1% W VC QC 1859. 0.179 0.133 3.18 0.25 3.60 2.10 0.53 0.444 0.430 4.76 1.03 0.217 1.15 1.2 0.516 2.39 2.5 50 1859. 0.179 0.133 3.18 0.50 3.60 2.10 1.05 0.444 0.430 5.93 2.33 0.392 1.70 4.0 0.516 3.22 7.5 75 1860. 0.179 0.133 3.18 1.00 3.60 2.10 2.10 0.444 0.430 8.25 5.70 0.691 2.49 14.2 0.516 4.28 24.4 25 1860. 0.179 0.133 3.18 1.25 3.60 2.10 2.63 0.444 0.430 9.41 7.78 0.826 2.80 21.8 0.516 4.68 36.4 50 1860. 0.179 0.133 3.18 1.50 3.60 2.10 3.15 0.444 0.430 10.6 10.13 0.957 3.09 31.3 0.516 5.03 51.0 75 1861. 0.179 0.133 3.18 1.75 3.60 2.10 3.68 0.444 0.430 11.7 12.73 1.084 3.36 42.7 0.516 5.36 68.2 00 1860. 0.179 0.133 3.18 1.40 3.60 2.10 2.94 0.444 0.430 10.1 9.16 0.905 2.98 27.3 0.516 4.90 44.8 65 1860. 0.179 0.133 3.18 0.90 3.60 2.10 1.89 0.444 0.430 7.79 4.94 0.635 2.35 11.6 0.516 4.10 20.3 15 1860. 0.179 0.133 3.18 1.58 3.60 2.10 3.32 0.444 0.430 10.9 10.93 0.998 3.18 34.7 0.516 5.14 56.2 83

65 Table 4.20

Basin N3 flow curve ordinates

Q1% = 16.4 m3/s; Q10% = 6.8 m3/ s; QCZ1% = 48.1 m3/s

i n KV h b m        Q2 HB1% W VC QC 0.45 0.133 5.04 0.25 0.00 2.38 0.60 0.398 0.387 1.29 0.15 0.115 1.19 0.2 1661.25 0.369 2.12 0.3 0.45 0.133 5.04 0.50 0.00 2.38 1.19 0.398 0.387 2.58 0.60 0.230 1.90 1.1 1661.50 0.369 3.00 1.8 0.45 0.133 5.04 1.00 0.00 2.38 2.38 0.398 0.387 5.16 2.38 0.461 3.01 7.2 1662.00 0.369 4.25 10.1 0.45 0.133 5.04 1.25 0.00 2.38 2.98 0.398 0.387 6.45 3.72 0.576 3.49 13.0 1662.25 0.369 4.75 17.7 0.45 0.133 5.04 1.50 0.00 2.38 3.57 0.398 0.387 7.74 5.36 0.691 3.94 21.1 1662.50 0.369 5.20 27.9 0.45 0.133 5.04 1.75 0.00 2.38 4.17 0.398 0.387 9.04 7.29 0.807 4.37 31.9 1662.75 0.369 5.62 40.9 0.45 0.133 5.04 2.00 0.00 2.38 4.76 0.398 0.387 10.33 9.52 0.922 4.78 45.5 1663.00 0.369 6.01 57.2 0.45 0.133 5.04 2.25 0.00 2.38 5.36 0.398 0.387 11.62 12.05 1.037 5.17 62.3 1663.25 0.369 6.37 76.8 0.45 0.133 5.04 1.37 0.00 2.38 3.26 0.398 0.387 7.07 4.47 0.632 3.71 16.6 1662.37 0.369 4.97 22.2 0.45 0.133 5.04 0.98 0.00 2.38 2.33 0.398 0.387 5.06 2.29 0.452 2.97 6.8 1661.98 0.369 4.20 9.6 0.45 0.133 5.04 1.88 0.00 2.38 4.47 0.398 0.387 9.71 8.41 0.867 4.58 38.6 1662.88 0.369 5.82 49.0

Table 4.21

Basin N2 flow curve ordinates

Q1% = 22.7 m3/s; Q10% = 9.5 m3/ s; QCZ1% = 59.8 m3/s

i n KV H      V QB W VC QC 0.068 0.133 1.96 1857.00 5.16 14.00 0.37 14.74 0.35 0.97 5.0 0.41 2.04 10.5 0.068 0.133 1.96 1857.25 8.79 14.93 0.59 16.11 0.55 1.31 11.5 0.41 2.55 22.4 0.068 0.133 1.96 1857.50 12.65 15.86 0.80 17.46 0.72 1.58 20.0 0.41 2.93 37.1 0.068 0.133 1.96 1857.75 16.65 16.79 0.99 18.77 0.89 1.81 30.1 0.41 3.25 54.1 0.068 0.133 1.96 1858.00 20.98 17.92 1.17 20.26 1.04 2.01 42.1 0.41 3.51 73.6 0.068 0.133 1.96 1858.25 25.59 18.85 1.36 21.57 1.19 2.20 56.2 0.41 3.76 96.1 0.068 0.133 1.96 1857.60 14.20 15.95 0.89 17.73 0.80 1.69 24.0 0.41 3.09 43.8 0.068 0.133 1.96 1857.40 11.04 15.2 0.73 16.65 0.663 1.49 16.46 0.41 2.81 31.0 0.068 0.133 1.96 1857.23 8.01 14.91 0.54 15.98 0.50 1.24 9.9 0.41 2.44 19.5 0.068 0.133 1.96 1857.85 18.35 16.83 1.09 19.01 0.97 1.91 35.1 0.41 3.39 62.1

Table 4.22

Maximum water levels

Basin elevation Provision, Rated level (m) P% 1 2 3 1 1860.65 1857.40 1662.37 Water (MWL) 10 1860.15 1857.23 1661.98 Debris (MDL) 1 1860.83 1857.85 1662.88

66 Note: The levels correspond to the given layout of cross-section (on the bridge axis). Other necessary markers along the bed are calculated by extrapolation according to the slope given in Tables 3-5.

4.5. Maximum Water and Debris Scouring in the Sections of Bridges Located in Basins N19, N19.1 and N35

4.5.1. Maximum general scouring

According to the geological sections applied on the general views of the bridges, the beds of ravines are built with the following soils: N 1 - Crushed stone with loam filling and boulders up to 30% (as estimated the average diameter of medium and large fractions of this soil particles are VC dm = 75 mm and d30 = 150 mm); N 4 - Breccia on clayey cement of weak strength, according to (/4/a); this soil by porosity ratio of 0.2 corresponds to an equivalent diameter dm = 50 mm. The rated slopes (I) determined based on the analysis of the longitudinal profiles of the bottom and other parameters required to calculate scouring

(debris flow, fluidity factor WotP =, the depth h and the speed VC) are given in Tables 3-5.

Scouring caused by the water flow is rather weak, but could facilitate weathering of layer N 4. The rated water and debris scouring are calculated by the corresponding instruction/5/. The stable bed width

BU=[7.1(QC) 0.4 W 0.067) / I023.

Mudflow rate

VC=1.14 (IW )0.333.

The maximum specific flow

0.5 3 qmax=1.85 h vC m /s .

Scouring depth

hp=1.22 (qmax) 0.8/(dm)0.2]’ m.

The scoured bottom parameters are given in Table 7.

67 Table 4.23

Basic scouring parameters

Water duct W VC QC BU q0 dmm hP HC1% HCP1% HF ΔHF #1 0.516 5.14 56.2 10.3 15.03 50 4.88 1860.83 1855.95 1858.85 2.90 #3 0.369 5.82 49.0 7.7 20.25 51 6.17 1662.88 1656.71 1661.00 4.29 #2 0.41 3.39 62.1 13.2 6.84 52 2.58 1857.85 1855.27 1856.39 1.12 where HC1%; HCP1% ; HF; ΔHF, are MWL, general scouring, invert level and scouring depth from the invert level, accordingly.

4.5.2. Local scouring calculation

The local scouring at the piers is calculated according to НИМП-72 /4 / recommendations.

Local scouring depth. ha=[ho+0.014b(V-V0)/w]MK, m.

 ho=6.2 H/(V0/w) , m.

3 qmax, H and b=1.2 - maximum specific flow (m /s); the depth in front of the pier (m) after the general scouring and pile width (diameter), m;

 = 0.18 (b/H)0.867 = 0.18 (0.665)0.867 = 0.126; dm – soil average diameter (m)

V = qmax/H; V0 = 3.6 (Hd)0.25 = 2.82 m/s - the scouring rate, dm = 0.04 m;

W- median fall diameter (m/s);

Vh = V0 (d/b)y- the initial scouring rate; y = f (H/d);

M = M1 M2η0Mr – the pier form factor; M1- the pier form factor; η0 - piling layout and number dependent parameter; when M2<1 - M2 = η0 = 1; Mr – grillage disposition (e) and thickness (d) dependent parameter.

Ka = f(H/b1) – the angularity ratio where fa =f(bb Lb a); bb Lb and a – the pier (overall) width, length and angularity angle.

The calculation results are presented in Table 8.

68 Table 4.24

Local scouring calculation

# qmax H V b,(a) b/H        h1 M1 #1 15.03 4.88 3.08 0.90 0.184 0.042 0.05 0.193 97.6 0.163 2.53 1.13 1.17 1.00 #3 20.25 6.17 3.28 0.90 0.146 0.034 0.05 0.193 123 0.160 2.68 1.19 1.23 1.00 #2 6.84 2.58 2.65 0.90 0.349 0.072 0.05 0.193 51.6 0.177 2.16 0.97 1.00 1.00

8b) Benchmarks and scouring depth

r e s M2      f K h 1.50 1.59 1.80 0.73 1 1.00 1.00 4.00 9.5 0.00 1.00 1.17 1.50 0.49 1.80 0.78 1 1.00 1.00 4.00 9.5 0.00 1.00 1.23 1.50 -2.27 1.80 0.6 1 1.00 1.00 4.00 9.5 0.00 1.00 1.00

4.6. Consolidated Data

Table 4.25.

Flow MWL, m General General Total Local scouring m/s HB1% MDL. scourin scourin scourin depth QB1 QB10 QC1 m g depth g level g level . HG1% HG10% hA, m % % % hP, m HP, m HG, m 1860.6 1860.1 1860.8 27.2 11.4 55.5 4.88 1855.95 1.17 1854.78 5 5 3 1662.3 1661.9 1662.8 16.4 6.8 48.1 6.17 1656.71 1.23 1655.48 7 8 8 1857.4 1857.2 1857.8 22.7 9.5 59.8 2.58 1855.27 1.00 1854.27 0 3 5

Notes: 1. The marks given in Table 9 are consistent to piers N3, N4, N5 according to the water ducts N1, N3, N2.

2. MWL and MDL – water and debris levels.

69 4.7. Soil, Landscape and Vegetation

4.7.1. Topsoil

Introduction

During the construction of the Goderdzi – Zarzma section (110 km – 127 km) of the Batumi (Angisa) - Akhaltsikhe road of national importance, protection of the environment, including the protection of one of the components - the soil, is very important. Excavation works should be carried out in compliance with the applicable environmental, soil protection legislation of Georgia and the internationally accepted standards.

At the initial stage of the construction the great importance shall be attributed to the study of the soil adjacent to the road, determination of its types and r main characteristics (topsoil, soil thickness, mechanical composition, structure) n.

Soil protection laws and regulations

The soil protection and removed soil conservation during the construction of the Goderdzi – Zarzma section (110 km – 127 km) of the Batumi (Angisa) - Akhaltsikhe road of national importance must be carried out in compliance with the applicable environmental legislation and regulations of Georgia, in particular:

1. The Law on the Soil Protection (12.05.1996)

2. Topsoil Removal, Storage, Use and Re-cultivation (Technical Regulation, Resolution N424 of the Government of Georgia, 31.12.2013)

3. Methods of Determination (Calculation) of Environmental Damage (Technical Regulation, Resolution N54 of the Government of Georgia, 14.01.2014)

Natural conditions, arable land and native rock (Overview)

The designed Goderdzi – Zarzma section (110 km – 127 km) of the Batumi (Angisa) - Akhaltsikhe road of national importance is located on the territory of Khulo and Adigeni Municipalities. The section starts from Km 109+680 and passes through the villages Lodidziri, Utkhisubani and ends at the entrance of the village Zarzma, on the 129th km (Adigeni Municipality). The length of the projected section of the road is 17.380 km.

The projected road section runs through mountainous terrain forms, the river Dzindza left slope, at an altitude of 1240 - 2050 m. The first 6 - kilometer section runs through the alpine and sub-alpine zone, while the rest part runs through the coniferous and deciduous forest territories.

70 A small part of the area adjacent to the project road is the agricultural lands (meadows, pastures), most of which are slightly and moderately eroded. The rest part is the natural forest landscape.

The native rocks are mainly represented by volcanogenic and sedimentary rocks and their weathering products.

Soil classification and zoning

Soil zoning and classification is based on the geological structure of the territory, terrain, climate, hydrological regime, vegetation and anthropogenic factors.

According to the soil-geographical zoning scheme of Georgia (M. Sabashvili), the soils along and adjacent to the project road are included in the soil district of the South Georgia and Akhaltsikhe-Khulo subdistrict zone.

FAO classification is used as a soil taxonomic unit.

Along and adjacent to the project road the following types of soil are spread:

Primitive mountain meadow (LEPTOSOL*)

Mountain meadow soddy

Mountain forests meadow (HOMIC CAMBISOLS *)

Brown forest acid (DYSTRIC CAMBISOLS *)

Brown forest podzolic (DYSTRIC CAMBISOLS *)

(* - compared with the word database).

Description of soils along the Goderdzi – Zardzma project road (km 110 to km 127) by sections:

(See the soil map)

Section 1. (km 0+00 – 3+ 800), (Lodidziri District).

The benchmark of this section is located at 2025 meters over the sea level. The relief is slightly inclined. The arable land adjacent to the road is a degraded pasture and meadow. The native rock is represented by weathering products of sedimentary rocks.

Primitive mountain meadow and mountain meadow soddy. The soil is slightly soddy, of small thickness, slightly humus, slightly and moderately skeletal. The topsoil is soddy (Ad). The horizon does not exceed 5 centimeters.

Section 2 (km 3 + 800 – 6+ 00)

71 Relief is slightly and moderately inclined. The area is covered by alteration of forest and meadows. Native rocks are represented with weathering products of volcanogenic and sedimentary rocks.

The topsoil is slightly and moderately eroded. The soil type is mountain forest meadow). The soil is of small thickness, slightly humus, slightly and moderately skeletal. The topsoil is soddy (Ad) and (A0). The horizon does not exceed 5 centimeters.

Section 3 (km 6+00 – 12+ 00)

The relief is slightly and moderately inclined. The area adjacent to the section is covered with alteration of forest and meadow vegetation. Native rock is represented by the weathering products of volcanogenic and sediment rocks. The topsoil is slightly and moderately eroded. The soil type is brown forest acid. The soil is of small thickness, slightly and moderately humus, moderately skeletal. The topsoil is humus (A0) and (A). The horizon does not exceed 7-10 centimeters.

Section 4. (km 12+ 00 – 13+ 00) (Utkhisubani)

Relief is moderately inclined, slightly and moderately eroded. The arable land is represented by pasture, meadow and private hayfields. Native rocks are represented with weathering products of volcanogenic and sedimentary rocks.

The topsoil is moderately eroded. The soil type is mountain forest meadow. The soil is of small thickness, slightly humus, slightly and moderately skeletal. The topsoil is soddy (Ad) and meadow (Ap). The horizon does not exceed 5-10 centimeters.

Section 5. (km 13+00 – 14+ 00)

The relief is slightly inclined. The area is covered with alteration of forest and meadow vegetation. Native rock is represented by the weathering products of volcanogenic and sediment rocks. The topsoil is slightly eroded. The soil type is brown forest acid. The soil is of small thickness, slightly and moderately humus, moderately skeletal. The topsoil is humus (A0) and (A). The horizon does not exceed 7-10 centimeters.

Section 6. (km 14+00 – 17+ 00)

The area is covered by forest and meadow grass. Native rocks are represented with weathering products of volcanogenic and sedimentary rocks.

The topsoil is slightly and moderately eroded. The soil type is mountain forest meadow. The soil is of small thickness, slightly humus, slightly and moderately skeletal. The topsoil is soddy (Ad) and (A0). The horizon does not exceed 5-7 centimeters.

72 4.7.2. Landscape

On the project section of the road there can be found in several districts of rural landscapes, which are limited to a few small villages and represent the integrity of pasture, hayfield and home grounds. The rest part of the surrounding landscape is attributed to partially altered or intact natural landscapes.

Partially altered or intact natural landscape features are observed in various sections of the design road corridor. In particular, the natural landscapes along the projected road are represented by the following types:

- Forest landscapes: from the mountainous zone of the Adigeni Municipality though the Goderdzi Pass on the areas adjacent to the road there can be found the fragments of high value forest and massive forests. They are deciduous, coniferous or mixed forests, many of which are of high value;

- Sub-alpine meadows on the area adjacent to the Goderdzi Pass.

4.7.3. Flora

Vegetation within the projected road development area

Noteworthy is the detailed botanical surveys conducted in the Zarzma –Khulo road expansion project. Accordingly, there were revealed the anticipated negative and residual impacts on flora and vegetation within the project corridor and adjacent areas caused by construction and operation of the project. The plant species and communities of various conservation value (endangered, endemic, rare) presented in the project impact have been revealed as well as the economically valuable plants. The detailed descriptions of phytocenoses developed in the project corridor project are provided below.

During the botanical study the vegetation cover-abundance was assessed by the Drude scale. The Drude scale symbols represent species cover-abundance. These symbols are: Soc (Social) -dominant species, cover-abundance exists 90%; Cop3 (coptosal) - High number of species- cover-abundance 70-90%; Cop2- species is represented by numerous individuals – cover- abundance of 50-70%; Cop1—cover-abundance of 50-70%; Sp3 (sporsal) –cover-abundance about 30%; Sp2 (sporsal) – cover abundance about 20%; Sp1 (sporsal) – cover-abundance about 10%; Sol (solitarie) – low number of individuals – cover-abundance up to 10%; Un (unicum) -one individual.

73 Section 1. Ruderal phytocenosis

Plant community type Ruderal phytocenosis Conservation value Low Location Village Zarzma area Trial plot N 1 Trial plot space (m2) 10 GPS coordinates 0303 617/461 6201 Elevation (m) 1249 Aspect South-east Inclination 50 Community structural features Shrub height (cm) 200 Grass height (cm) 50 Shrub cover (%) 20 Grass cover (%) 10 Moss cover (%) _ Number of higher plant species 9 Number of moss species _ Species Cover-abundance by Drude scale Shrubs Rosa canina Sp1 Sambucus ebulus Sp2 Grass cover Cynoglossum officinale Sp1 Trifolium ambiguum Sp2 Capsella bursa-pastoris Sp2 Medicago minima Sp1 Plantago major Sp1 Xanthium spinosum Sp1 Echium vulgare Sol Pyrethrum parthenifolium Sol Hypericum perforatum Sol Moss cover No moss species have been fixed _

This section includes the village Zarzma area, which is situated in the direction to the Goderzi Pass, on the left bank of the river, after the bridge. The road widening is planned by 2 meters, though the widening will not touch the forest edge.

Plot 1. Roadside vegetation Plot 1. Oak and hornbeam

Plot 2. Degraded oak and hornbeam forest with mixed pine

Plant community type Degraded oak and hornbeam forest with mixed pine Conservation value Low Location From the village Zarzma to Goderdzi Pass Trial plot N 2 Trial plot space (m2) 50 GPS coordinates 0303 588/461 6205 Elevation (m) 1268 Aspect North-east Inclination 35-400 Community structural features Max. DMS (cm) 20 Average DMS (cm) 15 Tree max. height (m) 14-16 Average height (m) 10 Number of trees on the trial plot 20 Tree storey cover (%) 60 Shrub cover (%) 5 Shrub height (cm) 80-100 Grass cover (%) 10-15 Grass height (cm) 40 Moss cover (%) _ Number of higher plant species 14 Species Cover-abundance by Drude scale Tree storey Quercus iberica Sp1 Carpinus caucasica Cop2 Pinus kochiana Sol Shrubs

75 Cytisus caucasicus Sp1 Grass Trifolium ambiguum Sp3 Trifolium repens Sp3 Lotus corniculatus Sp2 Trifolium pratense Sp2 Bromopsis benekenii Sp1 Dactylis glomerata Sp1 Achillea millefolium Sp1 Plantago lanceolata Sol Silene compacta Sol Verbascum sp. Sol Moss cover No moss species have been fixed _

Plot 2. Silene compacta Plot 2. Oak and hornbeam

76 Plot 3. Mixed deciduous forest with coniferous species Plant community type Mixed deciduous forest with coniferous species Conservation value Medium Location From teh village Zarzma to Goderdzi Pass Trial plot N 3 Trial plot space (m2) 50 GPS coordinates 0303 553/461 6221 Elevation (m) 1291 Aspect North-east Inclination 30-350 Community structural features Max. DMS (cm) 25 Average DMS (cm) 18 Tree max. height (m) 18 Average height (m) 12 Number of trees on the trial plot 30 Tree storey cover (%) 60 Shrub cover (%) _ Shrub height (cm) _ Grass cover (%) 5-10 Grass height (cm) 40 Moss cover (%) 20 Number of higher plant species 15 Species Cover-abundance by Drude scale Tree storey Carpinus caucasica Cop2 Quercus iberica Sp1 Pinus kochiana Sol Picea orientalis Sol Shrubs No shrub species have been fixed _ Grass cover Trifolium repens Sp2 Lotus corniculatus Sp2 Agrostis capillaris Sp2 Trifolium ambiguum Sp2 Medicago minima Sp1 Moehringia trinervia Sol Briza elazior Sol Dactylis glomerata Sp1 Plantago lanceolata Sp1 Orobus hirsutus Sol Moss cover Moss species Sp2

Plot 3. Mixed deciduous forest with Plot 3. Mixed deciduous forest with coniferous species coniferous species

Plot 3. Mixed deciduous forest with coniferous species

Plot 4. Mixed deciduous forest with coniferous species

Plant community type Mixed deciduous forest with coniferous species Conservation value Low Location From the village Zarzma to Goderdzi Pass Trial plot N 4 Trial plot space (m2) 50 GPS coordinates 0303 111/4615 751 Elevation (m) 1304 Aspect South-east Inclination 10-150 Community structural features Max. DMS (cm) 20 Average DMS (cm) 15 Tree max. height (m) 16 Average height (m) 12 Number of trees on the trial plot 20

78 Tree storey cover (%) 50-60 Shrub cover (%) 10 Shrub height (cm) 200 Grass cover (%) 20 Grass height (cm) 20 Moss cover (%) _ Number of higher plant species 9 Species Cover-abundance by Drude scale Tree storey Carpinus caucasica Cop2 Pinus kochiana Sp1 Picea orientalis Sp1 Populus tremula Sol Shrubs Rosa canina Sp2 Grass cover Lotus corniculatus Sp3 Trifolium ambiguum Cop1 Ajuga orientalis Sp1 Medicago minima Sp2 Moss cover No moss species have been fixed _ The road expansion is planned on the upper road side. In this section hornbeam (Carpinus caucasica), pine (Pinus kochiana), spruce (Picea orientalis), poplar (Populus tremula) grow up. Along the roads, which are severely degraded by grazing, trivial species grow up: Lotus corniculatus, Trifolium ambiguum, Ajuga orientalis, Medicago minima. The forest degraded meadow-pasture is located here as well.

Plot 4. Mixed deciduous forest with Plot 3. Mixed deciduous forest with coniferous species coniferous species

79 Plot 5. Bentgrass and oaks

Plant community type Bentgrass and oaks Conservation value Medium Location From the village Zarzma to Goderdzi Pass Trial plot N 5 Trial plot space (m2) 50 GPS coordinates 0302337/4615 555 Elevation (m) 1394 Aspect East Inclination 25-300 Community structural features Max. DMS (cm) 25 Average DMS (cm) 18 Tree max. height (m) 14 Average height (m) 10 Number of trees on the trial plot 20 Tree storey cover (%) 50 Shrub cover (%) 10 Shrub height (cm) 250 Grass cover (%) 10-15 Grass height (cm) 40-50 Moss cover (%) 20 Number of higher plant species 12 Species Cover-abundance by Drude scale Tree storey Quercus iberica Cop1 Shrubs Berberis vulgaris Sp1 Rosa sp. Sp2 Grass cover Agrostis capillaris Cop2 Briza elatior Sp2 Cruciata laevipes Sp2 Primula macrocalyx Sp2 Potentilla reptans Sp2 Prunella vulgaris Sp1 Trifolium ambiguum Sol Lapsana communis Sol Moss cover Moss species Sp2

Plot 5. Bentgrass and oaks Plot 5. Bentgrass and oaks

Plot 5. Bentgrass and oaks

Plot 6. Mossy spruce forest

Plant community type Mossy spruce forest Conservation value Average Location From the village Zarzma to Goderdze Pass Trial plot N 6 Trial plot space (m2) 50 GPS coordinates 0301 320/4415 317 Elevation (m) 1478 Aspect North-east Inclination 5-100 Community structural features Max. DMS (cm) 20 Average DMS (cm) 15 Tree max. height (m) 14 Average height (m) 10 Number of trees on the trial plot 20 Tree storey cover (%) 60

81 Shrub cover (%) 20 Shrub height (cm) 200 Grass cover (%) 10 Grass height (cm) 40 Moss cover (%) 60-70 Number of higher plant species 8 Species Cover-abundance by Drude scale Tree storey Picea orientalis Cop2 Salix caprea Sp1 Shrubs Rosa sp. Sp2 Grass cover Trifolium canescens Sp2 Lapsana communis Sp1 Fragaria vesca Sp3 Chamerion dodonaei Sol Moss cover Moss species Cop2

Plot 6. Mossy spruce forest Plot 6. Mossy spruce forest

82 Plot 6. Mossy spruce forest

Plot 7. Degraded coniferous forest (pine, spruce) with oak, sallow and hornbeam species

Plant community type Degraded coniferous forest (pine, spruce) with oak, sallow and hornbeam species Conservation value Average Location From the village Zarzma to Goderdzi Pass Trial plot N 7 Trial plot space (m2) 50 GPS coordinates 0301173/4615317 Elevation (m) 1514 Aspect South Inclination 100 Community structural features Max. DMS (cm) 20 Average DMS (cm) 14 Tree max. height (m) 15 Average height (m) 10 Number of trees on the trial plot 18 Tree storey cover (%) 30 Shrub cover (%) 10 Shrub height (cm) 200 Grass cover (%) 10 Grass height (cm) 20 Moss cover (%) _ Number of higher plant species 8 Species Cover-abundance by Drude scale Tree storey Pinus kochiana Sp2 Picea orientalis Sp1 Quercus iberica Sp1 Carpinus caucasica Sol Salix caprea Sol Shrubs Rosa canina Sp1 Grass cover Fragaria vesca Sp2 Lapsana communis Sp1 Moss cover No moss species have been fixed _

Plot 7. Mixed forest Plot 7. Mixed forest

Plot 8. Pine forest

Plant community type Pine forest Conservation value Low Location From the village Zarzma to Goderdzi Pass Trial plot N 8 Trial plot space (m2) 50 GPS coordinates 0300992/4615245 Elevation (m) 1520 Aspect South-east Inclination 10-150 Community structural features Max. DMS (cm) 25 Average DMS (cm) 18 Tree max. height (m) 16 Average height (m) 12 Number of trees on the trial plot 20 Tree storey cover (%) 50 Shrub cover (%) 20 Shrub height (cm) 200 Grass cover (%) 40-50 Grass height (cm) 50 Moss cover (%) _ Number of higher plant species 12 Species Cover-abundance by Drude scale Tree storey Pinus kochiana Cop1 Shrubs Rosa sp. Sp2 Crataegus orientalis Sp1 Grass cover

84 Cynosorus cristatus Soc Leucanthemum vulgare Cop3 Trifolium pratense Sp3 Orobus hirsutus Sp3 Pimpinella rhodantha Sp3 Geranium bohemicum Sp2 Geum urbanum Sp1 Prunella vulgaris Sp1 Echium vulgare Sol Moss cover No moss species have been fixed _

Plot 8. Pine forest Plot 8. Pine forest

Plot 8. Pine forest

Plot 9. Fern and alder

Plant community type Fern and alder Conservation value Low Location From the village Zarzma to Goderdzi Pass Trial plot N 9

85 Trial plot space (m2) 50 GPS coordinates 0300539/4614827 Elevation (m) 1466 Aspect North-east Inclination 10-150 Community structural features Max. DMS (cm) 12 Average DMS (cm) 8 Tree max. height (m) 14 Average height (m) 10 Number of trees on the trial plot 25 Tree storey cover (%) 60 Shrub cover (%) _ Shrub height (cm) _ Grass cover (%) 80 Grass height (cm) 50 Moss cover (%) 20 Number of higher plant species 3 Species Cover-abundance by Drude scale Tree storey Alnus barbata Cop2 Shrubs No shrub species have been fixed _ Grass cover Driopteris filix-mas Soc Moss cover Moss species Sp2

Plot 9. Fern and alder Plot 9. Fern and alder

Plot 10. Spruce forest with rhododendron underwood

Plant community type Spruce forest with rhododendron underwood Conservation value Low Location From the village Zarzma to Goderdzi Pass Trial plot N 10 Trial plot space (m2) 50 GPS coordinates 0300082/4613531 Elevation (m) 1558 Aspect East Inclination 5-100 Community structural features Max. DMS (cm) 25 Average DMS (cm) 18 Tree max. height (m) 18 Average height (m) 12 Number of trees on the trial plot 25 Tree storey cover (%) 60 Shrub cover (%) 70-80 Shrub height (cm) 60-80 Grass cover (%) 5-10 Grass height (cm) 50 Moss cover (%) 20 Number of higher plant species 7 Species Cover-abundance by Drude scale Tree storey Picea orientalis Cop1 Fagus orientalis (axalgazrda) Sol Populus tremula (axalgazrda) Sol Shrubs

87 Rhododendron luteum Cop2 Grass cover Chamerion dodonaei Sol Calamagrostis arundinacea Sol Moss cover Moss species Sp1

Plot 10. Spruce forest with rhododendron Plot 10. Spruce forest with rhododendron underwood underwood

Plot 10. Spruce forest with rhododendron underwood

Plot 11. Fir forest

Plant community type Fir forest Conservation value Average Location From the village Zarzma to Goderdzi Pass Trial plot N 11 Trial plot space (m2) 50

88 GPS coordinates 0299304/4612764 Elevation (m) 1627 Aspect South-east Inclination 500 Community structural features Max. DMS (cm) 25 Average DMS (cm) 18 Tree max. height (m) 18 Average height (m) 14 Number of trees on the trial plot 25 Tree storey cover (%) 60 Shrub cover (%) _ Shrub height (cm) _ Grass cover (%) 30 Grass height (cm) 40 Moss cover (%) 20 Number of higher plant species 12 Species Cover-abundance by Drude scale Tree storey Abies nordmanniana Cop2 Populus tremula Sp1 Shrubs No shrub species have been fixed _ Grass cover Orobus hirsutus Sp2 Lotus corniculatus Sp2 Silene compacta Sp1 Hypericum perforatum Sp1 Achillea biserrata Sp1 Coronilla varia Sp2 Calystegia silvatica Sol Chamerion dodonaei Sol Moss cover Moss species Sp2

Plot 11. Fir forest with poplar species Plot 11. Fir forest with poplar species

Plot 11. Fir forest with poplar species

Plot 12. Fir forest

Plant community type Fir forest Conservation value Average Location From the village Zarzma to Goderdzi Pass Trial plot N 12 Trial plot space (m2) 50 GPS coordinates 0298394/4612307 Elevation (m) 1677 Aspect East Inclination 35-400 Community structural features Max. DMS (cm) 25 Average DMS (cm) 18 Tree max. height (m) 18 Average height (m) 14 Number of trees on the trial plot 25

90 Tree storey cover (%) 60 Shrub cover (%) _ Shrub height (cm) _ Grass cover (%) 30 Grass height (cm) 100 Moss cover (%) 20 Number of higher plant species 12 Species Cover-abundance by Drude scale Tree storey Abies nordmanniana Cop2 Populus tremula Sp1 Shrubs No shrub species have been fixed _ Grass cover Lapsana grandiflora Sp2 Scabiosa bipinnata Sp2 Achillea biserrata Sp2 Silene italica Sp1 Stachys sylvatica Sp1 Dactylis glomerata Sp2 Valeriana alliariifolia Sol Pyrethrum macrophyllum Sp1 Poa nemoralis Sp3 Moss cover Moss species Sp2

Plot 12. Fir forest with poplar species Plot 12. Fir forest with poplar species

Pl ot 12. Fir forest with poplar species

Sensitivity analysis

After the detailed botanical survey of the planned project road it the sensitive areas were specified and detail description provided. Thus, based on the literature review, and field surveys, the following medium and high sensitive areas have been revealed.

Medium sensitive areas

Plot 3. Mixed deciduous forest with coniferous species. From the village Zarzma to Goderdzi Pass. GPS coordinates: 0303 553/461 6221, the height above sea level (m) 1291, the north- east aspect, slope 30-35°. Woody speciesd: Carpinus caucasica, Quercus iberica, Pinus kochiana, Picea orientalis; herbaceous plants: Trifolium repens, Lotus corniculatus, Agrostis capillaries, Trifolium ambiguum, Medicago minima, Moehringia trinervia, Briza elazior, Dactylis glomerata, Plantago lanceolata, Orobus hirsutus.

Plot 5. Bentgrass and oaks. From the village Zarzma to Goderdzi Pass. GPS coordinates: 0302 337/4615 555, the height above sea level (m) 1394, East aspect, slope 25-30°. Woody species: Quercus iberica; shrubs: Berberis vulgaris, Rosa sp.,; herbaceous plants: Agrostis capillaries, Briza elatior, Chruciata laevipes, Primula macrocalyx, Potentilla reptans, Prunella vulgaris, Trifolium ambiguum, Lapsana communis.

Plot 6. Mossy spruce forest. From the village Zarzma to Goderdzi Pass. GPS coordinates: 0301 320/4415 317, the height above sea level (m) 1478, the north-east aspect, slope 5-10°. Woody species: Picea orientalis, Salix caprea; shrubs: Rosa sp.; herbaceous plants: Trifolium canescens, Lapsana communis, Fragaria vesca, Chamerion dodonaei.

Plot 7. Degraded coniferous forest (pine, spruce) with oak, sallow and hornbeam species. From the village Zarzma to Goderdzi Pass. GPS coordinates: 0301 173/4615317, the height above sea level (m) 1514, South aspect, slope 10°. Woody species: Pinus kochiana, Picea

92 orientalis, Quercus iberica, Carpinus caucasica, Salix caprea; shrubs: Rosa canina; herbaceous plants: Fragaria vesca, Lapsana communis.

Plot 10. Spruce forest with rhododendron underwood. From the village Zarzma to Goderdzi Pass. GPS coordinates: 0300 082/4613531, the height above sea level (m) 1558, the eastern aspect, slope 5-10°. Woody species: Picea orientalis, Fagus orientalis (young), Populus tremula (young); shrubs: Rhododendron luteum; herbaceous plants: Chamerion dodonaei, Calamagrostis arundinacea.

Plot 11. Fir forest. From the village Zarzma to Goderdzi Pass. GPS coordinates: 0299 304/4612764, the height above sea level (m) 1627, South-East aspect, slope 50° , woody species: Abies nordmanniana, Populus tremula; herbaceous plants: Orobus hirsutus, Lotus corniculatus, Silene compacta, Hypericum perforatum, Achillea biserrata, Coronilla varia, Calystegia silvatica, Chamerion dodonaei.

Plot 12. Fir forest. From the village Zarzma to Goderdzi Pass. GPS coordinates: 0298 394/4612307, the height above sea level (m) 1677, East aspect, slope 35-40°. Woody species: Abies nordmanniana, Populus tremula; herbaceous plants: Lapsana grandiflora, Scabiosa bipinnata, Achillea biserrata, Silene italica, Stachys sylvatica, Dactylis glomerata, Valeriana alliariifolia, Pyrethrum macrophyllum, Poa nemoralis.

4.8. Fauna

4.8.1. Ecosystems in the project area

Brief zoological characterization of the worksite - habitats and common species

Ecosystems (habitats), which crosses the motorway Batumi-Akhaltsikhe (which are important in terms of animal biodiversity conservation)

The territory of Georgia covers almost all areas of common fauna in the Caucasus neck. It is difficult to distinguish the exact border between the various faunal regions because of interaccessibility of species. The Caucasus is characterized by a complex structure and creates a mosaic of biological communities, representing a variety of biogeographic regions. Local, West-Asian and East-Asian communities merge here with each other, that strongly influences the genetic structure of the fauna. By the most common zoogeographic regionalization systems, the whole area is attributed to the East Trans-Mediterranean Palearctic sub-district. Around the area it is possible to distinguish the two regions with significant differences in the landscape. The first is the Caucasus region, which includes the Colchis and Caucasian areas of forest landscapes and autochthonous animals and representatives of European fauna, and the second is the Middle East region, which consists of two different types of biological communities: the Lesser Caucasus mountain region

93 (which landscapes resemblance to Turkey and the Middle East landscapes) and arid and semi-desert landscapes with many elements of Turanian fauna in the Mtkvari river district. In addition, the region is genetically linked to the biological communities typical for the Central Asian. In the substantial part of the territory of Georgia (the Borjomi Gorge, the northern slopes of the Trialeti Range and the southern slopes of the Greater Caucasus in the Eastern Georgia) there can be found the elements of Colchis, Eastern Europe, Middle East and Turanian fauna.

Due to the existence of three biogeographic zones on the major section of the motorway and mixed communities of animals in the study area there are a large number of the protected and endemic species.

There are not many zoological studies devoted to this area. The long manmade activity and dense populated areas along the old Batumi-Akhaltsikhe road have clearly influenced the composition of the neighboring fauna. In order to collect the accurate data about the animal populations on the news locations of the proposed four options (options 1, 2, 4 and 4a) of the motorway, it is necessary to conduct the aggregated zoological monitoring.

After the Goderdzi Pass:

• Caucasian volcanic landscapes with alpine meadows and meadow-steppe communities;

• Caucasian middle altitude landscapes beech-dark coniferous forests, partly with pine forest (Pine Caucasian).

A smalls section of the 4th option includes one more landscape:

• Caucasian subalpine meadow landscapes with meadow and tall grass communities, peas and dwarf trees (beech and birch).

Small sections of the route passes through other landscapes as well.

The Adjara mountainous forest is a rich ecosystem, which is characterized by a great biological diversity, endemic species, wild animals and endangered species. At the same time, the animal communities of these ecosystems are very sensitive to human intervention.

The fieldwork was conduced on June 12-15, 2013. The study included 76 potentially interesting areas in the Zarzma-Kulo section of the project road provided by Lot 1 and Lot 2. A detailed description is given in Appendix 5. Below we give a brief description of the research results.

Fig. Zarzma - Goderzi section observation points

In the field research process we have seen a deer, trails of 4-5 species of mammals, up to 30 species of birds, 3 species of reptiles (Darevskia genus of lizards) and two species of amphibians (see. Appendix 5).

44 species included in the Red List of Georgia (2006) are common in the worksite. (See Table 1)

Table 4.26

Species included in the Red List of Georgia (2006) , which are common in the worksite

National Khulo – Goderdzi - # Latin name English name Georgian name status Goderdzi Zarzma Mammals ძუძუმწოვრები 1 Barbastella Western ევროპულუი VU Y barbastellus Barbastelle მაჩქათელა 2 Sciurus anomalus Persian Squirrel კავკასიური ციყვი VU Y 3 Cricetulus Grey Hamster ნაცრისფერი VU Y Y migratorius ზაზუნელა 4 Prometheomys Long-Clawed პრომეთეს VU Y schaposchnikovi Mole-Vole მემინდვრია 5 Clethrionomys Pontian Bank Vole წითური მემინდვრია EN ? glareolus ponticus 6 Lynx lynx Lynx ფოცხვერი CR Y 7 Lutra lutra Otter წავი VU Y 8 Ursus arctos Brown Bear მური დათთვი EN Y Birds ფრინველები 9 Accipiter brevipes Levant ქორცქვითა VU Y Sparrowhawk 10 Buteo rufinus Long-legged ველის კაკაჩა VU Y Buzzard 11 Aquila heliaca Imperial Eagle ბეგობის არწივი VU Y 12 Aquila chrysaetos Golden Eagle მთის არწივი VU Y Y 13 Neophron Egyptian Vulture ფასკუნჯი VU Y percnopterus 14 Gypaetus barbatus Lammergeyer ბატკანძერი VU ? ? 15 Gyps fulvus Griffon Vulture ორბი VU ? ? 16 Aegolius funereus Boreal Owl ჭოტი VU Y 17 Tetraogallus caspius Caspian Snowcock კასპიური შურთხი VU Y 18 Tetrao mlokosiewiczi Caucasian Black კავკასიური როჭო VU Y Y Grouse Reptiles ქვეწარმავლები 19 Testudo graeca Mediterranean ხმელთაშუაზღვეთის VU Y tortoise. კუ 20 Darevskia clarkorum Clark’s lizard თურქული ხვლკი EN Y 21 Darevskia mixta Adzharian Rock აჭარული ხვლიკი VU Y Lizard Amfibians ამფიბიები 22 Mertensiella Caucasian კავკასიური VU Y Y caucasica Salamander სალამანდრა ძვლიანი თევზები 23 Salmo fario Brook Trout მდინარის კალმის VU Y Y

95 National Khulo – Goderdzi - # Latin name English name Georgian name status Goderdzi Zarzma 24 Capoeta Colchician კოლხური ხრამული VU Y (Varicorhinus) Khramulya sieboldi Invertebrates უხერხემლოები 25 Perisomena Autumn Emperor მკრათვალებიანი VU Y coecigena Moth ფარშევანგთვალა 26 Eudia pavonia Small Night ღამის მცირე VU Y Peacock Butterfly ფარშევანგთვალა 27 Manduca atropos Death’s Head სფინქსი მკვდართავა EN Y Sphinx 28 Rethera komarovi Komarov’s Sphinx კომაროვის სფინქსი VU Y 29 Pterogon gorgoniades Dwarfish Sphinx ჯუჯა სფინქსი VU Y 30 Callimorpha Tiger Moth დათუნელა ჰერა VU Y Y dominula 31 Axiopoena maura Cave Transcaspian მღვის EN Y Tiger moth ამიერკავკასიური დათუნელა 32 Parnassius apollo Appolo აპოლონი VU Y 33 Parnassius Nordmann’s კავკასიური EN Y nordmanni Appolo აპოლონი 34 Anthocharis damone Eastern Orange ამიერკავკასიური VU Y Tip აისი 35 Erebia hewistonii Hewistoni’s ჰევისტონის VU ? Y Mountain ხავერდულა 36 Erebia iranica Iranian Brassy ირანული VU Y Ringlet ხავერდულა 37 Bombus eriophorus Stone Humble-bee ბაზი ერიოფორუსი VU Y Y 38 Bombus alpigenus - Wurfleni Humble- ალპური ბაზი VU Y Y (B.wurflenii) bee 39 Bombus persicus Persian Humble- ირანული ბაზი VU Y bee 40 Xylocopa violacea Violet Carpenter იისფერი ქსილოკოპა VU Y Y bee 41 Rosalia alpina Rosalia Longicorn ალპური ხარაბუზა EN Y 42 Onychogomphus Dark pincertail მსგავსი ნემსიყლაპია VU Y Y assimilis 43 Calopteryx Banded Agrion სამეგრელოს ტურფა VU Y mingrelica 44 Helix buchi Beech Snail ბუხის ლოკოკინა VU Y

Table 4.27

Bat species in the project area

# Species - Latin name Common English name Georgian name

1. Rhinolophus hipposideros Lesser Horseshoe Bat მცირე ცხვირნალა

2. Barbastella barbastellus Western Barbastelle ევროპული მაჩქათელა

3. Pipistrellus pipistrellus Common Pipistrelle ჯუჯა ღამორი

4. Plecotus auritus Brown Big-eared Bat რუხი ყურა

96 # Species - Latin name Common English name Georgian name

Supposed 5. Rhinolophus ferrumequinum Greater Horseshoe Bat დიდი ცხვირნალა

6. Myotis blythii Lesser Mouse-eared Bat ყურწვეტა მღამიობი

7. Myotis mystacinus/brandti Whiskered Bat ულვაშა მღამიობი

8. Myotis emarginatus Geoffrey’s Bat სამფეროვანი მღამიობი

9. Myotis nattereri Natterer's Bat ნატერერის მღამიობი

10.Eptesicus serotinus Serotine Bat მეგვიანე ღამურა

11.Nyctalus noctula Common Noctule Bat მეღამურა

12.Nyctalus lasiopterus Greater Noctule Bat გიგანტური მეღამურა

13.Pipistrellus nathusii Nathusius's Pipistrelle ტყის ღამორი

14.Vespertilio murinus Parti-coloured Bat. ჩვეულიბრივი ღამურა

Table 4.28

Predator species which are common in the worksite

Latin name English name Georgian name 1 Canis lupus Wolf მგელი 2 Vulpes vulpes Fox მელა 3 Meles meles Badger მაჩვი 4 Martes martes Pine Martin კვერნა 5 Felis silvestris Wild Cat ტყის კატა 6 Capreolus capreolus Roe-deer ევროპული შველი

4.9. Protected Areas

In two districts of the project motorway – between the 8th and 9th km and on the 11th km of the project road touches the boundaries of the fossil forest natural monument.

According to the initial project the road invades by a few meters (5-10 m on different areas) to the territory of the monument. The extension of the existing freeway to the design width up to 6 meters (9 m) requires cutting of the rock slopes, that is likely to cause damage to a natural monument. After consultation with the Agency for Protected Areas, the two alternative options were considered:

a) restoration of the road cover on the areas touching the nature monument without the expansion of the freeway;

97 b) road expansion towards the ravine, which requires the construction of an overhead at the area.

Eventually it was decided that at this stage the version (a) will be chosen and in order to avoid damage to a natural monument and its conservation no extension of the freeway will be made on those two sites. The construction will be restricted to the existing road restoration. In the future, if it is necessary to extend the road in these areas, the option “b” will become actual and in this case the overhead design will be developed and a relevant Environmental Impact Assessment document.

Figure 4.12

Figure 4.13.

Borjomi-Kharagauli National Park is the closest protected area to the project corridor. The protected area is rather remote from the road corridor (15 km or more) and do not suffer the impacts of the project.

5. Social Impact Analysis

5.1. Socioeconomic Environment

Description of socioeconomic conditions of the Khulo Region and the villages situated along the motorway alternative routes

Khulo Region

1. Demographic data

Khulo Region population totals - 33430;

The total area of the territory is 710.0 square kilometers;

The population density per 1 square kilometer - 47.1

Children -30.4%

Adults -57.7%

Elderly -11.9%

No ethnic minorities are represented in the region.

No compactly settled refugees live in the region.

In recent years, a small trend of population growth has been observed.

2. Economic structure and trends, development of the various sectors

2.1. Agriculture

Total land area is 71000 hectares.

Private land area - 6029 ha

99 State-owned land - 15866 ha

 Vineyards occupy about 4 hectares.

 Orchards occupy 39 hectares

 The rest of the agricultural area is mainly used under potato and corn

The agriculture is a significant source of income for the local population. Agricultural products are provided mainly by private farmers. No large agrarian firms are represented in the region. Farmers produce corn, vegetables, potatoes, fruit, rear animals.

The livestock is approximately: 42000 large cattle, 2000 sheep, 3000 poultry.

30% of the produced meat and potatoes are taken for sale.

Agricultural products are sold mainly in Batumi. The majority of the products are purchased by the resellers from Batumi. No agricultural products processing enterprises are available in the village or nearby.

The road improvement will have a positive impact on the sale of agricultural products. It will facilitate taking product to the markets for the farmers.

2.2. Tourism

Now tourism in the region is not yet developed significantly, although there is the prospect of the development of tourism. A ropeway operates in Zomleti. The Highland Adjara forests protected areas create the perspective of the eco-tourism development.

Road improvement will be a prerequisite for the development of tourism in the region.

2.3. Large and Small Businesses

A comparatively large industrial unit, which operates in the region is a garment factory.

Quarries operate in Danisparauli.

The construction in progress mainly refers to educational and medical institutions: schools and dispensaries.

The medium business is represented by the shopping center.

Small business is more developed, mostly the commercial activities. There are private kiosks, as well as retail outlets of common use. The roadside trade is developed (private kiosks, food stalls).

3. Employment

100 Within the area 2874 people are employed. Out of which 219 people are employed in the public service, while the number of employees in the public sector is 1941.

Private sector employees - 714 people.

The unemployment rate is high - 17181. The majority of the unemployed work on their own land to feed their families but not for the income from the sale of products.

Poverty levels are high, but considerably less than in the Shuakhevi Region. The number of poor people - 3,500 (10.4%).

4. Medical Care

The medical services in the villages are represented by primary institutions: dispensary. The emergency system is also available.

People can get more complex inpatient medical care in the regional centers. In Khulo there are a regional hospital, outpatient clinic, maternity home, ambulance service.

Road improvement will contribute to the improvement of the emergency services and patients better access to hospitals located in regional centers and big cities.

5. Education. In every large village there is a public school. In small villages there are elementary schools. The total number of school pupils in 51 schools located in villages equal to 5300 pupils. It is planned to open the University in the regional centres.

6. Infrastructure and community facilities The villages of the region are significantly away from the railway lines. The main means of transport are minibuses. Water supply and sanitation networks in the regional centre require rehabilitation Providing electricity is practically continuous. There is no natural gas infrastructure in the region. In addition to electricity, the villagers use wood as well. Various types of communication (telephone, telegraph, Internet, post office, and so on) is available at the regional centre.

7. Major infrastructure elements, alternative of the motorway in the construction area.

101 In the road rehabilitation / reconstruction area there are high-voltage power lines. Communication systems should be noted among other infrastructural elements, in particular - the planned construction of a fiber optic cable system.

8. The market value of private land per districts and villages Agricultural land - 1 m2 - 5 GEL Non-agricultural land - 1 m2 - 12 GEL

9. Average value of the residential houses per districts and villages 1 storey house 1 house 17000 GELGEL 2 storey house 1 house 34000 GEL

10. Market value of fruit trees The cost of seedlings (1-year, 3-year) - 2 - 10 GEL Grown up, productive tree compensation cost 200 - 400 GEL

5.2. Characterization of the socio-economic conditions of the villages along the alternative routes to the Adigeni district and the highway

1. Demographic data Adigeni district data: Number of the residents - 21663 persons • Children - 3800 • Adults - 12363 • Elderly - 5500 Ethnic minorities: Armenians, Russians, Azeri, Ossetians. A total of 5% of the total population There are refugees residing densely in the region- total 435 persons. In recent years, the population of some pronounced downward trend. In recent years, there has been some pronounced downward trend in the number of the population.

Data regarding Adigeni: Population - 1221 people. • Children - 320 • Adults - 696 • Elderly - 205 • Old– 170

102 Vulnerable group in the population: • Ethnic minorities (Armenians - 93, Russians - 10, other - 6). • Families with many children - 10, • Single mothers - 7, • Disabled - 12 • Refugees - 435

In recent years, there has been some pronounced downward trend in the number of the population and change in the ratio expressed in increase of % rate of old people.

2. Economic structure and trends in various sectors 2.1 Agriculture Agricultural and non-agricultural land areas total 79953 hectares, of which 33346 hectares make agricultural land and pastures / grasslands, the total area - 33346 ha agricultural land The total cultivated land area - 6123 ha Viticulture and wine making (pergola) is relatively less developed. People mainly cultivate other agricultural cultures: fruit (stone-fruits, seed fruits), all kinds of melons Livestock, mostly in the form of farms is developed: • Cows – 9400, • Sheep and goats – 2563, • Pigs – 1883. This number of cattle is owned by 7050 families. Farmers use agricultural products mainly for their own needs. They mainly produce potatoes, cabbage, fruit, and animal husbandry products for sale. In the villages there are no agricultural products processing enterprises (wine factories, oil refineries, plants processing animal products, etc.) Agricultural products produced in the villages are mainly sold in Akhalkalaki and Tbilisi markets.

2.2 Tourism Abastumani was quite an important tourist / medical centre in Soviet period, which is known for rather favourable climatic conditions for those diseased by tuberculosis. In Abastumani there is an old Soviet-era sanatorium, which is not operating at the moment. Currently there are three operating hotels. Certain part of the district territory, about 10 thousand hectares are included into the Borjomi-Kharagouli National Park. In the region there are many historical monuments: Zarzma Chulevi, Golden Castle and etc.

103 The development of tourism can contribute to the improvement and repair of the central and rural roads. There are some tourist facilities routes. In the village Ude the construction of ski resort complex has been carried out recently.

2.3 Large and Small Businesses There are no major industrial facilities in the district and listed villages. In the village Akhali there is a bentonite clay pit with a large stock; there were some attempts to process the pit at the end of the last century. There is a potential for the further use of the deposit. In general construction of only small facilities is carried out there: gas stations, timber sewing workshop. A catering facility was built in Bilajeri. Mainly small scale trade is developed. Roadside trade is particularly important in a small town Adigeni, Aspindza, village Varani, Akhali, Ude.

3. Employment The main part of the population is employed in agriculture, in the public sector - up to 200 people, in education - 500, health care - 250 people, in other sectors –up to 200 people and in small business –up to 800 people. Except for those employed in agricultural sector (who have the land), the unemployment rate is high. The poverty level is low compared to other regions of the country. 4. Provision of medical care Medical service in the villages is represented by the first aid institutions: medical dispensary; emergency system is also available. More complex in-patient medical care is available at the regional centre. There is a hospital and ambulance service in Adigeni. In Abastumani there is a hospital for tuberculosis treatment which is of state importance. Road improvements will contribute to the improvement of the emergency services and will enable patients a better access to medical facilities located in the regional centre and big cities.

5. Education. In every large village there is a public school. In small villages there are elementary schools. The total number of school pupils in schools located in the villages equals to 3200 pupils.

6. Infrastructure and community facilities

104 In 2008 the access roads from the central highway to some of the villages were partly repaired. The district centre is 29 kilometres away from the railway stations, while the nearest village Benara-Aralo is in 18 km distance. Water supply and sanitation operate only in small towns Abastumani and Adigeni. Providing electricity is carried out within 24 hours. Natural gas supplies are not provided. In addition to electricity, the villagers use wood and liquid petroleum gas. From the communication tools only mobile phone connection operates more or less satisfactorily.

7. Major infrastructure elements, alternative of the motorway in the construction area. In the road rehabilitation / reconstruction area there are high-voltage power lines. Communication systems should be noted among other infrastructural elements, in particular –mobile connection masts.

5.3. Social-cultural environment "Beshumi town ruins" –of early middle ages, located in the coniferous forest in the northeast from Beshumi resort, at their banks of the tributary streams of the river Beshumi. Small-scale archaeological excavations revealed that each settlement includes one or more housing constructions built in stone monoliths. The so-called city ruins represent four elevated stone hills located in a straight line. They are separated from each other by 100-150 meters. The hills are connected by roads with paving stones. In the Goderdzi Pass nearby areas there are other settlements of this type. They are 3-5 km away from the city ruins. These sites are located on the right bank of the river Beshumi, in the forest, on the territory called "Vashlobi", 2.5 km away out of it, along the river, on the area called Kveruli and one more place downwards named Pantnari, etc. Near to those ruins there is a long section of an old paved road for caravan movement. On the territory of Beshumi the Stone Age residence place has been discovered – it is located 8 km away from the Goderdzi Pass, where the stream of Beshumi originates. Beshumi Stone Age residence area includes several districts: Shkernali, Didi Iailebi, Shuaubani, Beshumi Iailebi, Verkhvnari, Nachadrali and other. Flint and obsidian tools have been found there. The local "flint" represents fossilized species of spruce, pine and fir trees densely observed in Beshumi and its surroundings. On the territory of the Goderdzi pass during the motorway construction the natural monument, a petrified forest was damaged. The final destination of this route belongs to the Adigeni District.

105 Zarzma Village, a monastery complex, is an important centre of Georgian culture, X, XIV centuries. The village is located in the west from Adigeni, only about six km away from it, at the junction of Kvabliani and Dzindze gorges. The complex consists of a church, a bell tower, the chapel at the northern wall of it; also, a small chapel in the north-west corner of the church, ruins of two small churches protected in the south of the temple and a spring located in the east of the temple. Within the complex territory there was a church built much earlier, which is associated with the name of the famous early medieval religious figure, Serapion Zarzmeli. Now, the X century inscriptions on stone represent the oldest historical monuments of the Zarzma architectural complex which is enclosed in a small chapel near the entrance to the top of the bell tower. The inscription describes the historical battle at the time of the King David Kurapalati (979-1001). The main temple of Zarzma was built in the XIV century, by the Samtskhe Atabagi Beka, the minister at court. The walls of the temple are decorated by XVI century and contemporary paintings, in addition to religious subjects there are historical figures as well, including the portraits of King Bagrat III and Samtskhe Atabagis. Zarzma architectural complex is a valuable example of the Georgian Christian art, for centuries it was an important centre of Georgian culture and spirituality. The wall paintings protected there is of both historic monumental and artistic value. The preserved architectural monuments are distinctive patterns of Georgian architecture from the late feudal stage.

5.4. Land acquisition and resettlement The following is a preliminary version of the data prepared in 2013; the final version of the reconstruction action plan is currently being developed. Further optimization of the project enabled the design consultants to significantly reduce the width of the alienation line and the impact on the lands and property of private owners. The design width of the road is maximum 9.0 m, which is reduced to up to 6 m in the populated areas. 448.979 m2 area is under the impact, total of 92 plots of land of which 13 plots of land are private and 79 – owned by the state. The registration status of the impacted land; Total area of the 13 private plots (including 5 registered and 8 unregistered plots) make 5 153 m2. The area of the 79 state plots of land make 79 443 826 square meters which is not subject to compensation. Private plots (both registered and unregistered) shall be compensated. Out of 79 state plots of land 37 plots with a total area of 437, 235 square meters, is used for

106 agriculture (meadows, pastures, etc.) by users, who do not have a legal basis for the registration of this land. Accordingly, the land owners will not be compensated for the land, however, they will receive compensation for affected structures, seeding and fruit trees.

Table 5.1 Impact on annual plants Annual plant Number of the land plots Land area (square meters) potatoes 37 5206

# Name of the fruit trees Number per square meters age 1,0 3 3,0 6 1 walnuts 4,0 10 3.0 10+

plums 2 4,0 8

pears 3 1,0 7

4 1,0 3 cherries 1,0 8

1,0 2 5 apples 3,0 10 5,0 15

2,0 10 6 Wild plums 1,0 12

1,0 2 7 Crab apples 8,0 10 15.0 15 total 54.0

107

The project will affect one fundamental stone building with a total area of 77.06 square meters. In addition, four supporting wooden structures (owned by 3 families), 2 metal grid fences with wooden poles (total area of 203 square meters) and 47 wooden fences (total area of 2800 square meters) shall be affected by the project.

Principles accepted for the implementation of the project Preliminary resettlement action plan was prepared according to the World Bank's resettlement policy RAP (OP 4.12), respectively. The final Resettlement Action Plan will be prepared in compliance to only the Georgian legislation or in compliance with the Georgian legislation together with the procedures of the donorwhich will finance the project.The following are the principlesproposed in the preliminary RAP. To overcome the differences between the Georgian laws / regulations and policies of the World Bank, the Department of Roads has developed a series of principles and policies for the project that have been approved as the resettlement framework document. These principles provide full compensation, income rehabilitation and / or restoration, assistance against those willfully occupying the land who will face physical relocation, loss of business, or who will beespecially seriosly affected. Considering the above-mentioned differences, any intervention funded by the World Bank should be in compliance with the legislation of Georgia together with the additional regulations to be in conformity with the World Bank requirements with respect of the following: (i) rehabilitation of all affected individuals (including such persons who do not have legal ownership status of the assets affected by the project); (ii) compensation guarantee for loss of income and business; (iii) special assistance to cover the costs of the resettlement process, as well as the special needs of vulnerable populations. The primary aim of the resettlement policy is to minimize the impact/ loss and help theaffected people to recover their means of income, at least to the pre-project level. The Resettlement Policu Framework (RPF) has been developed for this purpose. It eas designed to consider (a) all affected people regardless of their property rights; (b) compensation for the property and / or income sources; (c) recovery and development of income sources. Families / people who are part of the project will be subjected to the resettlement and receive the cash compensation for land and other property according to the current replacement market value. Additional measures will be taken to ensure minimal disturbance during the project construction. Thus, families who are subjected to physical resettlement and / or under the influence of the economic impact, will receive compensation, resettlement assistance and

108 financial compensation under the following regulations, which also make the part of the project's policy. Accordingly, during the project implementation period, the Department of Roads will provide the following: • Where possible, such alternatives of the road reconstruction and construction will be selected that ensure bypass local settlements, in order to minimize the physical resettlement or purchase of public property. • Damage to assets such as harvest, trees, fences and kiosks, as well as loss of income, including the destruction of the cropwill be minimized. Any negative impact will be compensated in accordance with the provisions of the PF. • For the recovery / construction of each such sectionof the highway, which implies private land acquisition, physical relocation of families or businesses, a permanent income loss or other negative impacts, action plans will be developed according to the procedures and provisions specified in the PF (the latter is largely based on the World Bank OP4. 12, the world Bank guidelines and the Georgian legislation). • Any construction works leading to resettlement shall not be initiated on any section of the highway until the AP is developed and approved by the World Bank in agreement with the releavnt Georgian agencies; • Fair and transparent procedures will be developed, in order to determine the compensation (i) for temporary loss of the land / assets during the construction; (ii) for permanentpurchaseof land and assets; (iii) for the restrictionson use of the land which may relate to the areas outside the corridor; • All affected persons, regardless of having the legal right to the property, will receive various forms of assistance, in order to maintain the income and living standards existing prior the project; • Those who consume the land illegally, will not receive any compensation for the loss of the land, but they will be reimbursed for loss of any other kind of property that they owned on the land. As well as loss of income will be compensated, and they will be assisted in order to maintain or improve living standards; • Market research will be conducted to assess the current market prices of the land, building materials, crops and other relevant objects that will be used as the indicators of the assets in determining the value of compensation. This ensures that the affected people shall be able to purchase the replacement land with the received compensation; • Affected individuals will receivesufficient compensation considering the full replacement cost for the lost assets. Loss of income and assets will be compensated without any deductionsof tax, depreciation and other reductions.

109 • Affected people shall be informed about their rights. There will also be consultations with them and technically and economically sound alternatives of resettlement shall be agreed with them. • When possible, the Department of Roads will control whether the local authorities ensure that affected people withresidential houses or housing, or if necessary, with agricultural areas as an alternative of the monetary compensation. In such a case, the fertility of the land, favorable location and the combinationof other factors must be equivalent to the characteristics of the lost area; • Individuals affected as a result ofresettlement will receive assistance if the resettlement, is unavoidable; • Land (or the rightsto use land) will be obtained as a result of negotiations and the expropriation of private propertymay be used only in extreme cases; • Special attention will be paid to the needs of the most vulnerable groups - children, women, cultural or ethnic minorities, the elderly, impoverished, disabled and refugees. • A fair and reasonable mechanism for dispute settlement proceedings shall be developed; • implementation of the compensatory measures and the AP shall be completed prior initiation of the construction works.

Compensation authority Basic rights include: • The legitimate owners shall receive the compensation for the agricultural land area in the gross value ofthe replacement price. When more than 20%of total area of the agricultural land used by the affected households is purchased, the affected persons (owners, lessees and tenants) will receive additional compensation for severe impact, which would amount to the market priceof the annual crop harvest on the land plot lost as a reuslt of the project. In case thesevere impact(more than 20% of the income loss) is sperad to other types of income sources, the affected person receives additional compensation in the amount of three months income. Affected individuals who have the legal basis for the legalization of the land (legalizable owners), shall have the land legalized and receive thecompensation as legal owners. • Affected persons, who do not have legal grounds for legalization of the land, shall not receive compensation for agricultural land. If possible, they will be given the opportunity to lease the land. • Non-Agricultural Land (residential / commercial land). Legal and legalizable residents will receive full compensation in the amount of land replacement cost without any discountand depreciation. Affected persons, who do not have legal grounds for legalization of the land, shall not receive compensation for agricultural land. If possible, they will be given the opportunity to lease the land.

110 • Any affected houses, buildings and structures on the affected person's land regardless his/her legal right to the land will be compensated in cash for the replacement cost of the land without depreciation and amortization. In case of a partial impact, if the owner does not wish to move, compensation will cover only the costs of the rehabilitation of the affected part of the building to the initial conditions. The total compensation is paid if the impact makes the building unusable. • Any remainder of the material after the collapse of thebuildings shall be considered to be the property of the affected families. The affected families are responsible for the removal of the remainder of the material before the start of the construction. • Harvest: in the recent years, after the occupation of the agricultural land to be used on a regular basis for the purpose of the project, the monetary compensation will paid without any preconditions in the amount of annual value of the current gross value. In case of lease the distribution of crop compensation will be based on the specific contract between the land owner and the lessee. • Trees: monetary compensation according to the market value of the trees per the species, age and productivity. • Businesses: If business is permanently lost, cash compensation is paid according to the annual income determined accoding to the tax declaration, or in the absence thereof, on the basis of a minimum annual salary. Temporary business losses will be compensated in cash on the basis of the tax declaration data during the period of suspension of the business, or in the absence thereof, based on the minimum salary per the term suspension of the business. • Agricultural land for tenants: If tenants are treated under the influence of agricultural land, their compensation shall equal to the annual monetary rental income from the land according to the relevant supporting documents (tax declaration), or, in the absence thereof, to the annual minimum salary. • Wages / employment loss: If hired workers lose wages because of the project, they will receive the compensation equal to three month's salary. • Relocation: the affected persons who are subjected to forced resettlement, will receive housing subsidies to cover transportation costs and living expenses for three months. • Any property and utilities in joint (community) ownership: within the frameworks of the project they will be completely rebuilt or repaired so that they conform to the pre- project functions. • Socially vulnerable population: socially vulnerable affected individuals (as already explained above) will be given an allowance, which amounts to three minimum wages.

Support, assistance and cash allowance The following types of assistance, rehabilitation measures and cash benefits are considered:

111 • Families in need of resettlement will be given an allowance for transportation in the amount of 200 GEL per family (for vehicle renting for shipment of household items) and monetary allowence for the recovery of income resources for three months to assist in settlement one a new location. This amount is 3 minimum wages, making a total of 1,112 GEL per household. • Severely affected families, or families who will lose more than 20% of income- generating assets, will receive (i) an additional compensation for the crops on the affected land; Or (ii) for the cases when the harvest rate is irrelevant, three minimum wagesequivalent amount in the form of allowances; • Affected socially vulnerable families, the families below the poverty line, families without a materially supporting membermanaged by the disabled or old (retired) persons, families managed by women, displaced persons or refugees will be given an allowance of three months minimum salary (as mentioned above). ------2 As explained in the third chapter, in Georgia, in the absence of a minimum wage, this allowance is based on the rules of determining and receiving of rehabilitation benefits approved in recent projects and are based on minimum subsistence income. According to the recent information obtained by the Department of Statistics of Georgia in January 2011, this sum amounts to 304 GEL in the family (five persons), which would amount to 912 GEL in 3 months.

6. Analysis of Alternatives 6.1. Alternative technical solution in the Area of Petrified Forest Natural Monument In two sections of the project road - between the 8th and 9th km and at the 11th km the project road touches the fossil forest natural monument boundaries. According to the initial project, at certain places (5-10 different locations,) there are invasions of a few meters into the territory of the monument. The extension of the existing road from the existing 6 meters up to the design width (9 meters) requires cutting of rocky slopes which is likely to cause damage to a natural monument. After consultation with the Agency of Protected Areas two alternative options were considered:

A) The reconstruction of the existing road surface on the territories touching the natural monument without expansion of the road B) The extension of the road to the direction of the ravine, which requires the construction of an overpass on this section)

Finally it was decided that at this stage the project selected the version A and in order to avoid damage to the natural monument and for the purpose of its conservation, the road will

112 not be widened at the mentioned sections. Construction of the road will be restricted to only the restoration of the damaged surface of the road. In the future, if the road extension becomes necessary at the mentioned areas, b) the alternative will be actualized and a bypass project and environment impact assessment document will be developed.

Image 6.1

image 6.2 6.2. Route strategic alternatives 6.2.1. Introduction The presented project is an integral part of the project of the rehabilitation and reconstruction of existing Batumi - Akhaltsikhe road and alternative routes were considered for the entire route as a whole at the feasibility study stage. Alternate routes specifically in the project site (Goderdzi - Zarzma) have not been considered, since only the rehabilitation of the existing road shall be carried out at this section becomes and there is no need to avoid landslide areas. At the feasibility study stage the reason for consideration the route alternatives was related to the existence of significant landslide areas on the Khulo-Goderdzi road section and the attempt to avoid that section. Due to the fact that the issue referred to indirectly, contextually is also related to the present project (change in Khulo-Goderdzi section of the road would lead to change in Goderdzi-Zarzma section too), we provide below the review of the route alternatives and the rationale for selecting the preferred option at the TED stage. As it has been mentioned for several times, Batumi – Akhaltsikhe existing road goes through the complex engineering-geological and topographical conditions, - the hilly and mountainous terrain. Situation is especially complicated at the km81-km102 section of Khulo-Danisparaili road where the road passes through the landslide areas in which there are more than 20 points of landslide. They are mainly active landslides. There are also some stabilized landslide areas that may become active in case of their provoking (during construction process).landslides and debris flows at the villages Riketi, Shuasopeli and Danisparauli are worth mentioning. Landslide existing at the territory of Danisparauli provoked by transit earthquakes and the torrent ravine of the river Sapristskali has become rather active recently. These landslide and debris flows represent the real danger for the normal functioning of motorway. Given the above the Transproject engineering group has developed four main options in this section of the motorway to avoid the landslide sections (see below the options data table). At the first stage of the route selection the following alternative options were reviewed.

Table 6.1.

113

Route options N Name Meas. Existing N1 N2 N3 N4 N4a road 1 Length of the existing road km 86.0 76.2 66.7 82.0 51.5 43.2 2 Length of the option routes km - 7.8 16.0 3.9 49.2 43.4 (new route) 3 Tunnel km - - - - - 5.89 4 Total length of the route km 84.05 84.0 82.7 85.9 100.7 86.6 5 Shortening of the route km 1.95 2.0 3.3 0.1 - - 6 Lengthening of the route km - - - - 14.7 0.6

Option 1. Starts at 95 + 150 km of the Batumi-Akhaltsikhe road to the south of the existing road and is located on the left slope of the river Acharistskali, 1-1.2 km away from the river. The section length is 7.8 km and joins the existing roar at the 194+859 km, at the altitude of 1810 m. According to this option the shortening of the route is 2.0 km. Option 2. Starts at 90 + 300 km of the Batumi-Akhaltsikhe road, in the north of the existing road, in one kilometre it turns left, crosses the river Adjaristskali and bypassing the populated areas Beghleti and partially Riketi is goes along the right slope of the river Adjaristskali, in 1-1.2 km away from the river. At 9+500 km it crosses the river Adjaristskali in the vicinity of the watershed, goes at a distance of 1.0-1.5 km from the existing road on the left slope and joins the existing road at the 109 + 100 km Goderdzi pass at the altitude of 2025 m. The length of the option is 16.0 km which provides the possibility of shortening the route by 3.3. km considering this route. Option 3.A northern short option. It starts at the 95+100 km of the Batumi-Akhaltsikhe road; at the first km the option crosses two tributaries of the river Adjaristskali and by a partial bypassing the settlements (Shuasopeli and Danisparauli) goes along the left side of the Adjaristskali, 100-200 meters away from the river. At 3 km, compared to the open terrain, the road turns sharply to the right and joins the existing road at 98 + 800 km, at 1440 m elevation. Option length is 3.9 km. Considering this option the route is shortened by 0.1 km. Option 4. South (Khikhadziri) option. It starts at 71+600 km of Batumi-Akhaltsikhe road; At the first kilometre the route crosses the river Adjaristskali and goes 30 km along the slope of the river Skhalta gorge (village Tkhilvana). A local rural road with the width of 5-6 meters can be used in this section with small turnings. Then the route turns sharply to the left and going to the new direction at 2100 m altitude it joins the existing road at 104+850 km, with the elevation of 1830 m. The length of the version is 49.2 kilometres. Considering this option the route lengthens by 14.7 km.

114 Option 4a. This is the sub-option of the fourth option and matches it up to 36 km, and then the route turns to the right and goes through the tunnel, with a length of 5.89 km, then at 112+900 km at 1813 m elevation it joins the existing road. The length of the option route is 43.4 kilometres. Considering this option the route lengthens by 0.6 km. Below there are the analysis of each alternative reviewed at the first stage of the selection, including the survey of engineering-geological conditions and sensitive elements of natural and social environmental.

115

Image 3 Alternative routes

Image 6.4 Alternative routes

116 6.2.2. Existing motorway

Protected areas Landscape (Ecosystems; Habitats), Flora The ecologically sensitive sites located between 105 and 112 km marks (approximate boundaries) of the existing road. The motorway runs about 6, 5 km along this section. In this area there are sub-alpine meadows and mountain steppes. Subalpine zone includes the line 1800-1850 m a.s.l. to 2500 m a.s.l. The vegetation of the sub-alpine area is greatly distinguished with its structural composition and origin. High mountain forest options play a great role in formation of subalpine forests - subalpine crooked beech forest (Fagus orientalis), Subalpine fir (Abies nordmanniana), Subalpine spruce-grove (Picea orientalis), Subalpine pinewood (Pinus sosnowskyi). Birch wood (Betula litwinowii) and maple wood (Acer trautvetteri) is a bit limited. In subalpes Ponto Oak (Quercus pontica) and Medvedev birch (Betula medwedewi) is quite wide-spread. Crooked forests are rather common, the upper limit of spreading of which reaches 2300-2400 m. The relict quality of subalpine forests of the area is quite high (the abundance of relic formations and associations). Subalpine high grass is distinct for Colchis species abundance (Inula magnifica, Pyrethrum macrophyllum, Telekia speciosa etc.). Polydominant composition of high grass is dominated. Subalpine meadows cover the vast territory in the area. There is predominance of secondary bent (Agrostis capilGELes)Fand forb-bent meadows. Polydominant grass meadows cover wide areas, which are presented in great variaty. From the monodominant meadows, in addition to above mentioned species there are (Geranium gymnocaulon), (Anemone fasciculata), (Nardus glabriculmis ) and other species. Alpine zone district is featured in some of the mountain summits, with a height over 2500 meters (Sakornia, Khino, Sanislo, etc.). Between alpine meadows polydominant forb meadow is dominant. Important area is covered by holds geranium (Geranium gymnocaulon) meadows. North slopes are covered with (Rhododenron caucasicum). In the eastern border of the region, in particular on the Arsiani Range (Goderdzi pass areas) fossilized remains of plants and prints that used to exist there prior ice age can be found between the volcanic tuffs. Next impacted area (the existing motorway runs along the north border of this sensitive zone and is crossed at the 102-104 km section) –II sensitive site – is the area, which is situated between the valleys of the rivers Adjaristskali and Skhalta. The area is the upper border of Subalpine forests, in formation of which high mountainous variety of forest formations play a significant part - Subalpine crooked beech forest, Subalpine fir), Subalpine spruce-grove, Subalpine pinewood. In subalpes Ponto Oak (Quercus pontica) and Medvedev birch (Betula

117 medwedewi) is quite wide-spread. Crooked forests are rather common, the upper limit of spreading of which reaches 2300-2400 m. The relict quality of subalpine forests of the area is quite high (the abundance of relic formations and associations).

Surface waters The existing road runs along the river Adjaristskali and crosses it at the villages Didadjara and Shuasopeli. The river is characterized by a deep bed and is fed by atmosphere precipitation, spring melting snow and partially ground water. Therefore the mode is changeable. The maximum water level rise is observed in the spring snow melt and heavy rain periods, accompanied by intense washing of the banks. From the right the river is joined by many gorges crossing the road most of which are torrent formatting. Above the road the river Sapristskali is divided into two branches and both are characterized by the high debris flow features. From the rocky slopes of the gorges the torrent feeding material is continuously flowing to the river bed. The beds of the rivers are full of boulder-muddy material where the Where some boulders size reach 1-1.5 meters and the content of loam faction reaches 40-50%. Properly undertaken rehabilitation of the road will not cause significant environmental problems, pollution of surface waters and worsening of the ichthyofauna.

Ground waters Ground waters are formed in the bedrock weathering crust and slope sediments. Ground waters are fed by atmosphere precipitation and underground cleft waters. They are discharged on the Adjaristskali valley slopes and the banks of the gorges.

Geodangerous areas At the section of Shuakhevi regional centre -Goderdzi pass (82-118 km) the existing motorway goes along the river Acharistskali right slope. This stretch of road in the entire complexity of the geological environment (high energy potential of the terrain, formation rocks sensitivity, frequent repeatability of abnormal adverse meteorological elements and high human pressing) is located in a high risk geological dangerous zone. Continuously updated gravitational rocky debris 15 areas, 40 torrent- transforming erosion gullies and the tributaries to the river Acharistskali, 30 different landslides with different generation, volume and dynamics, including Danisparauli landslides with the volume of 100 million cubic meters. All the above mentioned geological processes potentially represent the real threat against to the normal functioning of the road and require constant monitoring. Above the road the river Sapristskali is divided into two branches and both are characterized by the high debris flow features. From the rocky slopes of the gorges the torrent feeding material is continuously flowing to the river bed. The beds of the rivers are full of boulder-muddy

118 material where the Where some boulders size reach 1-1.5 meters and the content of loam faction reaches 40-50%. During the rehabilitation of the existing road the following conditions should be considered with respect of geo-ecological risks to the environment: during the processing of the slope above the road it should be cut as small as possible to avoid even more active landslide- gravitational effects. Moreover, there are numerous villages on the steep slopes along the road and they might be found in the direct areal of already risky area of geological danger. Properly undertaken rehabilitation of the road will not cause significant environmental problems - Properly undertaken rehabilitation of the road will not cause significant environmental problems, pollution of surface waters and worsening of the ichthyofauna.

Archaeological sites of interest The gorge of the river Adjaristskali, where the highway Batumi-Akhaltsikhe runs. In addition to the existing road (the zero option) four more options are proposed. Out of which 1, 2, 3 options territorially are linked to option 1.

Khelvachauri district Along the motorway one of the most famous monuments is the Batumi Castle, also called as Tamari Castle. Colchis settlement cultural layers of VIII_VII centuries BC have been observed in these areas as well as the cultural layers dated V-III centuries BC and IV century AD. Ruins of early medieval-era castle can be observed there.

Gvara Castle. Early medieval-era. Makho’s arched bridge. medieval-era. Mirvetiarched bridge. medieval-era. In the vicinity of the villages Kapnistavi and Beridzeebi remains of the antique era settlement have been observed. Near the confluence of the river Chotokhi and Adjaristskali, at the "Makhvilauri hill" remains of the antique era settlement have been found.

Keda district Ancestral castle of Zendidi-Bezhanidzes - XVI century, archaeological excavations have revealed towers, gates, residential buildings, medieval church ruins dated IX-X centuries and tombs dated XII-XIII centuries. Zvare tower _ medieval-era, now there is a church on the ruins of the tower. Saghoreti (Pirveli Maisi) Castle _ XII-XIII century castle, located on the right bank of the river Adjaristskali, 2.5 km away from the Central Highway. Saghoreti village (Pirveli Maisi) 'bronze axes treasure dated XIII-XII centuries BC.

119 Tsivasula Castle– XI-XIII centuries, located on the right bank of the river Adjaristskali, where Agaristskali joins the river Adjaristskali, 2.5 km away from the Central Highway. Agara stone bridge – XI-XIII centuries. Makhuntseti stone arched bridge –developed medieval-era. Makhuntseti, treasure of bronze items (axes, elongated axes), XV-XII centuries BC. Tsoniarisi arched bridge - developed medieval-era. Dandalo castle of developed medieval-era. Dandalo arch bridge -developed medieval-era. Village Kolotauri -in 1970, during the road expansion works clay vessels dated the III millennium BC were discovered. Village Kolotauri - tower of developed feudal era. Village Kvashti - in 1983-84 a terraced fortified settlement dated V century BC was excavated . It is located on the left bank of the river Adjaristskali, on the tenth kilometre from the regional centre of Keda. Village Sikhalidzeebi - treasure of bronze items, XII-XI centuries BC. Village Zundagi - treasure of bronze items, XII-XI centuries BC.

Shuakhevi district Village Khichauri, Kaviani Castle– XI-XIII centuries, located at the confluence of Chvanistkali and Adjaristskali Chvani Castle, the same Takidzeebi Castle–X-XIII centuries. Chvani arched bridge -developed medieval-era. Okropilauri (Kalaboini) Castle– XI-XIII centuries, castle, located on the left bank of the river Adjaristskali Darchidzeebi (Gogolauri) Castle– XII-XIII centuries, located on the right bank of the river Adjaristskali’s left tributary, Charukhistskali. Village Takidzeebi - in 1984 in the yard of a local resident bronze axes were discovered. Furtio arched bridge - medieval-era, located at the confluence of Skhaltistskali and Adjaristskali. Before the start of any earthworks on any proposed route, the areas should be studied in advance by the specialists of the field. This preventive measure will avoid the damage and destruction (in the worst case) threat against the monuments.

6.2.3. Alternative to motorway #1

Protected areas; Landscape (Ecosystems; Habitats), Flora

120 The first alternative route crosses the ecologically sensitive sites N 2 and N 3 of the existing road. N2 sensitive site is located between the valleys of the river Adjaristskali and Skhalta. High mountain forest options play a great role in formation ofsubalpine forests - subalpine crooked beech forest (Fagus orientalis), Subalpine fir (Abies nordmanniana), Subalpine spruce-grove (Picea orientalis), Subalpine pinewood (Pinus sosnowskyi). Birch wood (Betula litwinowii) and maple wood (Acer trautvetteri) is a bit limited. In subalpes Ponto Oak (Quercus pontica) and Medvedev birch (Betula medwedewi) is quite wide-spread. Crooked forests are rather common, the upper limit of spreading of which reaches 2300-2400 m. The relict quality of subalpine forests of the area is quite high (the abundance of relic formations and associations). Subalpine high grass is distinct for Colchis species abundance (Inula magnifica, Pyrethrum macrophyllum, Telekia speciosa etc.). Polydominant composition of high grass is dominated.

Sensitive site #3 - This site is the upper boundary of the subalpine forests, where the high mountain forest options play a great role in formation ofsubalpine forests - subalpine crooked beech forest (Fagus orientalis), Subalpine fir (Abies nordmanniana), Subalpine spruce-grove (Picea orientalis), Subalpine pinewood (Pinus sosnowskyi). Birch wood (Betula litwinowii) and maple wood (Acer trautvetteri) is a bit limited. In subalpes Ponto Oak (Quercus pontica) and Medvedev birch (Betula medwedewi) is quite wide-spread. Crooked forests are rather common, the upper limit of spreading of which reaches 2300-2400 m. The relict quality of subalpine forests of the area is quite high (the abundance of relic formations and associations).

Surface waters The I alternative option of the road crosses the river Adjaristskali left tributaries at several sites which are characterized by intensive development of mudflow processes. The manmade ground developed during the road construction process will significantly increase the threat of the “accelerated anthropogenic torrents" and also complicate the ecological condition of surface waters and their ichthyofauna. The river Sapristskali and all of its tributaries are torrent- transforming, where large energy mudflows are formed and landslide-gravitational processes having the regressive nature are observed in the canyons.

Ground waters Ground waters and formed in the high clefts of the igneous rocks and weathering crust. They are fed by precipitation and deep circulation waters flowing through the tectonic disturbance

121 zones. Ground waters are also formed in slope sediments, the depths of which range between 2-50 m.

Geologically dangerous areas The designed motorway joins the road leading to the Goderdzi pass at the place called Zanga, within the borders of a big serpentine - this place is morphologically the western steep surface of the Arsiani mountain range, in the south-west of which the river Sapristskali flows. The wavy surface is indiscrete and is characterized by an inverted topography of the North- East, which is an indication that we are dealing here with an old landslide block, however, it is now in stable condition. In the north-east from this surface in the about 150 sloping terrains there can be observed some locally developed shallow landslides in the slope sediments. Overall, this area can be considered as an acceptable section of the road design. From the site Zanga the highway must cross the river Sapristskali valley. In this section an active gravitational landslide with an active dynamic nature has been developed. It is characterized with a circus shape having 50 m circumference (see. Image 17). The width of the River Sapristkali ravine ranges between 10-25 m and is characterized by high activity mudflow processes. The entire bed is full of the rocky and muddy material of medium density, where the composition of the clay fraction and large-grained mass is represented in almost equal proportion. Individual boulders’ values range between 1-3 meters (see. Fig. 18). The ravines of the river Sapristskali is entirely built with the rocky- muddy coating material of the riverbed.. Most of the slopes of the ravine (especially in its right side) suffer from landslide-gravitational collapse. Most of them are active in the dynamics experiencing regressive development. River Sapristskali and all its tributaries are torrent- transforming, where big energy mudflows are formed. On the canyons some landslide-gravitational processes having regressive nature can be observed. Therefore bridge piers should be installed in a significant distance from the banks and at the same time, prior the engineer activities some measure should be taken to protect the banks. The supporting piers of the bridge must be positioned in no less than 10-15 m distance from the edge of the valley slope as landslide-gravitational activities of regressive nature are almost continuously observed there. In the frameworks of the second section of the route some landslide events with various dynamics and mechanism are widespread, a special attention is drawn to a large and deep extent tectonic landslides which will be by all means reactivated during the road construction process. Thus, the road construction process will inevitably result in the activation of intensive geological processes and lead to extreme complication of geo-

122 ecological situation. In addition it will be required to cut down a large number of forest areas.

Archaeological sites of interest Before the start of any earthworks on the proposed route, the areas should be studied in advance by the specialists of the field. This preventive measure will avoid the damage and destruction (in the worst case) threat against the monuments.

6.2.4. Alternative to motorway #2

Protected areas; Landscape (Ecosystems; Habitats), Flora The first 10 km of the second alternative route runs through the less sensitive landscape along the river Adjaristskali and the last 10 km crosses the III sensitive site of the first alternative.

Fauna 10 km section from the initial point of the option 2 of the alternative route runs through the other side of the river Adjaristskali on the same landscape - in the mid-mountain beech-dark coniferous forest. This stretch of the route runs along the road and along the river, near the villages and thus, habitat and living nature disturbance should be insignificant. The last ten kilometre section crosses the sensitive area N3 and it will have all the above mentioned negative impacts.

Surface waters The second alternative option is crossed at several areas by the right tributaries of the river Adjaristkali characterized by the intensive development of torrent processes.

Ground waters

Ground waters are formed in the bedrock weathering crust and slope sediments. Ground waters are fed by atmosphere precipitation and underground cleft waters. They are discharged on the slopes of erosive ravines.

Geologically dangerous areas Option N 2 which begins on the territory of the village Tabakhmela, crosses the river Adjaristskali valley and through the southern slopes of the Meskheti mountain range joins the existing road within the area of Goderdzi pass. In this section of the alternative road,

123 above the villages Begeti and Riketi, in the lower part of the Meskheti mountain range some powerful landslide processes having various genetics have been developed. The existing ravines are characterized by mudflows. After the territory of the village Riketi the road option passes through the high mountainous zone of the Meskheti mountain range within the absolute altitudes 1830-1860 m. Some large scale landslide-torrent processes on the south-west slopes of the Meskheti mountain range till the Goderdzi pass should be noted.

6.2.5. Alternative to motorway #3

Protected areas; Landscape (Ecosystems; Habitats), Flora The third alternative to the motorway, to be correct, its section from the 95th km to the 100th km, which is the alternative to the existing road shall pass through the settled area and consequently, the impact on the environment will be minimal.

Fauna The 3rd option of the alternative route, which is the shortest compared to all other options, runs within the boundaries of almost entirely populated area and therefore it will have a minimal impact on the living nature.

Surface waters The third alternative crosses the upper tributaries of the river Adjarisrtskali which are characterized by the formation of debris flow processes.

Ground waters

Ground waters are formed in the weathering crust of the middle Eocene rocks, which are discharged on the erosion gullies.

Geologically dangerous areas

124 The first alternative option (option 3) begins on the territory of the village Riketi in the north of the existing motorway and it joins the zero option of the road thorough the southern slope of the Meskheti ridge at the sulphur springs emergence area. The options in terms of geological danger is characterized a much more complex geological environment than the current track, the more so that through this track the most difficult landslide area in Danisparaili will still be unavoidable. There are a lot of potentially dangerous landslides areas in dynamics observed morphologically that in the conditions of cutting the slope will inevitably result in the activation of a large-scale landslide which will include parts of the settled areas. All the canyons and the crossing of the right tributary of the river Adjaristskali is characterized by the development of active torrents. Especially that the man-made ground generated in the construction process will significantly increase the danger of "the accelerated anthropogenic torrents" and also complicate the conditions of surface waters and their ichthyofauna. So the possibility to design the mentioned route has been rejected from the very beginning.

6.2.6. Alternative to motorway #4

Protected areas; Landscape (Ecosystems; Habitats), Flora

The longest alternative is Option 4, which runs along the old path of the village in the river Skhalta basin. At about 20 km it will cross a sensitive section, where the mixed deciduous forests can be observed. The lower zone of the forest includes the foothill and the lower areas of the mountains up to 1000-1100 m a.s.l. There are polydominant mixed deciduous forests represented in numerous variations. The leading forest forming species include chestnut tree beech, hornbeam, Colchis oak, Chorokhi oak, black alder. In some places the forests involve coniferous species - pine and spruce. In addition to broadleaf forests there are also the monodominant and bidominant forests as well, in particular, beech-hornbeam, beech and chestnut, oak and other. Most of the forests are relic, which is mainly defined by strongly developed evergreen sub forest. Between the benchmarks of 20-30 km the route will go through populated areas and at the 30-45 km points it will cross the edges of the II and I sensitive sites and at the last 3rd km – the III sensitive site. Thus, we believe the option 4 of the road construction to be the most unacceptable.

125

Fauna The longest alternative route - Option 4 runs along the old path of the village in the river Skhalta basin. For approximately 20 kilometres it crosses Colchis low-mountain oak forest, mainly covered with evergreen sub-forest, which is significantly damaged as a result of strong anthropogenic impact between the benchmark 20 and 30 the road runs through populated areas (villages Varnebi, Khikhadziri and Tkhonvala). Then about 15 km, between the benchmarks 30 and 45 it passes through both sensitive areas at the border of N2 (Relatively intact Caucasian mid-mountain beech-dark coniferous forests) and N1 (subalpine meadow). The last 3 km of the road is located within the boundaries of sensitive area N 3. Obviously, all those negative impacts that according to our estimations may occur in each of the sensitive areas shall remain in force in case of the 4th alternative route as well. • Habitat fragmentation and disturbance of nesting places for many of the individual protected species; • Seasonal movement of large mammals and a delay in the exchange of genes on the construction sites; • dissolution of some nests of bats in trees as a result of the cleansing activities (cut down of trees prior the initiation of the construction works) and the dissolution of the nests of bats during the reconstruction process of the bridges and likely at the buildings along the road–during the expansion of the road. • Poachers will be able to easily access to relatively reserved forest.

Surface waters The fourth alternative option goes along the entire length of the river Skhalta and is crossed in multiple areas by up to 150 of its tributaries many of which are characterized by active mudflow processes.

Ground waters In terms of hydrological point of view the route passes through the middle Eocene igneous rocks and igneous complex continental deep water circulation area, as well as the alluvial- proalluvial slope sediments of ground waters area. The depth of the latter is 1-5m. The construction of the route will result in the pollution of surface and ground waters by the.

Geologically dangerous areas

126 The fourth alternative option begins at the village Zomleti, follows the river Skhalta right bank till the village Khikhadziri, where it moves to the left bank of the river, near the village Baka, then it crosses the river Skhalta outlets, goes in north-west direction and at the Goderdzi pass joins the existing motorway. We believe that this alternative route passing through the medium and high mountainous area with respect of geological hazards due to road construction and impact on the environment is the most difficult. The river Skhalta valley relief is characterized by a large inclination and intense erosion and fragmentation. Out of 142 tributaries of the river all tend to produce mudflow processes, where torrents are observed almost every year. The observed single maximum output of mudflow processes reaches 240-250 thousand cubic meters. Landsliding-gravitation processes are even more widespread and frequent that is conditioned by strongly disturbed tectonic layers and high energy potential of the relief. Landsliding-gravitation and mudflow processes often cause human casualties. The example of such disasters is the rock-slip developed on the slope of the mountain Solgogani at the left bank of the River Skhalta, at the territory of the village Tsabliani in Spring, 1981, when 200 million m3 debris blocked the river bed forming 50-60 m height dam, a significant part of the village was buried and about 50 people died.

In April 1998, as a result of landslide-torrents developed at the territory of the village Vashlovani 6 individuals were killed, also, as a result of landslides developed in 2000-2005 at the territory of the village Khikhari, 40 residential houses were destroyed. In addition to the fact that the geological processes in the river Skhalta valley are characterized by widespread development, construction of the road according to the mentioned alternative option will inevitably lead to geo-ecological complications and a large scale activation of geological processes, especially in the Skhalta -Adjaristskali mountainous watershed ridge crossing zone, where carrying out the protective engineering measures will be almost impossible.

Archaeological sites of interest This section of the route entirely goes through Khulo district. Village Purtio, stone arched bridge - developed medieval-era Village Kinchauri, stone arched bridge's ruins-developed medieval-era Village Tsablana, a place named Kishla - a place of discovery of stone tools, a variety of weapons made of obsidian has been found. Village Skhalta, Skhalta architectural complex - the complex consists of the ruins visible in the form of a small church built in X-XI centuries, Village Vernebi - XI century church, Village Pushrukauli, place named as “Khizanaat Stream” - Late-Early Iron Age (BC XII-VII cc.) items were found during the earthworks

127 Village Kalota, Kaloya Church – XI-XIII cc. located on the left side of the river Skhaltistskali, on the high terrace of the village, the locals call this place "Threshing floor" . Village Kalota – a pagan monument dated I millennium BC Tikanauri Church – X-XI cc. In Tikanauri area microlithic tools made of flint and obsidian flakes of Stone Age have been accidentally discovered. Khikhadziri Village, by bronze treasures, BC. Sec. VIII_VII cc. Village Khikhadziri, Tsikhisqeli castle, XI_XIII cc. Village Khikhadziri, Vardtsikhe, XI_XIII cc. Tkhilvani John evangelizing church, XIII century. Village Khikhadziri, treasure of bronze items, VIII-VII cc. BC Village Khikhadziri, Tsikhiskeli Castle, XI-XIII cc. Village Khikhadziri, Vardtsikhe, XI-XIII cc. Tkhilvani church named after John Evangelizing, XIII century.

6.2.7. Alternative to motorway #4a

Protected areas; Landscape (Ecosystems; Habitats), Flora Option 4a (a short tunnel) is less harmful, because it would bypass the III sensitive site and shorten the route on the I and II sensitive sites. However, negative impacts on sensitive sites I and II still remains.

Fauna Option 4a (a short tunnel) is less damaging, as it avoids the sensitive site N 3 and shortens the route cutting the sensitive sites N1 and N 2, but road construction and all the negative impacts caused by the road operation will by all means apply the mentioned two sensitive areas as well. If the new road is built west of the tunnel portal directly to the direction of the village Rakvta and the village Varna, we shall avoid crossing the sensitive sites N 1 and the length of the line crossing the site N 2 will be shortened. The main part of the road will cross the degraded low-mountain oak forests of minor significance.

Ground waters The tunnels will cross the middle Eocene volcanic rocks developed in underground waters, which are discharged in the zone of tectonic fractures.

128

Geologically dangerous areas As the road construction in the watershed Tsedi zone will be extremely difficult due difficult morphological conditions of the terrain, the design data offers 5.9 km length of the tunnel. The 11.73 km long second tunnel is offered in the north of the existing road to the direction of– Shuasopeli –Danisparauli-Goderdzi Pass. No doubt, many of the negative factors impeding the reliable operation of road tunnels shall be removed (difficult winter weather conditions, the danger of geological processes, etc.), but high ecological complications in terms of the environment as a result of the construction of the tunnels will be taken into account by all means. In particular, sites for the placement of the large amounts of soil from the tunnel; the emergence of a large scale "man-caused landslides" in the river Adjaratskali basin, pollution of surface waters and destruction of Ichthyofauna; pollution of the part of the Black Sea shelf etc.

6.2.8. Conclusion

We studied the advantages and disadvantages of the alignment of all of the above options and established the following:

Engineering-geological point of view

All of the above options of the new route run through the hilly and mountainous areas of Adjara, which region belong to the most difficult regions of Georgia in terms of the landslide and debris flow and other dangerous geological processes, scale of damages, and the risk of intensifying pace of the processes. The extremely difficult terrain, the high-energy potential, geologically sensitive distribution of rocks, harsh climate and geological environment, as well as high of human activities contribute to large-scale development of the processes and their activation in the short time interval. All options of the route run mainly along the tectonically disturbed line, which resulted in the development of various slopes with different genesis and dynamics. They have large capacities and are currently active. The slopes of the gorges are characterized by frequent erosion fragmentation. We should also note currently stabilized landslide areas, in which the excavation activities during the construction the process will inevitably trigger landslides on the slopes and the activation of new ones. Numerous debris flow ravines should be noted as well as, the activities of which have catastrophic consequences.

129 Ecological point of view

All the reviewed routes cross at least two of the three of the region's sensitive ecological sites. Sensitive areas are characterized by high conservation value forests. The impacts on sensitive receptors are minimal in case of the existing road rehabilitation / reconstruction project limited to only extension of the road shape in the landscape. The implementation of all other alternatives is related to new, significant damage to the previously untouched forest, (cutting down of the trees in the construction area; degradation at the borderlines). This impact would be particularly severe impact in case of the 4th alternative option. During the forest impact assessment it should be noted that along the new routes there are mostly untouched forests distinct for their species diversity, including red-listed species as well (see. Appendix 3) and are of high-sensitivity and value. The forest density is 3-4 times higher than the density of the sparse forest at the existing road section. Minimal damage calculation is based on methods specified in paragraph 1.4.1. The table is given below. At the same time we emphasize that damage to forests is not limited to the area of the cut down trees. Accompanying processes, which are characteristic for cutting down forest (change of surface waters drainage, erosion increase, landslides formation stimulation, the deterioration of the sanitary conditions of the surrounding area and increase of forest pests spread risk), will contribute to forest degradation and a larger area of damage than the cut area. All of these environmental impacts, as a rule, is important in the area of new massive cutting of forests. Important side-effects of new road construction in the forested areas include illegal and uncontrolled logging increase in the availability of access roads. According to the calculations a real chance of injury increases 2-3 times compared to what is given below:

Settlement issues and other social factors During the road rehabilitation / reconstruction its expansion is related to acquisition of approximately 129120 square meters of private land in Khulo alone. Implementation of alternatives N 1 and N 3 slightly reduces this figure and the implementation of alternative N2 considerably increases it. Implementation of N4 and N4a alternatives are related to the necessity of purchase of a larger area of private land.

Final conclusion Engineering geological difficulties turned out to be the decisive factor in making the decision. Based on the engineering-geological conditions the following conclusions were made:

130 Construction of the motorway in the direction of the alternative options was virtually impossible. Finally the existing road rehabilitation and reconstruction options can be viewed which in addition can be considered in two versions: - Open-load option. - The tunnel option on the existing road. way to the. Essentially the same conclusion follows from the analysis on the ecological basis. Analysis of the reasonable alternatives identified at the first stage of Shuakhevi-Adigeni road route selection

6.3. Feasible options for technical-economic assessment Table 6.2 Route options Existing Existing road Existing road with N Name meas. road length 10.5- tunnel length 9.5- 12.0 12.0 1 Length of the existing km 86.0 86.0 60.0 2 Length of the options (new km - - 1.5 directions) 3 tunnel km - - 12.7 4 Total length of the route km 84.05 84.05 74.2 5 Shortening of the route km 1.95 1.95 11.8 6 Lengthening of the route km - - -

In case of the open-load option the road in Danisparauli-Zarzma 102-km 127 section goes through the Goderdzi pass at the altitude of 2025 m, in the harsh weather conditions zone, where the movement is seasonal and closed for 5-6 months due to heavy snow (snow cover height of 4-5 meters). The route's total length in this direction is 86 km. The advantage of the road with a tunnel on the existing road compared with the open-load road lies in the fact that it provides unimpeded traffic flow throughout the year at the same time it is possible to avoid Danisparauli landslide section. The tunnel length is 12.7 km, and the entrance and exit portal benchmarks 1208.8 and 1470.4, respectively. In this case, the total length of the route is 74.2 km, and the route shortening -11.8 km. In case of choosing the route according to this option the main problem is the possibility ov construction of the tunnel, with a length of 12.7 km. The design tunnel roadway width is accepted as 8.0 m, service exit 0.5 m and 0.25 m protective barrier, gabarit height 5.0 m. For the construction of the design tunnel first of all it is necessary to make a small cut (d-4.5 m) tunnel for geological exploration of its entire length, which in the future will be used for (the removal of water from the tunnel) as drainage edit. Installation of the tunnel ventilation system (supply of fresh air both during the construction and its operation through the entire length of the tunnel) considering the location relief, is 131 possible only through the vertical shafts. After the construction of surface relief profile on the tunnel longitudinal axis (which is taken from the photos of aerial maps) arrangement of the vertical shafts up to 1 km will be required.

It is noteworthy that the above mentioned tunnel ventilation became possible through a set of horizontal tunnels. So, we can say that the design of the tunnel ventilation as well as the arrangement is relatively difficult and requires a specific approach.

Consequently, due to the design tunnel’s significant length and deep location, it will be necessary to make individual decisions regarding installation of ventilation, lighting and extinguishing systems, the tunnel construction technology and design to ensure safe movement of the transport.

Based on the above, the tunnel should be considered as an engineering construction of unique class, the design of which shall be handled by a special technical conditions, which will be available as a result of the scientific environmental research, this means that during the development of the design of the project it will require involvement of world-famous scientists and research institutions. Economic calculations show that the economic return of the ratio I (discount rate) of the existing road (the roadbed width of 9.5-12.0 m) amounted to 6.9%. The old way (the roadbed width of 10.5-12.0 m) amounted to 6.9%, while in case of the existing road (with tunnel) - 7.9%. The discount rate 12% is accepted. Discounted Net Income (NPV) for the existing road (roadbed width of 9.5-12.0 m) amounted to 12 333 111 GEL, while for the old road (the roadbed width of 10.5-12.0 m) and the road (with tunnel) there is a negative effect, and is therefore - 62 000 000 and -897 000 000 (see Table of technical-economic indicators). Economic analysis of the discount rate of 12% is accepted. Given all of the above, the existing road option can be considered as the most optimal variant of the road (open-load through the Goderdzi pass), based on topographic, geological, environmental, social and economic performance indicators. At the meeting of the Technical Council of the Department of Roads of Georgia feasibility study and design solutions for the discussed Batumi-Akhaltsikhe road Shuakhvei-Adigeni 55 km - 140 km section and the option of the existing road (open load) reconstruction and rehabilitation was recommended for final development (protocol N 3 28.01.09).

Table 6.3. Table of Technical-Economical Indicators of the Options

Existing road with the Existing N Name Meas. width, m road with 9.5-12.0 10.5-12.0 tunnel 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 Length of the route km 84.05 84.05 74.2 2 Estimated movement speed km/h 50-80 50-80 50-80 3 roadbed width m 9.5-12.0 10.5-12.0 10.5-12.0 4 roadbed width with a supporting line m 7.5 7.5 7.5

132 Existing road with the Existing N Name Meas. width, m road with 9.5-12.0 10.5-12.0 tunnel 1 2 3 4 5 6 5 Sideway width m 1.25-2.5 1.25-2.5 1.25-2.5 6 Maximum long inclination % 9 9 8 7 minimum radius of curves in the plan m 50-80 50-80 50-80 8 Minimal radius on serpentines m 30 30 30 9 Earthworks profile volume 1000 2 900 3 800 2 700 m3 10 Road cover area including the 1000 653.9 694.8 573.1 supporting lines m2 11 Reinforced concrete pipes c/linear 306/4883 306/4883 205/3204 meter 12 bridges c/ 41/2289 41/2289 linear 33/1826 meter 13 tunnel km - - 12.7 Estimated cost for the construction- Million 306.7 1 600 rehabilitation works GEL Million 1 km road cost 3.65 21.56 GEL Million Discounted net income -62.0 -897.0 GEL Economic return ratio % 6.9 -7.9

6.4. Environmental Assessment for feasible options

The "environmental price" of the discussed alternatives, on the basis of which it is possible to compare the alternatives, is practically limited to the cost of compensation for the damage caused to the high conservation value forest ecosystems and the expenses related to the placement of excavated ground. Below is an analysis of all relevant alternatives.

Problem related to the placement of excavated ground Placement of excavated ground is an important environmental problem, it is necessary to be considered during the implementation of the options 1 and 2, but it becomes especially required for the 3rd option –due to a huge amount of excavated ground produced as a result of the tunnel excavation works.

Tunnel construction will result in a large number of piles (635000 m3). At the same time, both sides of the tunnel have a unique forested landscape. Placement of excavated ground in the forested landscape is unacceptable, because it will lead to a degradation of ecosystems and impairment of the high value landscapes. Consequently, there emerges the need for

133 transportation of the excavated ground at least 20 km away from the site, which is quite expensive.

Consequently, in case of the implementation of the option N 3 of the project causes the risks of environmental pollution and degradation of the landscape and significantly increases the cost of an already expensive project. See below the report of damage against the forests for each alternative.

134 Option 1. Existing route without a tunnel Table 6.4. Roadbed width 10,5 – 12m; it narrows in the populated areas to the existing width (6 – 8 m); Construction line width - average 20m Length of the crossed Total width of the Width cut out during the Cut out forested area km benchmarks (km) forested section (m) roadbed expansion of the road (m) (sq.m.) Keda district 54.100 – 54.900 800 m 20m 12m – 14m 9600 800 m Shuakhevi district 58.250 – 59.800 1500m 20m 60.100 – 60.200 100m 20m 61.00 – 61..250 250m 20m 62.100 – 62.300 200m 20m 63.00 – 63.900 900m 20m 64.600 – 65.800 1200m 20m 66.100 – 66.900 800m 20m 68.100 – 68.300 200m 20m 70.700 – 71.100 400m 20m 73.00 – 74.00 1000m 20m 74.500 – 75.00 500m 20m Total 7050m 20m 12m 84600 Khulo district 75.00 – 76.700 1700m 20m 12m 80.00 – 80.200 200m 20m 12m 85.800 – 87.00 1200m 20m 12m 89.00 – 89.500 500m 20m 12m 90.00 – 90.200 200m 20m 12m 88.100 – 88.300 200m 20m 12m 135 Length of the crossed Total width of the Width cut out during the Cut out forested area km benchmarks (km) forested section (m) roadbed expansion of the road (m) (sq.m.) 101.900 – 102.200 300m Total 4300m 20m 12m 51600 Adigeni district 115.100 – 126.100 11000m 20m 12m 126.500 – 127.500 1000m 20m 12m 131.500 – 132. 500m 20m 12m Total 12500 20m 12m 150000

Total 24650 20m 12m 295800

Total area m2 295800 Total area ha Average cost for the restoration of 1 ha Total cost for the restoration 29,6 ha 17000 GEL 503 200 GEL

136 Option 2. Existing route without a tunnel Table 6.5 Roadbed width 9,5 – 12m; it narrows in the populated areas to the existing width (6 – 8 m); Construction line width - average 19 - 20m Length of the crossed Total width of the Width cut out during the Cut out forested area km benchmarks (km) forested section (m) roadbed expansion of the road (m) (sq.m.) Keda district 54.100 – 54.900 800 m 20m 12m – 14m 9600 800 m Shuakhevi district 58.250 – 59.800 1500m 20m 60.100 – 60.200 100m 20m 61.00 – 61..250 250m 20m 62.100 – 62.300 200m 20m 63.00 – 63.900 900m 20m 64.600 – 65.800 1200m 20m 66.100 – 66.900 800m 20m 68.100 – 68.300 200m 20m 70.700 – 71.100 400m 20m 73.00 – 74.00 1000m 20m 74.500 – 75.00 500m 20m Total 7050m 20m 12m 84600 Khulo district 75.00 – 76.700 1700m 20m 12m 80.00 – 80.200 200m 20m 12m 85.800 – 87.00 1200m 20m 12m 89.00 – 89.500 500m 20m 12m 90.00 – 90.200 200m 20m 12m 88.100 – 88.300 200m 20m 12m 137 Length of the crossed Total width of the Width cut out during the Cut out forested area km benchmarks (km) forested section (m) roadbed expansion of the road (m) (sq.m.) 101.900 – 102.200 300m Total 4300m 20m 12m 51600 Adigeni district 115.100 – 126.100 11000m 20m 12m 126.500 – 127.500 1000m 20m 12m 131.500 – 132. 500m 20m 12m Total 12500 20m 12m 150000

Total 24650 20m 12m 295800

Total area m2 295800 Total area ha Average cost for the restoration of 1 ha Total cost for the restoration 29,6 ha 17000 GEL 503 200 GEL

138 Option 3. Existing route with a tunnel 95+200 – 120+400 km Table 6.6 Roadbed width 10,5 – 12m; it narrows in the populated areas to the existing width (6 – 8 m); Construction line width - average 20m Length of the crossed Total width of the Width cut out during the Cut out forested area km benchmarks (km) forested section (m) roadbed expansion of the road (m) (sq.m.) Keda district 54.100 – 54.900 800 m 20m 12m – 14m 9600 800 m Shuakhevi district 58.250 – 59.800 1500m 20m 60.100 – 60.200 100m 20m 61.00 – 61..250 250m 20m 62.100 – 62.300 200m 20m 63.00 – 63.900 900m 20m 64.600 – 65.800 1200m 20m 66.100 – 66.900 800m 20m 68.100 – 68.300 200m 20m 70.700 – 71.100 400m 20m 73.00 – 74.00 1000m 20m 74.500 – 75.00 500m 20m Total 7050m 20m 12m 84600 Khulo district 75.00 – 76.700 1700m 20m 12m 80.00 – 80.200 200m 20m 12m 85.800 – 87.00 1200m 20m 12m 89.00 – 89.500 500m 20m 12m 90.00 – 90.200 200m 20m 12m 88.100 – 88.300 200m 20m 12m 139 Length of the crossed Total width of the Width cut out during the Cut out forested area km benchmarks (km) forested section (m) roadbed expansion of the road (m) (sq.m.)

Total 4000m 20m 12m 48000 Adigeni district 120.400 – 126.100 5700m 20m 12m 126.500 – 127.500 1000m 20m 12m 131.500 – 132. 500m 20m 12m Total 7200 20m 12m 86400

Total 19050m 20m 12m 228600

Total area m2 228600 Total area ha Average cost for the restoration of 1 ha Total cost for the restoration 22,9 ha 17000 GEL 389 300 GEL

140

6.4.1. Social assessment of the feasible options

The key components of the social impact of the project are the land acquisition and resettlement impacts. Relevant calculations are given below. We should note that the difference between the options N 1 and N 2 should be almost disregarded. For the option 3, resettlement impacts are somewhat reduced, but this difference is not radical, because the tunnel, through which it becomes necessary to reduce the purchase of private land, mostly runs through uninhabited areas. It should be noted that the decrease in housing- related economic profit is significantly less than the costs associated with the construction of the tunnel. Other social factors are important and should be considered at a later stage –during the assessment of environmental and social impact. The requirements regarding the future studies set forth in the relevant paragraph.

141 Option 1. Existing route without a tunnel Table 6.7 Roadbed width 10,5 – 12m; it narrows in the populated areas to the existing width (6 – 8 m); Construction line width - average 20m

Keda district

Amount of Average value of the Object type Unit Amount subject to compensation compensation sum unit in the district (GEL)

Land subject to sq.m 3593.567 24445 GEL compensation Agricultural land sq.m 3 GEL 5% 179.7 540 GEL Non-agricultural land sq.m 7 GEL 95% 3414.3 23905 GEL 1-storey house 1 house 8500 GEL 1 house/barn 8500 GEL 2 –storey house 1 house 17000 GEL Other facilities facility 6000 GEL 1 barn, 6000 GEL iron fence 4000 GEL 9 paling/wood fence; 9000 GEL wood fence 1000 GEL Fruit trees item 240 GEL 70 16800 GEL

Total amount of the compensation required for the purchase of 64745 GEL land for the construction of the highway

142

Shuakhevi district

Amount of Average value of the Object type Unit Amount subject to compensation compensation sum unit in the district (GEL)

Land subject to sq.m 53004.06 349828 GEL compensation Agricultural land sq.m 3 GEL 10% 5300.4 15900 GEL Non-agricultural land sq.m 7 GEL 90% 47703.6 333928 GEL 1-storey house 1 house 8500 GEL 1 8500 GEL 2 –storey house 1 house 17000 GEL Other facilities facility 6000 GEL 3 old military base building 1 five-storey residential house or café/canteen 30000 GEL military barracks trade point 6000 GEL 2 new cafe/canteen 60000 GEL iron fence 2 trade point 12000 GEL 4000 GEL wood fence 1 iron fence 4000 GEL 1000 GEL 90 wood fence 90000 GEL

1 small ag. 30000 GEL 3000 GEL 3 stall 9000 GEL

143 1 old two-storey house with a shop 20000 GEL Fruit trees item 240 GEL 360 86400 GEL

Total amount of the compensation required for the purchase of 669728 GEL land for the construction of the highway Khulo district

Amount of Average value of the Object type Unit Amount subject to compensation compensation sum unit in the district (GEL)

Land subject to sq.m 206480.2 2188688 GEL compensation Agricultural land sq.m 5 GEL 20% 41296 206480 GEL Non-agricultural land sq.m 12 GEL 80% 165184 1982208 GEL 1-storey house 1 house 17000 GEL 10 170000 GEL 2 –storey house 1 house 34000 GEL 1 two-storey with a garage 34000 GEL Other facilities facility 4000 GEL 9 stall/auxiliary facilities 36000 GEL

iron fence 4000 GEL

wood fence 1000 GEL 140 Fence 140000 GEL

2 cafe, 1 shop; 100000 GEL

2 small filling stations, to be relocated 50000 GEL fruit trees unit 240 GEL 500 120000 GEL other

144 Total amount of the compensation required for the purchase of 2838688 GEL land for the construction of the highway

Adigeni district

Amount of Average value of the Object type Unit Amount subject to compensation compensation sum unit in the district (GEL)

Land subject to sq.m 19934.77 99674 GEL compensation Agricultural land sq.m 2 GEL 25% 4983.75 9968 GEL Non-agricultural land sq.m 6 GEL 75% 14951.25 89706 GEL 1-storey house 1 house 27000 GEL 2 –storey house 1 house 42000 GEL Other facilities facility 6000 GEL iron fence 4000 GEL wood fence 1000 GEL 35 wood fence 35000 GEL fruit trees item 240 GEL 140 33600 GEL other

Total amount of the compensation required for the purchase of land 168274 GEL for the construction of the highway

option 1. existing route without a tunnel 145

Total approximate amount of the compensation sum related to land purchase and resettlement 3 741 435 GEL

Cost for the restoration of the damaged forest

total area ha Average cost for the restoration of 1 ha Total cost for the restoration 29,6 ha 17000 GEL 503 200 GEL

146 Option 2. Existing route without a tunnel Table 6.8 Roadbed width 9,5 – 12m; it narrows in the populated areas to the existing width (6 – 8 m); Construction line width - average 19m

Keda district

Amount of Average value of the Object type Unit Amount subject to compensation compensation sum unit in the district (GEL)

Land subject to sq.m 3593.567 22000 GEL compensation Agricultural land sq.m 3 GEL 5% 179.7 540 GEL Non-agricultural land sq.m 7 GEL 95% 3414.3 23905 GEL 1-storey house 1 house 8500 GEL 1 house/stall 8500 GEL 2 –storey house 1 house 17000 GEL Other facilities facility 6000 GEL 1 stall, 6000 GEL iron fence 4000 GEL 9 paling/wood fence; 9000 GEL wood fence 1000 GEL fruit trees item 240 GEL 70 16800 GEL

Total amount of the compensation required for the purchase of 62300 GEL land for the construction of the highway

147

Shuakhevi district

Amount of Average value of the Object type Unit Amount subject to compensation compensation sum unit in the district (GEL)

Land subject to sq.m 53004.06 349828 GEL compensation 314845 GEL Agricultural land sq.m 3 GEL 10% 5300.4 15900 GEL Non-agricultural land sq.m 7 GEL 90% 47703.6 333928 GEL 1-storey house 1 house 8500 GEL 1 8500 GEL 2 –storey house 1 house 17000 GEL Other facilities facility 6000 GEL 3 Old military base buildings 1 five-storey military barracks cafe/canteen 30000 GEL 2 new cafes/canteens 60000 GEL trade point 6000 GEL 2 trade points, 12000 GEL iron fence 4000 GEL 1 iron fence 4000 GEL wood fence 1000 GEL 90 wood fence, 90000 GEL

1 small filling station. 30000 GEL

3000 GEL 3 stall 9000 GEL

1 two-storey house with a shop 20000 GEL 148 fruit trees item 240 GEL 360 86400 GEL

Total amount of the compensation required for the purchase of 634 745 GEL land for the construction of the highway Khulo district Amount of Average value of the Object type Unit Amount subject to compensation compensation sum unit in the district (GEL)

Land subject to sq.m 206480.2 1969819 GEL compensation Agricultural land sq.m 5 GEL 20% 41296 206480 GEL Non-agricultural land sq.m 12 GEL 80% 165184 1982208 GEL 1-storey house 1 house 17000 GEL 10 170000 GEL 2 –storey house 1 house 34000 GEL 1 two-storey with a garage 34000 GEL Other facilities facility 4000 GEL 9 stalls/auxiliary facilities 36000 GEL

iron fence 4000 GEL

wood fence 1000 GEL 140 Fence 140000 GEL

2 cafes, 1 shops; 100000 GEL

2 small filling station., to be relocated 50000 GEL fruit trees item 240 GEL 500 120000 GEL other

Total amount of the compensation required for the purchase of 2619819 GEL land for the construction of the highway 149 Adigeni district

Amount of Average value of the Object type Unit Amount subject to compensation compensation sum unit in the district (GEL)

Land subject to sq.m 19934.77 89706 GEL compensation Agricultural land sq.m 2 GEL 25% 4983.75 9968 GEL Non-agricultural land sq.m 6 GEL 75% 14951.25 89706 GEL 1-storey house 1 house 27000 GEL 2 –storey house 1 house 42000 GEL Other facilities facility 6000 GEL iron fence 4000 GEL wood fence 1000 GEL 35 wood fence 35000 GEL fruit trees item 240 GEL 140 33600 GEL other

Total amount of the compensation required for the purchase of 158306 GEL land for the construction of the highway

option 2. existing route without a tunnel 3 475 170 GEL

Total approximate amount of the compensation sum related to land purchase and resettlement

Cost for the restoration of the damaged forest total area ha Average cost for the restoration of 1 ha Total cost for the restoration 29,6 ha 17000 GEL 503 200 GEL 150 Option 3. Existing route without a tunnel 95+200 – 120+400 km Roadbed width 10,5 – 12m; it narrows in the populated areas to the existing width (6 – 8 m); Construction line width - average 20m

Keda district

Amount of Average value of the unit Object type Unit Amount subject to compensation compensation sum in the district (GEL)

Land subject to sq.m 3593.567 24445 GEL compensation Agricultural land sq.m 3 GEL 5% 179.7 540 GEL Non-agricultural land sq.m 7 GEL 95% 3414.3 23905 GEL 1-storey house 1 house 8500 GEL 1 house/stall 8500 GEL 2 –storey house 1 house 17000 GEL Other facilities facility 6000 GEL 1 stall, 6000 GEL iron fence 4000 GEL 9 paling/wood fence; 9000 GEL wood fence 1000 GEL fruit trees item 240 GEL 70 16800 GEL

Total amount of the compensation required for the purchase of 64745 GEL land for the construction of the highway

151 Shuakhevi district

Amount of Average value of the unit Object type Unit Amount subject to compensation compensation sum in the district (GEL)

Land subject to sq.m 53004.06 349828 GEL compensation Agricultural land sq.m 3 GEL 10% 5300.4 15900 GEL Non-agricultural land sq.m 7 GEL 90% 47703.6 333928 GEL 1-storey house 1 house 8500 GEL 1 8500 GEL 2 –storey house 1 house 17000 GEL Other facilities facility 6000 GEL 3 Old military base building 1 five-storey residential or military cafe/canteen 30000 GEL barracks trade point 6000 GEL 2 new cafe/canteen 60000 GEL iron fence 2 trade point, 12000 GEL 4000 GEL wood fence 1 iron fence, 4000 GEL 1000 GEL 90 wood fence, 90000 GEL

1 small filling station. 30000 GEL 3000 GEL 3 stall 9000 GEL

1 two-storey house with a shop 20000 GEL fruit trees item 240 GEL 360 86400 GEL

152 Total amount of the compensation required for the purchase of 669728 GEL land for the construction of the highway Khilo district

Amount of Average value of the unit Object type Unit Amount subject to compensation compensation sum in the district (GEL)

Land subject to sq.m 129120 sq.m 1368672 GEL compensation Agricultural land sq.m 5 GEL 20% 25824 129120 GEL Non-agricultural land sq.m 12 GEL 80% 103296 1239552 GEL 1-storey house 1 house 17000 GEL 7 119000 GEL 2 –storey house 1 house 34000 GEL Other facilities facility 4000 GEL 8 stall/auxiliary facilities 32000 GEL

iron fence 4000 GEL

wood fence 1000 GEL 120 Fence 120000 GEL

2 cafe, 1 shop; 100000 GEL

2 small filling stations, to be relocated 50000 GEL fruit trees item 240 GEL 430 103200 GEL other

Total amount of the compensation required for the purchase of 1892872 GEL land for the construction of the highway

153 Adigeni district

Amount of Average value of the unit Object type Unit Amount subject to compensation compensation sum in the district (GEL)

Total amount of the compensation required for the purchase of land 168274 GEL for the construction of the highway

option 3. existing route without a tunnel 95+200 – 120+400 km 2 795 619 GEL Total approximate amount of the compensation sum related to land purchase and resettlement

Cost for the restoration of the damaged forest

total area ha Average cost for the restoration of 1 ha Total cost for the restoration 22,9 ha 17000 GEL 389 300 GEL 154 7. Expected impact on environment 7.1. A short review of the expected environmental impacts

Screening and summarizing of environmental impacts of the project will be carried out. The expected impacts of the project are discussed below in phases. Analysis at the design stage means what the potential impacts are and which of them should be considered in the design.

Table 7.1. A Environmental Impacts - design and pre-construction phase

Potential impact notes 1 The destruction of the natural landscape (relief, soil, vegetation, ecosystems, habitats and wildlife) The preferred route has been selected as a result within the corridor of the of the analysis of alternatives (see p. 6 Analysis of alienation of the route, access Alternatives) roads, career sites, landfills, construction camps.

- Sensitive ecosystems and the area of special importance; - Area of archaeological and cultural significance; -existing land use and economic activity; -Residential and agricultural land; Geological hazard areas 2 Location of quarries, landfills, Dust / air pollution, water pollution, landscape concrete and / or asphalt mixing degradation, Impact on water ecosystems depends sites, equipment and concrete on the location of the selection of the areas. The industries, labour camps, fuel and final decision is up to the contractor. other material storage sites and equipment yards

3 Soil erosion –designing of The relevant project is necessary to reduce the temporary and permanent drainage potential and secondary impacts, such as systems, retaining walls, landscape deterioration and increase of sediment embankments and berms, anti- in rivers, potentially low level of deterioration of erosion measures and rehabilitation the road asphalt. Erosion control measures are engineering plans provided for in the project.

4 Noise and emissions caused by road Traffic-related emissions and noise is a significant traffic problem only in densely populated areas, as well as in the area where the residential plots are located at the edge of the road. Since the project 155 Potential impact notes includes the rehabilitation of the existing road, additional effect is not expected and no additional design measures are required.

5 Bridges, viaducts, knots and Adequate projection of the hydrological and flooding protection facilities river-bed processes Adequate projection of the hydrological and river-bed processes (elution depth, considering the lateral erosion of the bank).

Table 7.2B Environmental Impacts - Construction Phase yes/no # Potential impacts during the construction location severity 1 The destruction of the natural landscape yes The entire route (relief, soil, vegetation, ecosystems, habitats moderate and wildlife) in the route corridor Objects of particular importance: the forest groves at the road expansion areas. 10 ha of forest shall be cut down. 2 The destruction of the natural landscape yes A building contractor (relief, soil, vegetation, eco-systems, habitats moderate to accurately and wildlife) access roads, quarries, landfills, determine the quarries, construction camps and equipment yards landfills, construction camps and equipment storage yards 3 Landslides, debris and other mass relocation on moderate Between PK120+00- the cut out roads as a result of the construction risk PK129+00 the existing road passes through the bypass section of the landslide slope. PK 138 + 60 –PK140+10 of the road runs through the steep slope. On the right side of the road, at the very steep slope there are small landslides and cracks developed. 4 The erosion aggravated due to road insignifican At the earth embankment construction and filling, temporary cover of t natural drainages with sediments; Soil erosion due to the flow from under the closed or open

156 yes/no # Potential impacts during the construction location severity drainage channels; 5 Increase of sediment in the rivers, as a result of yes rivers– river Dzindza enhanced erosion due to the construction and insignifican cut out of the road, as well as filling. t Deterioration of water quality and increased sediment, impacts on water quality and fish breeding

6 The impact of the construction of the highway insignifican rivers– river Dzindza on the crossed rivers and streams as well as on t water ecosystems

7 During the construction pollution of soil and yes Access roads and water by oil, dirt, fuel and paint in the road insignifican construction camps corridor, access roads, construction camps, t should be determined equipment yards and asphalt mixing areas by the contractor in the construction phase 8 poor sanitation conditions, solid waste yes To be determined at (sewerage, sanitation, waste management) in moderate the stage of the camps and construction areas construction by the contractor 9 Construction waste and garbage along the yes The entire route roadside moderate 10 Air pollution from traffic during the yes Everywhere, where construction in the settlements, which is insignifican the construction passes crossed by the route, especially in big cities t through settlements and densely populated villages. Local dust

11 Air pollution at the time of concrete or asphalt yes Supplier and works moderate contractor to determine the areas 12 Noise pollution resulting from the transport of yes At the settlements construction equipment movement, especially insignifican in populated areas crossed by the route, such as t densely populated villages. Local noise

13 poaching by workers insignifican rivers – river Dzindza t

14 Creating the conditions temporarily favourable yes The entire route for propagation of disease carrier mosquitoes, insignifican for example, water puddles in sunny places, t

157 yes/no # Potential impacts during the construction location severity favourable for mosquito breeding and disease distribution. Re-contamination of infectious biological materials (eg. Anthrax) as a result of earthwork near the fossils (eg. unrecorded Fossils)

15 Health hazards due to noise, emissions, dust yes At the settlements produced as a result of movement of the moderate technical equipment during the construction insignifican t 16 The impact on archaeological sites yes Along the entire road, especially the area of village Zarzma

17 Threats related to movement when the yes At the areas of crossing construction include the accident risks, of insignifican the construction roads roads t and motorways

18 The danger of accidents, related to the yes Throughout the route, movement and transport, potential danger of insignifican but the construction the leakage of toxic substances, explosions, t will have impact mutilation and deaths especially on the existing settlements

Table 7.3. The nature of the potential impacts - Construction Phase Impact nature

Activities impact

other

direct

positive

indirect

negative

temporal

Reversible

Irreversible Ground cleaning and Degradation of landscapes + + + + straightening in the and habitats, erosion construction corridor emissions + + + +

noise, vibration + + + + Pollution of land and / or + + + + waste generation Ground and surface water + + + + contamination A new road Degradation of landscapes construction, and habitats, erosion

158 Impact nature

Activities impact

other

direct

positive

indirect

negative

temporal

Reversible

Irreversible pavement emissions + + + + noise, vibration + + + + Pollution of land and / or + + + + waste generation Ground and surface water + + + + contamination quarry operation Degradation of landscapes + + + + and habitats, erosion emissions + + + + noise, vibration + + + + Pollution of land and / or + + + + waste generation Ground and surface water + + + + contamination Transportation of sand Degradation of landscapes and gravel from the and habitats, erosion quarries, delivery of emissions + + + + construction materials. noise, vibration + + + +

Pollution of land and / or + + + + waste generation Ground and surface water + + + + contamination

Dismantling the old Degradation of landscapes pavement during the and habitats, erosion rehabilitation of the emissions + + + + existing road noise, vibration + + + + Pollution of land and / or + + + + waste generation Ground and surface water + + + + contamination disposal of excessive Degradation of landscapes + + + + groundwater and and habitats, erosion waste emissions + + + + noise, vibration + + + +

159 Impact nature

Activities impact

other

direct

positive

indirect

negative

temporal

Reversible

Irreversible Pollution of land and / or + + + + waste generation Ground and surface water + + + + contamination

Table 7.4. Environment impact-operation phase

Operation phase Long-term results of the highway rehabilitation yes/ no zone # project's potential impact

(Physical factors - traffic and accidents impacts) severity

1 Air pollution due to the increased use of the route in yes The entire route. It is the future insignifi true that the road cant will pass far away from residential areas, but it must still meet the standards of the Ministry of Environment 2 Air pollution due to the increased use of the route in yes The entire route. It is the future moderat true that the road e will pass far away increasin from residential g areas, but it must still meet the standards of the Ministry of Environment 3 Water quality deterioration due to the increased yes The entire route. amount of dust from the direction of the road to insignifi water basins cant 4 Safety-related problems, which are caused by the yes At the crossings with bad roads at the western end of the side track. Prior the villages and local the construction of the next section, it will be roads necessary to come up with temporarily solutions to the problem considering the bad existing infrastructure connecting the highway and Samtredia.

160 Operation phase Long-term results of the highway rehabilitation yes/ no zone # project's potential impact

(Physical factors - traffic and accidents impacts) severity

5 Roadside litter Yes along the entire moderat length of the road e 6 Soil and water contamination of the fuel, lubricants, Yes along the entire paints during the repair works and from motor slight length of the road vehicles and construction machinery during their operation Impact related to possible traffic accidents in the yes / no operation phase severity 7 The traffic accidents risk caused by motor vehicle Yes At the crossing of the traffic, which can lead to leakage of toxic materials, moderat populated areas detonation of explosive cargo, physical injury or e death (see. "Hazardous Materials Management" along the entire section) (see. "Public health and safety" section). length of RoW

Table 7.5 character of potential impacts on the environment - the exploitation phase Impact character

Activities/factors impact

other

direct

positive

indirect

negative

temporal

Reversible

Irreversible physical existence of Degradation of landscapes + + + linear structures and habitats, erosion emissions noise, vibration Pollution of land and / or waste generation Ground and surface water contamination Traffic movement Degradation of landscapes and habitats, erosion emissions + + + noise, vibration + + + Pollution of land and / or + + + + waste generation

161 Ground and surface water + + + + contamination Repairs and Degradation of landscapes + + restoration works and habitats, erosion emissions + + + noise, vibration + + + Pollution of land and / or + + + + waste generation Ground and surface water + + + + contamination accidents Degradation of landscapes + + + + and habitats, erosion emissions + + + + noise, vibration Pollution of land and / or + + + + waste generation Ground and surface water + + + + contamination

7.2. The specific issues of environmental impact

This chapter discusses the environmental impacts we consider as the most typical and important impacts that are characteristic of specific road projects. A summary of the overall project impacts are provided in the paragraph 7.1, while more general effects activities related to the construction are described in paragraph 7.3. Here we focus on the specific issues that are more customized for road projects and some of them require not only qualitative, but also - quantitative analysis.

7.2.1. Air emissions-related impacts

Air emissions-related impacts and appropriate mitigation measures are included in the range of important issues, which are typical for roads projects. Construction-related emissions and dust generating quantitative assessment is given in Annex 3. Protection measures in the process of road construction against the emissions of harmful substances and dust are discussed in Section 8.1.1.4. and in paragraph 8.1.1.11. - air and water protection issues at the areas of construction of supporting facilities. Given that the project involves the road rehabilitation / reconstruction and restoration of road pavement, the emissions impact during the operation is to be positive, because the vehicle traffic on asphalt-covered road results in significantly less dust, and fuel combustion emissions levels are reduced on paved road.

162 7.2.2. Noise associated with the highway construction and operation

During the construction phase - it is considered that the noise associated with the construction does not exceed a radius of 160 m. The highway will be built away from urban settlements. There are no environmentally sensitive areas, which would result in the disturbance due to the construction noise. According to Georgian legislation, 60 dB noise is acceptable as the average value of the road and construction sites nearby residential areas. This means that the settlements will not be damaged by the noise (60 dBA noise level will be just 50 meters from the boundaries of the construction site). Baseline study and noise impacts are discussed in Appendix 5. The operational phase - the noise associated to traffic the movement will not affect the areas located in 160 meters from the main road. The noise level in 80 m is within the permissible limits. Alarming increase in traffic is not expected even till 2030 are not expected. In fact, the project will result in the reduction of the damage caused by the noise of the road as a result of improvement of technical characteristics of the pavement.

7.3. Construction-related Potential Impacts

7.3.1. Pollution and Waste

Improper handling, storage, use of construction materials and disposal of construction waste can cause a water / soil pollution threat to the construction and storage sites. Improper equipment maintenance and fuelling can also lead to soil / water pollution.

7.3.1.1. Construction-related waste Waste classification

In addition to the earthfill, the following types of waste are generated during the construction of the road: • Code 15 - packaging waste, absorbencies, cleaning cloths, filters and protective clothing waste; • Code 16 - waste which is not provided for in other areas; • Code 17 - Construction and demolition waste (including road works, waste from contaminated sites); • Code 20 - Municipal waste and similar commercial, industrial and waste facilities, which also include a small amount of the collected amount of waste.

Household waste Emergence of both hazardous, as well as non-hazardous household waste is expected, mainly:  Organic kitchen waste (non-hazardous) - code: 20 01 08;  paper, cardboard (not characteristic) - code: 20 01 01;  glass (non-hazardous)-code: 20 01 02;  plastic (non-hazardous) - code: 20 01 03;  Septic tank sediment (hazardous) - code: 20 03 04 163  street residuals (the specifics of the object can be both hazardous and non-hazardous) - code: 20 03 03;  medical waste (hazardous) - code:  mixed municipal waste - code: 20 03 01;  fluorescent tubes (hazardous) - code: 20 01 21. Final disposal of household waste will be carried out by the municipal sanitary and cleaning services and licensed contractors on the basis of a contract. Household waste will be transferred to municipal landfills (Zarzma or Akhaltsikhe landfills).  A non-hazardous industrial waste:  Paper and cardboard packing material - code: 15 01 01;  plastic wrappings - code: 15 01 02;  wood packaging material - code: 15 01 03;  metal packaging - code: 15 01 04;  defective, malfunctioning equipment and their parts - code: 16 02 14;  mixed metals - code: 17 04 07;

Hazardous construction waste;  glass, plastic tree, consisting of or containing dangerous substances - code: 17 02 04;  metallic wastes contaminated with dangerous substances - code: 17 04 09  soil and stones containing dangerous chemicals - code: 17 05 03;  Packaging materials that contain hazardous chemicals rubbish in the streets and / or contaminated with dangerous chemicals - code: 15 01 11;  adsorbents, filter materials (including oil filters), cleaning cloths and protective clothing, which are contaminated with dangerous chemicals - code: 15 02 02;  oil filters - code: 16 01 07;  defective, malfunctioning equipment and parts contaminated with dangerous substances - code: 16 02 10; 16 02 11; 16 02 12; 16 02 13;  Inert construction waste. As a rule, a large part of the waste are generated during the construction and is associated with waste generation sections, as well as inert materials as a result of the collapse of the existing structures. The main bulk of the waste –debris as a result of cutting off the slopes and expansion of rocky road, and the combination of excess ground, which is not used for the construction and is the subject of disposal. The total amount of the dumps - 614170 m3.  During construction, a combination of different types of waste is generated. In general, the waste generated in the process of the construction creates a major mass of inert construction waste - cut soil and weathered rocks bulk, building materials and waste - which is not used for construction purposes and is subject to disposal.  The main waste generation sites are: Construction sites and construction camps. A small quantity of waste is expected (contaminated soil) on the access roads and along the heavy traffic movement route.

164 Table 7.6 Expected generation of waste

estimated Alternative Responsible Waste amount Waste management Waste type options of person(s) class (indicating the management unit) Household non 80-100 m3 transferred to the Separation can Building waste hazardou per year contractor for disposal be carried out contractor s on the landfill. on the site and some types of waste (paper, glass, plastic) may be transferred to the contractor for the processing or secondary use. Office waste non 10-15 m3 transferred to the Separation can Building hazardou per year contractor for disposal be carried out contractor s on the landfill. on the site and some types of waste (paper, glass, plastic) may be transferred to the contractor for the processing or secondary use. (Residuals, hazardou 1500 m3 per The water is Building glass and s year discharged into the contractor plastic sewage system based bottles, on the contract. medical waste, etc.) Sewage hazardou 50-70 items 1. Returned to Building waste s the provider 2. contractor Day lamination lamps to be provided to the contractor for restoration Malfunction hazardou 2-3 items 3-4 times of 1. returned to Building ing lamps s per year recharging. Then the provider contractor

165 transferred to the contractor for disposal on the landfill. hazardou 0.1 kg 2. provided to Building s per year the licensed contractor contractor for the purpose of processing. non 1-2m3 Transferred to the Transmitted Building hazardou per year contractor for disposal to the contractor s on the landfill. contractor for incineration. Printer non 1 m3 Transferred to the Building cartridges hazardou contractor for disposal contractor s on the landfill. Medical hazardou Depending on Transferred to the Building waste s the scale of oil contractor for disposal contractor spills on the landfill. 1 m3 per year

Damaged or non 2. collected in plastic 1. Transmitted Building outdated hazardou or metal containers to the contractor s tools contractor for incineration.

7.3.1.2. Dangerous geological processes, soil erosion, soil contamination

PK 120 + 00 to - PK 129 + 00 road runs up the slope of the landslide section of the bypass. The old section of the road, ran through the slope of the landslide in the middle part, where the landslide mass thickness (according to drill holes, more than 15 m), and restoration of this section of the road is connected with great difficulties. The slope on which strong landslide is developed is very much inclined and covered with forest. Pronounced slope of the landslide body shape, the slope of the body are developed 8- 12 meters thick landslip breaks that apply to the whole body of the landslide area.

The landslide is of creeping type, the surface in the upper part is wavy-levelled. While the lower part of the undulating. The landslide is characterized by apparently hidden dynamics. The landslide body thickness is 15 m or more. In the lower part of landslide body there are the soil and underground water outlets.

Landslides is built of coarse-grained gravel, clays and loamy white fillers, boulders (diameter 0.5-1.5) 20-30% in the inclusions, with the capacity of more than 15-20, as well as wells, 166 according to the different depth in the loamy soil and lenses layers, which, in their watering time, becomes the cause of mass landslide processes. The soil is characterized by high porosity and water accumulation that occurs in pores, which is one of the main causes of a landslide origin. Landslide contributed to the occurrence of the landslide body in the upper part where the deep cracks appeared, which pronounced the whole landslide body around.

A pronounced marked landslide gap can be observed between the old road and the bypass, while after the old road there is a steep plateau and the landslide body part reaches the river which in its turn washes out the landslide body is one of the main reasons of the landslide activity. The Landslide body length between the old and new sections of the road is 150-170 meters, the width of the old landslides along the road - 100 meters. In the upper part of the landslide body the gap thickness is 8-10 meters. The height difference between upper part of the landslide and the river bank is between 90-100 meters. The Landslide bypass road runs through the steep slopes, in the sustainable part of the forested area, which is covered with gravel surface boulders, clay fill soil, with the depth of more than 20 meters

Image 7.1

• In this section of road it is needed to arrange the water drains to prevent the accumulation of water in the body of the landslide. The same is required at the top of the bypass road, the road to the top of a deep ditch, and in the body of the landslides to prevent accumulation of surface water from the slopes. At PK 138+ 60 - 140 +10-PK the road runs through the steep slope on the shelf and site closure is observed, that is especially notable on the right side, at a very steep slope, on which a small landslide and cracks developed beneath.

167 Site closure is due to water accumulation, to the left of the road in a little steep slope negative hillside areas. Accumulated water gets into the slope forming grounds and as a result of excessive dampness site closures are formed on the roadway.

In this section of the roadway a site closure is developed. Site closure due to road foundation soil watering, which is caused by the surface waters and waters down streaming along the slopes. At the ravines in the beginning and ending points of this section some culverts are formed which are filled with water and cannot pass water, and the rocky ravine beds are filled with ground. In this section of road drainage channels and culverts needed to be treated and cleaned, channels should be arranged on the left slope and direct tem to the existing culverts, also, a culvert must be arranged on the roadway, in the middle of the site closure.

Image 7.2

7.3.1.3. Surface and ground water pollution

Water pollution There are different reasons for water pollution, including: • Fuel, oil or other hazardous substance spills / leaks from the vehicles or machinery during refuelling; • Runoff of suspended sediment in the water; • Vehicle and equipment washing at the river / canal bank and their impact on the bottom due to the heavy equipment and machinery movement;

• Secondary pollution as a result of exposure of the contaminated groundwater Leaked / spilled polluting substances move pretty quickly around the inclined surface to the direction of the reservoir or the river / channel. Its retention can be difficult since it gets into

168 the water and may be taken by the water flow to the lower reaches (i.e. follow the flow of the water and contaminate a large area). In this respect, taking emergency measures in case of water pollution is vital. At the construction site (the strip) after cutting off the topsoil the subsoil layer gets exposed which in rainy weather may result in a substantial increase of solid debris. Rioni River is the main recipient of such impact.

7.3.1.4 Risk of the secondary biological pollution and the spread of dangerous diseases. There is the risk of contamination with biological materials during the earthworks near the tombs (eg. Anthrax pits) or the danger of re-pollution of soil or water, staff and the people who live nearby.

7.3.1.5 Loss of the soil topsoil layer as a result of cutting out the soil layer • Loss of topsoil as a result of mixing the soil humus layer and the sub-layer • Wash out layer of soil as a result of improper storage and restoration operations; • Sediment flowing into reservoirs / rivers / canals; - Soil contamination.

7.3.2. Impact on flora A large part of the affected landscape is much transformed by the existing road. Despite this, there are small sections of partially degraded forests and the natural landscape on the planned area that may be impacted, for example, partly degraded forests on the slopes along the road. Up to 10 hectares of woods and 6 hectares of scrub shall be subjected to cutting down.

During the construction works the total expected volume of impact on flora shall be as follows: • cutting down and uprooting the forest– 10 ha; • cutting down and uprooting the bushes – 6.14 ha; Felling of trees and shrubs, cleaning will be carried out partly on the slopes adjacent to the road and the road expansion areas.

7.3.3. Impact on fauna The project involves the expansion of the existing road, so there will be no place for the additional habitat fragmentation and creating of new barriers, which could become an obstacle to the migration of animals. In general, the track is characterized by the following expected impacts: • Impact on ichthyofauna - that may be related to the pollution of rivers with fuel or lubricant materials and cement or concrete solutions (the wrong management of fuel; the car wash in the river, concrete works during the construction of bridges), and also - pollution of rivers with the river erosion sediment due to the erosion of the slopes, cuts and fills • Destruction of the nests of bats in some of the old buildings and trees in the clean-up process; • Disturbance of the nests of protected birds of prey. • Poaching cases by the builders

169 The following areas are vulnerable to the impacts of road construction: All cross the river: All the crossings of the river: • Impact factor: Water pollution by oil or fuel (diesel), and also waste. Ecological receptors are all the groups of aquatic animals (hydrobionts), especially - endemic and legally protected species, such as Colchis crab, dragonfly larvae and fish (freshwater and anadromous); • Increased turbidity of the water at the river crossing. All the groups of hydrobionts are ecological receptors, especially - anadromous fish and fresh water fish) during the tadpole and propagation time; Small areas of natural landscape (groves, herbs and shrubs) along the ROW). These areas can be a haven for wildlife and a variety of valuable representatives of the regional biodiversity.

Impact factors: • During the pre-construction clean-up works (cutting down the trees and so forth) destruction of shelters and nests. Ecological receptors are birds (mostly – sparrows not protected by law) and bats (two or three species of which are included in the Red List); • Destruction of animals at the key propagation (breeding) areas during the breeding season (some of the birds will abandon nests, even with the already hatched chicks);

Impact factors: • Increased water turbidity during the migration of fish in the river.

7.3.4. Protected areas

The project road will pass directly in the vicinity of the two sections (between 8th and 9th km and at 11 km) of fossil forest natural monument. At this location, the expansion of the road will damage the monument.

According to the project solution, the road expansion will not be carried out at this critical point and can only the damaged pavement will be restored. However, in order to prevent unintentional and accidental damage of the monument during the working process of the construction equipment, it is necessary to carry out careful supervision of the work, especially in these areas.

The project road will pass at a distance of more than 15 km from the border of the Borjomi- Kharagauli National Park. No impact is expected on the reservation due to increased traffic or the road construction activities.

7.3.5. Landscape The project does not foresee a significant change in the value of the landscape. However, there will be some impact in an area where land is needed to be cleaned up on small sections of the natural landscape, which are considered as the most vulnerable areas in paragraph

170 7.3.2. Existing licensed quarries and mines are proposed for materials suppliers in order to avoid a new impact of the landscape.

7.3.6. Water use Water is essential for the care and protection measures (water tanks). The required volume of water is not large and appropriate sources are available in the vicinity of the project sites (the river Dzindza; groundwater resources). Water for the construction works and for the operation of construction camps can be obtained from surface water sources or ground water sources (wells). Permits are not required to obtain surface water but it is necessary to fill special forms to prove that the conditions of obtaining of surface water (includes the volume of the obtained water) comply with the technical standards (technical standards approved by the Ministry of Environment, Order No. 745, 13.11.2008).Obtaining of groundwater for the functioning of the construction camp requires the license for the ground water use (According to the Law on "Licenses and Permits", 2008, Article 7). Wastewater discharges into surface water bodies at the location of the construction camps’ deployment requires the development of special document, in particular - the maximum permissible discharge limits, which must be agreed with the Ministry of Environment and which defines the limits of pollutants concentration in wastewater discharges. Agreed indicators (limits) are defined for each specific unit according to the surface water sanitation standards. Surface water sanitation norms represent the general regulation issued by the Ministry of Health and Social Affairs, and the discharge limits are calculated for each surface water body pollution source.

7.3.7. Impact on archaeological sites In general, land clearing, grading and excavation is associated with some risks of damage of the underground archaeological items. Known archaeological sites within the project area were identified during the existing highway construction in the Soviet period. According to preliminary research, the most anticipated archaeological sites are situated in the village Zarzma surrounding area. Nevertheless, it is possible that during the construction activities, archaeological artefacts will be found in other sections of the road as well. Hence, the great attention is required during the implementation of the rehabilitation works at the sites where the existing road is to be improved and expanded.

Currently the Roads Department in collaboration with the National Agency for Cultural Heritage Preservation of the Ministry of Culture is conducting archaeological research in the project area to obtain the construction permit.

7.3.8. Transport-related impacts

Large trucks are necessary for transportation of inert materials within the construction corridor. In this terms various types of impact is expected: • Noise and vibration impacts; • Traffic jams (discomfort); • Air pollution (dust, emissions); • Mud on the roads;

171 Fuelling, maintenance and cleaning of the vehicle, and the associated risks of contamination of soil and water.

7.3.9. Impeding the movement Intensive movement of large trucks is necessary for transportation of inert materials within the construction corridor. Construction sites present some risks for the safety of the population, and therefore it is necessary to observe safety rules. Local traffic may be subjected to the activities by the project vehicles. The impact is temporary, minor and manageable. The long-term impact on local movement should be positive.

7.3.10. Environmental impacts associated with the construction camps

The construction contractor will take decisions related to the construction of auxiliary construction facilities (structure, composition, location, design, etc.). Nevertheless, in various sections of the E-60 highway, considering the experience in the construction activity structure and the fact that the project involves not a full-scale construction works, but only the rehabilitation / reconstruction of the existing road, we assume that an auxiliary complex of construction facilities will be built including –a construction camp to accommodate 50 workers (approx. 0.75 ha), a yard for vehicles and equipment with the capacity of about 25 vehicles and heavy construction machinery (approx. 1 ha) (bulldozers, excavators, cranes, etc.), a concrete and asphalt-concrete plant (approx. 1 ha). The exact location will be selected by the construction contractor. The potential impacts on the camp, construction and operation are summarized below: • Potential damage of soil humus layer; • Pollution as a result of fuel storage and refuelling activities; • Waste and waste water management. In chapter 8.1.1.11 of the EIA related to mitigation measures we have described the procedures and conditions as well as the optimal location options applicable during the designated operation activities of the above-mentioned auxiliary facilities.

7.3.11. The impact related to the asphalt-concrete plant and gravel crushing equipment The road will be paved with asphalt concrete. The direct impacts of the asphalt-concrete plants and gravel crushing sections include landscape degradation, emissions, dust, noise and so on. Gravel and other supporting materials required for the production of concrete will be purchased from the licensed operators. Potential pollution of rivers with waste bitumen should also be considered to be a significant impact. Crushing infrastructure, as a rule, is characterized by the emission of dust and noise. If construction contractor makes a decision about the installation and operation of its own bituminous concrete plant, he has to prepare EIA and obtain the appropriate Environmental Impact Permit. Asphalt industry related mitigation measures are discussed in Section 8.1.11.

172 8. Mitigation and Environmental Management Plan 8.1. Mitigation Measures 8.1.1. Construction and related mitigation measures

8.1.1.1. Prevention of hazardous geological processes The project has been developed considering the 8 magnitude seismic zone conditions and is consistent with the terms of the seismic hazards. Although the trajectory of the new road bypasses the creeping landslide of the Pk 124, + 00 section, it is planned to cut a new channel using an excavator and install draining systems for removal of water accumulated at the landslide section. Between PK 138+60 and PK 140+10, especially on the right side, very steep slope, there is a small landslide and some cracks beneath. In the gorges at the beginning and last point of the section there are water culverts which are filled and cannot pass water, and the beds of the ravine are filled with rocky ground. In this section of road the existing culverts regulation, cleaning of beds, installation of left slope drainage channels and directing them to the culverts, as well as on the roadway, arrangement of closure culverts in the middle of the Site is needed. In addition, arrangement of various gabion retaining walls (in total - 633 running meters) and repair of the existing concrete retaining walls on different small areas.

8.1.1.2. Pollution Prevention and Waste Management: Water / soil pollution. Water and soil pollution at the construction site Section 8.1.1.11 describes the air and water protection issues related to construction of the complex facilities. In Annex 2 water resource protection measures in construction camps are described in more detail. The following is a description of measures to protect water and soil pollution from construction sites. For the pollution prevention specific mitigation measures are required: Ban of vehicle movement within the river, and if this cannot be fully implemented, it is necessary to check regularly the fuel and lubricating oil and lubricants. Contractors are required to provide proper use of lubricating oil and lubricants, fuel and solvents. It is prohibited to place fuel and lubricant tanks near ponds, wells and the river bed or at a distance of 50 meters at the ravines. If there is a stationary tank, all the tanks must be placed in the concrete foundation (stone or concrete bounded reservoir) whose volume (capacity) is at least 110% of the maximum capacity of the tank. If more than one tank is placed in the protective reservoir the capacity of the system must be the biggest tank capacity of 110% or 25% of their full capacity depending on whichever is greater. Protective reservoir should be waterproof and should not have drainage pipes or defects, which violates its impermeability. In this bounded area (reservoir) will be pumped and collected rain water flows into or out of the drainage system or the soil, provided it is not contaminated. Oil spills, spilled fuel must be collected, and the contaminated area must be treated with a sorbent: sawdust, straw or thatched.

173 Fuel dosing (TAP) device with all guns should be checked for leaks and constantly need to be controlled; their design must allow for the possibility of closing, when they are not in use. It is unacceptable to store fuel in radius of less than 50 meters from the reservoir, river, channel, out of the well, from the gorge or transport vehicle or equipment refuelling. During the fuel filling it is not allowed to leave the vehicle unattended. During fuel filling of the vehicle or equipment at the construction site it is necessary to use napkins and / or straw for the absorption (dissolving) to minimize oil spill on the ground. Such napkins and / or straw shall be spread on the ground during fuelling of vehicles or equipment. Removal of contaminated soil layer to reduce or prevent the risk of contamination of groundwater and surface water is essential. Equipment and facilities must be insulated and protected in order to prevent theft and vandalism. All moving equipment, which means, for example, cranes, compressors, generators, bulldozers, excavators and others, and storage tanks, should be used to work and repair if necessary so that the probability of a leak-materials spills is minimized. The daily check of equipment (vehicles service procedure) is necessary in order to avoid the threat of a spill-leak. Vehicle repairs, cleaning, lubricating oil and lubricants removal and other maintenance work must be performed on a hard (sustainable) field and not a mole. It is prohibited to arrange vehicles or equipment repair unit in less than 50 meters from the reservoir, a well or a ravine. During the construction works erosion control measures are necessary in order to avoid the increased amounts of sediment runoff. Also, the contractor shall ensure storage of excavated soil, the soil humid layer and subsoil in such a way as to minimize the surface waters of the sediment run-off; Contractors are required to take appropriate measures and cover the soil storage area. And to make use of the soil for storage areas from which water flows by gravity to the reservoirs. In case, there is a risk of contamination of the surface water body (river Dzindza) with the sediment washed away from the construction site, it becomes necessary to use effective measures to prevent possible contamination, which include: • Use of barriers to the spread of the precipitation; • Use a straw barriers to throw them out of the water (to change direction) and filter; • Use of system of piles (landfills) and the use of the channels to avoid the flow of the contaminated water in the river / basin; • Use of restrictive / sedimentation lagoons. It is recommended to use a natural sedimentation process and not of accelerate sedimentation, after which it is possible to enable clean water run. This is especially important in case of discharge into the river the water pumped from the excavations. It is inadmissible to dispose bitumen, wet cement and / or concrete in the river, the reservoir, the pool and a ditch. Concrete plant needs to be located at least 100 meters away from the river. During the construction of bridges erosion and sediment traps should be organized to catch cement solution. Generally, negative effect is not expected on groundwater. Groundwater depth from the surface areas at the freeway is 5 m.. Slope waters are located slightly high and require drainage.

174 8.1.1.3. Construction Waste Management

Expected waste types and quantities are described in p. 7.3.1.1. The Management Plan is given in Annex 1.

In general, the best option is prevent the emergence of waste based on the reduction of their volume and hazard. Next good option is to reuse waste.

Inert construction waste management

The main bulk of the waste is the combination of rocky debris and excess ground arising from cutting off the slopes and road expansion, which is not used for the construction and is the subject of disposal. The total amount of the debris - 614170 m3.

During the disposal of debris and inert materials the following rules should be observed: • Inert waste disposal rules and area must be agreed by the building contractor with local authorities • Local people to be allowed to use the extra stones, which can be reused later. It is possible to arrange access to the materials based on the agreement with the appropriate local government bodies and after the consultation with the members of the public. • Waste disposal and removal of stones is the building contractor's obligation and related expenses should be incurred by the construction contractor. The place for the disposal of construction waste and bulk in the end will be chosen by the contractor. In EIA the coordinates and a short description of the two sites is given in the form of recommendations which may be used for placement of fill and inert wastes of construction.

N1 access to Zarzma (the solid waste dump) dump area coordinates - 306416 X 4616900, is the land owned by the state fund, there is no vegetation there, the area is separated from the waste disposal by the municipality of Adigeni, it is 10 meters away from the river Kvabliani and 1 meter away from the road.

Image 8.1

Image 8.2

Area for disposal of solid waste (area N# 1)

N 3 Landfill area coordinates - 303657 X 4616200, -it is located on the left side of the river Dzindza, it belongs to forest fund, at the damaged bridge, it is separated from the forest (coniferous - partly mixed forests) by 50 meters and from the road by 1 meter.

175 Image 8.3

Image 8.4

Management of other Construction Waste

At sites waste should be collecting in special containers. Waste must be removed from the working area by the relevant services of the nearby settlements and disposed at the places specified by local governments.Special service provider organizations should be used for the service ( "cleaning" organizations, etc.), which ensure municipal waste disposal in landfills. Waste management procedures for camps are developed in a separate document and are given in Appendix 7. Staff to deal with hazardous and non-hazardous waste operations (including their disposal), is required to undergo training on the following issues: • Waste Management (work to be done with respect of waste); • Waste (c) processing; And • temporary placement of waste. Incineration of waste on the site is not allowed except for trees / shrubs thin branches, which are recommended to be burnt in order to prevent the multiplication of pests.

Hazardous construction waste Hazardous waste will be disposed in accordance with the Code of Waste Management and the Waste Management Plan developed in accordance with this Code (see. Appendix 1). The construction contractor will collect the waste of fuel and lubricants, and place them appropriately at temporary storage places arranged for this purpose. The final disposal of waste will be coordinated by the Ministry of Environment and shall be disposed to the agreed sites or on the basis of the appropriate contract it will be assigned to a licensed operator (eg. The "Sanitary"), holding the environmental permit to deal with hazardous waste.

Prevention of SecondaryBiological Pollution There is the risk of contamination with biological materials durig the earthworks near the tombs (eg. Anthrax pits) or the danger of re-pollution of soil or water, staff and the people who live nearby. Such risk is less likely, but its defiance is not advisable. Suspension of work in case of burials. "Food Safety, Veterinary and Plant Protection Service" veterinary supervision department of the Ministry of Agriculture is responsible for the complex process

176 implementation of sanitary measures in case of detecting unregistered burials during earthworks. Information about the discovery of suspicious graves should be provided immediately to the Veterinary Department by the construction contractor (environmental specialist in the field) and the monitoring entity.

Procedures to be observed by the building contractor and STD m: Suspension of work in case of discovery of burials. Inviting local representatives of the Veterinary Department, conducting an investigation before resuming work. If necessary – providing financial support for the disinfection activities.

8.1.1.4. Noise, dust and emissions Settlements will not be under the influence of a significant construction-related emissions. Nevertheless, the emissions of the trucks involved in theconstruction should be managed with appropriate care of engine and practice using good quality fuel. Engine work in non- operating mode should be banned. Comparably more significant impacts are associated with the emission of dust, it is difficult to calculate, but it is clear that the transportation of land and gravel and other inert materials from the quarries generate dust inconvenience. This represents a temporary impact and the sites should be relaxed using periodic irrigation. Through rough calculations of the construction-related noise we may assume that the noise impact will be beyond the 60 - 100 m radius. The temporary increase of noise level in 300 m radius from the construction siterepresents an acceptable exposure. The residential houses are not located close to the road. These minor impacts can be mitigated through engine care practice and avoiding engineusein non-operating mode. The only recommendedrestriction in this case is the installation of high sound causing devices, such as crushing devices, out of the residential zone and to ban works at the night at the roadside near the villages. Night work can be carried out without prejudice to other areas. Maintenance of all means of transport will be provided in such a way that their noise and emissions do not disturb the workers or the local population. Rehabilitation works near the settlements will be carried out only during the day to minimize the impact. All vehicles will be checked and repaired if necessary to eliminate the damage due to increased noise levels. Regular maintenance of diesel engines is necessary to reduce emissions, for example, cleaning offuel injectors. Regular maintenance will be of a high standard to ensure the safety of vehicles and reduction of emissions and noise. Regular maintenance ofall of the plants used in place ois necessary in order to ensure its normal work and reduction the potential contamination by emissions.

177 Transport could be fueledin such a way to prevent the emission of volatile organic compounds using fuel tanks closed by means of pumps and special fasteners (open containers will not be used for fuel storage). If required, in dry conditions or where a large amount of dust is expected to be originated from, mitigation measures will be takentogether with the construction manager. Mitigation measures will include the following:

• Land soaking with water from cisterns, that will be equipped with a spray or other technical means; For this purpose at least two tanks will be necessary , but the construction contractor should not be limited to that data, and, if necessary, use more cisterns; • Covering construction materials and open warehouses; And • use of pre-defined routes and speed limitations for the vehicles. Materials should be transported to the construction sites avoiding rush hours; • materials to be transported should be covered with tarpaulin / wet to reduce dust. The construction site will be watered as appropriate. Mounting equipment shall be supplied to workers if necessary. All vehicles will be checked and repaired if necessary due to defective parts, to avoid emissions.

Such measures will be taken, if human or animal receptors are located within 300m from the corridor. Soundproof barriers are proposed to be installed near the village Akhalsopeli, on two sections between the 19 and 21 km (each 400 m in length).

8.1.1.5. Soil protection and erosion preventing measures During the construction of the Goderdzi Pass-Zarzma section of the road of state importance Batumi (Angisa) – Akhaltsikhe (110 km – 127 km) the protection of the soil cover and the conservation of removed soil must be carried out in accordance with the environment protection legislation and regulations applicable in Georgia, in particular:

1. The Law of Georgia on the Protection of Soil,, '' (12.05.1996)

2. “about the removal, storage, use and cultivation of topsoil "(Technical Regulations, Georgian Government’s Resolution N 424, 31.12.2013) “Methods for the determination (calculation) of environmental damage” (technical regulations, the Resolution of the Government of Georgia N 54; 14.01.2014).

Regardless the categories of land and the property forms the builder contractor is obliged to ensure soil, topsoil removal / storage and waste disposal in accordance with the provisions of the Law of Georgia on Protection of Soil” and the Resolution of the Government of Georgia on removal, storage, use and cultivation of topsoil”, Resolution on Technical Regulations N 424. 178

The area is covered by forest and low meadow grass. Igneous rocks and sedimentary rocks are represented by weathering products. Soil cover is slightly and moderately eroded. The type of the soil is defined as Mountain Forest Meadow (MOUNTAIN FOREST MEADOW). Soil is characterized with small thickness, little humus, with skeletal loamyof slight and average severit.Topsoil lawn upper coordinates (Ad) and (A0) are not more than 5-7 centimeters. As a result of the field study of the topsoil layer is not more than 5 centimetres in the area of the freeway extension along the project road. The contractor has to carry out the excavation works in compliance with environmental legislation. The removed topsoil should be stored in the location selected in advance. Stockpiled soil will be protected against washing out. The stockpiled soil should meet the following standards, the height of 2-2.5 m, while the slope angle should not exceed 450. According to the applicable environmental legislation and international practice standards, the construction company (contractor / subcontractors) to perform the following basic requirements for the protection of soil:

 To prevent the loss of soil the removed topsoil must be stored at the pre-selected location.  At the time of soil removal, transfer and storage time the structure, fertility and seed base should be preserved.  stored soil should have a free draining, to avoid the development of anaerobic processes.  Theo soil should not be mixed with the barren (Abiotic) sub- layers and must not be used inappropriately.  Works of soil removal and storage should not be carried out in rainy weather. Contractor shall stop working activities when the topsoil is saturated with water.  The environmental legislation and the requirements of the Technical Directive must be observed in the construction camps and at the construction asphalt concrete plant, the location, and other design details of which are determined by the construction contractor.  protection of soil humus layer  Soil humus layer is protected according to the technical requirements "on topsoil removal, storage, use and re-cultivation”.  The building contractor shall not perform ay works on the humid soil layer in the following circumstances:  Frozen soil layer;  during rain or snowfall  The soil layer is saturated with water;  Soil topsoil storage  The stockpiled soil shall be stored in stocks with the height of up to 2 m, while the slope angle should not exceed 450°. In addition, the following must be taken into consideration:

179  Soil storage areas shall be selected so, that to avoid their compaction during the vehicle movements and their contamination with other materials;  The stocks of soil layer must be separated from the lower layers;  Stocking the soil layers in stacks is inadmissible if there is the threat of flooding and soil washing;  For the protection of topsoil against soil washing out, piled stacking is not allowed in less than 25 meters from the river / water flows (considering the specific topographic location).  In the case the soil piles experience significant erosion, the contractor is required to apply the appropriate corrective actions (eg., the use of the cover to protect the soil piles). The contractor shall take appropriate measures to protect soil piles against flooding and water leaching from the berms (protective embankments) or similar means arranged around the places, to be protected.  The subsoil storage areas shall be selected so, that to avoid their compaction during the vehicle movements and their contamination with other materials;  subsoil piles must be separated from the soil humus layer piles;  In the case the soil piles experience significant erosion, the contractor is required to apply the appropriate corrective actions (eg., the use of the cover to protect the soil piles). The contractor shall take appropriate measures to protect soil piles against flooding and water leaching from the berms (protective embankments) or similar means arranged around the places, to be protected.  - Surface water inflow reduction;  - Water flow speed reduction to the permissible indicator;  - Change of the water flow direction using protective dams;  - So avoid / decrease flushing of the sediment from construction sites to the reservoirs;  - Straw barriers erected in the areas that are in need of protection from precipitation;  Soil contamination is expected during refuelling of transport and machine-tools, as a result of construction and household waste;  In order to avoid possible contamination of land surface it is necessary to:  Ensure refuelling of transport and machine-tools at pre-designated areas, where both safety as well as environmental rules will be protected,.  In the residential camps sanitary and hygienic norms must be kept. There should be no pollution of the territory adjacent to the corridor.  Household waste should be systematically taken out of the site.

8.1.1.6. Final restoration of the working sites  All sections of the working area (except the sections, which will be constantly occupied by other artificial facilities) must be restored to its original condition

180 (topography, soil and vegetation) in accordance with the technical requirements on the "topsoil removal, storage, use and re-cultivation". If necessary, erosion control measures must be taken:  Vegetation, drainage, berms and other auxiliary engineering structures effective in terms of erosion control, soil humus layer is sufficient to restore the grass cover as the project does not involve cutting down a large number of trees and shrubs, thus re- vegetation will be an important component.

8.1.1.7. Restoration of the landscape and protection of flora  As shown in the paragraph. 4.4.2, according to the field surveys, the design corridor sensitive areas have been identified: Basically it involves partially degraded groves in the vicinity of the road.  Suring the construction activities the following overall impact is expected on flora:  forest cut down and rooting out - 10 ha;  forest cut down and rooting out - 6.14 ha;  Planting of 10 new young plants to compensate the damage of the species listed in the “Red List of Georgia” or endangered endemic species (this applies in particular trees, a number of which could fall under the impact).  The road crosses the edge areas of two land sections of the forest fund.  Other areas of the road corridor belong to strongly transformed landscapes and have no ecological value.  the following steps are necessary to protect the sensitive habitats:  Pre-construction survey of the construction corridor selected and adjusted (attached) by the building contractor in order to ensure accurate quantitative description of all affected species listed in the Red Book and recording of all the trees to be cut down;  Marking all the trees to be cut down (to avoid cutting down other trees as well;  All the above mentioned activities must be foreseen by the construction contract, in particular, the environmental management plan attached to the contract, as the contractor's liability.  Stand the construction contractor, on the basis of pre-research, will do their utmost to minimize the risk of damage to the Red List species and when specifying the route to circumvent the protected plants. Within the specified borders of the construction corridor the pre-construction survey will be carried out in order to prepare an accurate inventory of the affected species listed in the Red Book.  The removal of the "Red List” plant species from the natural environment should be carried out in accordance with the requirements foreseen by the law of Georgia "on the" Red List "and" Red Book of Georgia". Felling of trees in forest to be conducted according to the procedures of change of the land category belonging to forest fund.  the rules and procedures of changing the land category belonging to the State Forest Fund are defined by the Chapter V –“Use of state forestry for special purposes” added

181 by the Resolution N 228 of the Government of Georgia dated June 1, 2011 to the Resolution N 242 dated August 20, 2010.  Granting the right to use the forest on the territory of the state forest fund for special purposes, as well as the decisions on special cutting were ensured by the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources based on the agreements with other concerned agencies;  State Forest Fund is a special purpose forest use right to vote and to submit an application to the Department of Environment and Natural Resources. The application should contain a list of attached documents:  For the obtaining of the right to use the forest from the State Forest Fund for special purposes the Roads Department has to apply the Ministry of Environmental Protection and Natural Resources, the application should contain a list of attached documents: 1. Motivation for the necessity of use of the forest for special purpose, the purpose and timeline of the use of the forest for social purposes; 2. For private legal entities and individual entrepreneurs - the extract from the Registry of entrepreneurs and non-commercial legal entities, and for the natural persons - a copy of their ID card or passport of the Georgian citizen. For the public legal entities – a verified copy of founding documents; 3. A specified measurement drawing of the area selected for the special forest use in the system of coordinates certified by the person performing the drawing measurements; 4. a copy of the document (if any), according to which, it is essential and / or required to use the forest for special purpose considering the determined activity; 5. Documenting the need for the cutting down of the trees; 6. Information on existence of the species protected under the Red List on the selected area;  In case a decision is made on special purpose use of forest in the state forest funds, the individual administrative act is issued by the Minister, on the basis of which a person authorized to manage the state forest fund draws up the agreement on use of the forest for special purposes and delivers the territory selected for the special use of the forest on the basis of the acceptance act.  The removal of the "Red List” plant species from the natural environment and the procedures of change of the land category belonging to the state forest are specified in the Attachment 6.

8.1.1.8. Protection of fauna  At the construction stage:  Potential impacts on ichthyofauna are associated with the river Dzindza’s possible pollution due to increased amount of rainfall runoff during the excavation activities and the pollution due to improper fuelling and waste management. Accordingly, the

182 counter measures against the above-discussed erosion and pollution will also be considered as mitigation measures against the impact on ichthyofauna.  It is necessary to carry out a detailed examination of pre-selected route in order to determine the existence of the nests of birds and animals within the construction corridor.  the area subject to reconstruction, especially in the vicinity of sensitive areas, near bridges and buildings, must be examined prior to the initiation of the reconstruction of the route to capture footprints of bats, owls, raptors, sailing and water birds nests, otters and other large or small prey mammals. Nests of birds protected by law must be established. Touching those nests is prohibited from April to July.  During the construction of bridges, to reduce adverse impacts against ichthyofauna, it will be necessary to minimize works on the river bed. Activities on the river crossings must be carried out during the season insensitive for ichthyofauna.  Mitigation measures shall be required to avoid the impacts of small-scale and low probability against bats during the demolition of the old bridges. Preliminary investigation of old bridges is necessary and in case of discovery of a colony of bats in those bridges, saving methods(mostly acoustic) of their ejection should be used.  Artificial shelters should be arranged (100-300 m) instead of those shelters of birds and animals which are observed on the trees subject to cutting down.  Pits, trenches and similar elements must be enclosed by barriers, in order to prevent the falling of the animals - eg. tapes of visible colours or any flat material for small animals: tin plate, polyethylene and etc. Long boards or logs should be placed into the holes or trenches at night, so that the animals were able to come out. Pits and trenches to be checked before filling with soil.  Noise, dust and emissions reduction measures, as well as prevention measures against poaching from workers should be included in the EMP, as mitigation measures.  Plants will be covered with dust, which could affect the food base and the multiplication of vertebrate and invertebrate species (Yablokov, Ostroumov 1985); this impact is limited to the immediate surrounding area. During the construction, the already described technologies to reduce dust should be used (watering; roofing of the materials; and so on).  Fire prevention and fire protection procedures should reflect the specific risks of forest fires. Proper equipment and management systems shall be provided.

8.1.1.9. Protection of cultural heritage

 Although the impact is mainly limited to the existing road and construction sites are not located in the vicinity of any of the famous monuments or sites of archaeological interest, it is possible to destroy the archaeological layers during the construction (though less likely). To avoid this risk the archaeological supervision is needed during the excavation. Supervision procedures and other necessary measures should be agreed

183 with the Ministry of Culture at the time of obtaining the construction permit, according to the permit issuance rules. According to Article 14 of the law of Georgia on "Cultural Heritage", permits on activities related to quarries or the construction of the facilities of special importance are issued by the competent authority based on the positive decision of the Ministry of Culture and Sports of Georgia. This decision is grounded on an archaeological survey, carried out by the organization willing to carry out the earthworks. The agency implementing the earthworks shall submit to the Ministry the documents regarding the archaeological research of the site. This preliminary study should include field research and laboratory activities. IN case of discovery of any archaeological item, the archaeological study report in the study area shall contain the following information: a) detailed field study of the archaeological layers and a list of the items that have been found using the modern methodology; b) Recommendations on conservation problems of the identified items and planning of the construction activities in the project area based on archaeological studies. According to the established practice, the archaeological survey is conducted within the framework of the detailed design contract at the stage of obtaining the construction permit.  At the stage of construction the archaeological monitoring by the supervision of the Ministry of Culture and Sports shall be provided. The budget required for the archaeological supervision and other agreed activities should be considered in the estimates of the construction.

 Procedures to be used when archaeological artefacts are detected:  The construction contractor will attract 1 thoroughly knowledgeable specialized archaeologist (Archaeological supervisor)to conduct daily monitoring of the earthworks. The best practice implies agreement the candidature of the person selected for this task within the Ministry of Culture and Monument Protection of Georgia.  The Ministry of Culture and Monument Protection of Georgia may also appoint a person or a company to supervise the construction works periodically, although this practice is used only in exclusive cases of sensitive projects.  Archaeological supervisor conducts daily monitoring of the entire site where the works (cleaning of the land, soil profiling, excavation, etc.) are planned, according to the schedule.  In addition, the archaeological supervisor instructs the workers to immediately notify him of the accidental discovery of potential archaeological relics.  If material culture objects of potential archaeological value - artefacts are discovered, the following steps should be taken: 1. Construction workers are required to stop work immediately and report to the archaeological supervisor about the discovery.

184 2. Archaeological supervisor shall notify the district chief engineer and require interruption of all the works at the site. The archaeological supervisor performs the inspection of the detection and the site where the discovery took place. 3. If the discovery has no potential archaeological value, the archaeological supervisor shall notify the chief engineer and the works shall be resumed. The relevant records shall be made in the Record Book of this fact. 4. In case it is assessed as a discovery of potential archaeological relics, archaeological supervisor shall notify the chief engineer of the construction contractor and the main environmental specialist of MDF- (supervisor company / engineer), require the termination of the construction activities and shall notify the Ministry of Culture and Monument Protection of Georgia. 5. The chief engineer of the construction contractor shall notify the MDF of the interruption of the works and require immediate involvement of the Ministry of Culture and Monument Protection of Georgia. 6. The Ministry of Culture and Monument Protection of Georgia appoints an expert or group of experts and take the necessary archaeological works at the site in order to identify the problem.

7. In more uncomplicated cases, after the performance of the necessary activities related to moving artefacts, fixating material removal and other works the experts of the Ministry of Culture and Monument Protection of Georgia take a decision about the restoration of the suspended construction activities. 8. In special case of spatially scattered valuable discoveries, the Ministry of Culture and Monument Protection of Georgia may demand the relocation of the construction line in a safe distance from the archaeological site.

8.1.1.10. Health and Safety  It is necessary to observe safety regulations, industrial sanitation and fire safety measures and regulations to protect the works, as well as staff trainings. An average contractor is obliged to provide the security personnel with the safety instructions prior the initiation of the works.  Vehicles must have a small turning radius, equipped with a sound and lighting signs, which must be in working condition. Parking place should be enclosed and equipped with an emergency stop red signs in the daytime, and at night – with a red light sign.  Road workers will be equipped with special uniforms and shoes. It is necessary to observe general safety regulations, such as fencing the work site, a variety of security measures. The contractor shall provide a special shelter for workers in unfavourable weather conditions.  Alternative exits shall be provided for transport and pedestrians. Proper lighting and signs will be used as well.

185  The contractor is responsible to provide the works in accordance with the labour legislation and safety requirements.

8.1.1.11. Auxiliary construction facilities complex  For effective organization of the works it is necessary arrange ancillary facilities, buildings and structures. The auxiliary complex includes a bituminous concrete plant and ancillary facilities construction camp. In accordance with the principles of international construction contracts, the design and construction is the prerogative of the contractor, and therefore, these components are not listed in a major road reconstruction project.  The Project Implementation Unit (the Department of Roads) and the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources Protection ensure that in the construction camp location identification and project preparation process the normative documents requested by the Georgian legislation are prepared by the building contractor and the provisions required by the technical regulations are observed.  The Department of Roads undertakes that related to the Batumi-Akhaltsikhe road reconstruction and construction of the project, after the preparation of the relevant project documentation by the contractor, it will develop all required environmental documents and submit to the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources Protection.  The principles and guidelines of the regulatory documents are provided below, which must be consistent with the specifications of the bituminous concrete plant, camp facilities and other auxiliary projects and functioning data.  Projecting on the selected area must be carried out according to the normative documents applicable in Georgia:  Resolution of the Government of Georgia N57 dated March 24, 2009 "on construction permit issuance procedures and permit specifications"  Order N1-1 / 1254 of the Minister of Economic Development of Georgia dated July 8, 2009 "on approval of the principal provisions on use of urban areas and regulations of the settlement procedures”.  Order N1-1 / 251 of the Minister of Economy and Sustainable Development of Georgia dated February 18, 2010 "on use of norms, rules and other documents applicable prior 1992 in technical supervision and construction area in Georgia”.  Resolution N425 of the Government of Georgia dated 31.12.2013 on approval of technical regulation on surface water contamination protection;  The Law of Georgia on Regulation of the Sea, Reservoirs and River Banks of Georgia and Engineering Safety (27.12.2006 N4131) in 2008 and 2011, as amended.  СНиП2.07.01.–89 “municipal engineering”;  СНиП2.08.02.–89 „public facilities and buildings“;  СНиП2.09.03.–85 “industrial plant facilities”;

186  СНиП2.09.04.–87 “administrative and household facilities”

For all facilities, where air stationary emission sources or surface water reservoirs are provided or wastewater discharge is developed, the maximum allowable emissions standards and surface water bodies pollutants maximum discharge standards shall be agreed with the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources Protection. Bituminous concrete plant Decision on bituminous concrete plant construction or purchase of finished asphalt from the producers will be made by the building contractor. In case of a decision regarding the construction of the asphalt-concrete plant, for the operation of the facility the construction contractor is required to develop the "Environmental Impact Assessment" document and obtain the environmental impact permit. A line mixer, bitumen reservoirs, inert material storage facilities will be located in the territory of the asphalt-concrete factory, Enterprise maximum permissible emissions of air and surface water maximum permissible discharge standards shall be processed for the plant and agreed with the relevant authorities. The facility is to be constructed under the requirements of normative documents: • СНиП2.09.03.–85“ Production facilities buildings"; • The Law of Georgia "on Protection of Atmospheric Air”;  Resolution N 42 of the Government of Georgia dated 2014 on approval of technical regulations for the inventory of air pollution stationary sources and Resolution 408 dated December 31, 2013 on  42 " of in for the approval of the" December 31, 2013 and Government Resolution 408 "on approval of Technical Regulations for the calculation of the limited emission norms of harmful substances in atmospheric air” Construction Camp During the arrangement of construction camps it is necessary to ensure drinking water supply. On the selected area tubular or shaft wells can be made and supply of the camp with underground fresh water, and that will require a license for taking groundwater according to the applicable legislation. Reservoir area will be arranged on the territory, from which the water shall be supplied to camp facilities by self flow. The effluent discharge shall be ensured through the wastewater sewer system and the common collector in the camp.

187 Waste water will be polluted with organic substances, so it needs the biological cleaning. For the waste water clearing agencies a technically relatively simple premise - septic tank should be arranged. The septic is the system in which the simultaneous mechanical, biological purification and almost mineralization of wastewater is carried out. After the septic tank waste water will be disinfected and discharged into the surface water. Waste containers will be placed in the camp territory for the collection of household waste. Waste disposal shall be ensured on the basis of the agreement with relevant local services. The statutory requirements of the following documents should be taken into consideration at the time of arrangement of the facility: • Law of Georgia on Water; • Law of Georgia on Minerals; • Law of Georgia on Permits and Licenses; • Resolution №17 of the Government of Georgia dated January 3, 2014; • On Approval of the Environmental Technical Regulations; • Construction norms and rules (07.01-09) - "Water supply and sewage networks and external structures" • 2.1.4. 000 – 00 "Drinking water and water supply of populated areas" • 2.04.01–85 "Internal water and sewer rates"; • 3.0.01–85 "Internal sanitary systems" • 496–77 “Provisional regulations for designing the surface wastewater treatment facilities”

Car Service Car service includes repair and parking boxes for the equipment used for road construction. On the territory of repair boxes the collection bins for malfunctioning parts shall be positioned: metal boxes for oily parts, tanks for damaged tires and other plastics and rubber parts, the waste is removed from the territory by the local services on a contract basis. Plastic reservoirs will be provided for altered oils and other residual oil products, the neutralization and removal of which from the territory shall be the responsibility of the contractor. In order to avoid the risk of contamination of soil and water by oil products, the parking lot area shall be processed and storm water collection system shall be provided. There is a risk of pollution of storm water with weighted substances and oil products so the oil holder shall be installed for storm water.

188 The amount of storm water shall be carried out according to the following formula: Q=10  F H K

Where: Q - Volume of the storm water m3/day (m3/year) F -Area in ha H –Precipitation amount in mm, obtained based on the reference sources. K-Coefficient depending on cover type Calculation of the purification facility shall be conducted according to the volume of the storm water. The facility arrangement is subject to the following statutory requirements documents:– Law of Georgia on Water; – 496–77 "Provisional regulations for the design of surface wastewater treatment facilities" – СНиП 2.11.04.–85 –„underground storage facilities for oil, oil products and liquid gas”; Order N1-1 / 2935 of the Minister of Economic Development of Georgia dated December 8, 2008 "on approval of petrol stations and filling complexes safety rules". Selection of the camp location and size is the contractor's prerogative and responsibility, but it is necessary to take into consideration the workers' interaction with the environment and the local population. During the facility operation is the following categories of waste expected to be produced: • Household garbage; • Office waste (paper, cartridges, lamps, etc.); • Packaging (wood, paper, etc.); • Oily cloths, filters, absorbent pads; • Oil-contaminated soil; • Polymer residues; • Medical waste. The household garbage amount originated during the operation of the plant depends on the number of personnel. According to preliminary data, more than 200 people will be employed. According to the accepted norms, each year each worker will produce 0.70 m3 of household rubbish. Consequently, the annual amount of household waste will be: 0.70 * 200 = 140 m3. Closed containers shall be installed for household waste at the facility. The waste removal and disposal shall be provided by the municipal cleaning service on the basis of the contract. Oily waste and other hazardous waste are temporarily placed in the factory area according to the environmental and hygienic requirements, and then transferred to the collecting 189 organization, with appropriate environmental permit for processing/disposal/rendering harmless of such waste. Wood packaging will be delivered to the local population for future use. Management and monitoring of waste generated in the facility (classification, inventory, segregation, collection, storage, transfer and transport) shall be carried out in accordance with the principles, procedures and rules described in Annex 3.

Quantitative assessments and mitigation measures related to water supply and sewerage construction for the camp and car service (the model) are provided in the Annex 2.

The construction camp waste management plan is presented in Appendix 1. The following is a summary of it. The following categories of waste are expected to be generated during the facility operation: • Household garbage; • Office waste (paper, cartridges, lamps, etc.); • Packaging (wood, paper, etc.); • Oily cloths, filters, absorbent pads; • Oil-contaminated soil; • Polymer residues; • Medical waste. The household garbage amount originated during the operation of the plant depends on the number of personnel. According to preliminary data, more than 200 people will be employed. According to the accepted norms, each year each worker will produce 0.70 m3 of household rubbish. Consequently, the annual amount of household waste will be: 0.70 * 200 = 140 m3. Closed containers shall be installed for household waste at the facility. The waste removal and disposal shall be provided by the municipal cleaning service on the basis of the contract. Oily waste and other hazardous waste are temporarily placed in the factory area according to the environmental and hygienic requirements, and then transferred to the collecting organization, with appropriate environmental permit for processing/disposal/rendering harmless of such waste. Wood packaging will be delivered to the local population for future use. Management and monitoring of waste generated in the facility (classification, inventory, segregation, collection, storage, transfer and transport) shall be carried out in accordance with the principles, procedures and rules described in Annex 7.

8.1.1.12. Summary

190 The Construction contractor's obligation to comply with environmental management requirements, which are described in this EIA, should be included in the contract provisions (eg. The EIA or EMP may only be attached to the contract and become an integral part). The construction contractor shall appoint a specialist on environmental issues, environmental management and implementation of the contractor's plan (based on the present EMP) with more detailed descriptions of activities (schedule, staff involved, the necessary resources and so forth.). The compensation program for the cut down trees is to be designed after the final specification and inventory of trees in the corridor of the construction under the agreement with the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources Protection of Georgia. Only legally registered providers with appropriate permits and licenses should be used. This applies to operators of quarries and other construction materials suppliers. The verification of compliance of the specifications of the permits and licenses is the only method that will be available for the project to mitigate the supplier-related impacts. If the construction company decides to use its own quarries, the appropriate license from the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources shall be obtained. Building contractors can make a decision, to install the concrete mixing plant for the project concrete production. Preparation of a separate EIA is not required for the concrete plant, but the industry and concrete project-related activities must comply with the technical regulations.

8.1.2. Mitigation of impacts associated with long-term operation Here we want to consider the mitigation measures to be implemented in the operational stage. The majority of these measures (mainly repair and maintenance work) must be carried out by the Department of Roads using the state budget funds, loans, grants and other financial sources.

Erosion and control of stability of the land and planting trees The Department of Roads to ensure the continuous control of erosion and the land stability and permanent monitoring of landscape restoration when the construction works have been completed, as well as timely provided corrective actions. Corrective actions include, but are not limited to anti-erosion measures and maintenance of drainage systems’ (berms, vegetation, etc.) use as needed.

Roadside litter and fuel contamination The Department of Roads to coordinate with local government agencies and private companies activities and provides support facilities and services for the proper installation and operation of the services (fuel stations, waste management services).

191

Emissions into the air, and noise pollution during the repair works The Department of Roads to involve the environment protection positions in the maintenance contracts and carry out the monitoring of their performance

Greening Considering the long-term perspective the Department of Roads to plan the development of the roadside zone policies along the entire route of the highway visual and aesthetic, as well as emissions screening aspects to be taken into consideration

Fauna protection The impact associated with waste due to exploitation of the road is permanent in nature, but it can be partially mitigated by the following measures:  Construction of underpasses for small animals;  Arrangement of boxes for bats compensate for the destroyed building sand cut trees  Use of modern sewage treatment systems for removal of effluent discharge.

Prevention and mitigation of traffic and transport-related emergencies, which can lead to leakage of toxic materials, damage to health or death. Emergency preparedness –the Department of Roads in cooperation with the Ministry of Internal Affairs (Department of Emergency Management) provides the appropriate legislative basis designing and development of the response plans in case of emergency situations related to hazardous materials transportation. The system of the measures may include, but is not limited to the following:

Development and implementation of the security measures and emergency response plan for the accidental spill caused extensive damage; - Establishment of separate routes for hazardous materials carrier transport; - Regulations of shipping of poisonous materials in order to reduce the risk; - A ban on the transportation of poisonous waste in an environmentally sensitive area. The above measures and plans to be develop in accordance with the Law of Georgia on the "hazardous substances" and the Ministry of Environmental Protection standards, "the use of chemical substances, transportation, storage and use." Standards of other countries can also be used as reference material (eg. Russian Minister of Transport Order No. 73, issued on 08.08.1995, changed in 1999).

Avoiding spreading of human, animal and plant diseases

192 The Customs Service, and the National Centre for Disease Control and Food Safety, Veterinary and Plant Protection of the Ministry of Agriculture are responsible for the avoidance of human, animal and plant diseases, which can be observed in case of movement of people and transportation of castle.

8.2. Monitoring and enforcement Institutional framework of the EMP implementation Construction contractor is obliged to ensure EMP implementation and construction using good practice. To fulfil these obligations the contractor must have at least one environmental specialist, who fully understands the EMP recommendations and proposed mitigation measures and professionally involves thereof in daily activities. The technical supervisor appointed by the Department of Roads is obliged to ensure supervision in the field of work and of the construction area, as well as to ensure conformance with the design, implementation of quality works. The technical supervisor is also authorized to follow the execution of the EMP by the contractor in case of detecting any deviation from the proposed measures, as well as in any emergencies or unforeseen environmental issues identified in the works at any stage. The Department of Roads will ensure compliance with the environmental terms at the expense of quality work of the technical supervisor and the general contractor. The Department of Roads also interacts with the World Bank, provides all the environmental information exchange, as well as the environmental supervision by the World Bank. The Environmental Protection Inspectorate has no obligation to monitor the routine, but it has the authority to carry out the inspection of the environmental permits required for the operation of quarries and the availability of licenses.

EMP performance reporting The contractor through the environmental specialist will prepare monthly reports on the performance of the EMP. These reports should include information on the main types of the activities, which were carried out during the reporting period, any cleaning / permits / licenses, which became necessary in this work for mitigation measures, as well as with suppliers, local authorities, affected communities in its relations with emerging environmental issues and so forth. The contractor’s monthly reports must be submitted to the technical supervisor and the Department of Roads. The technical supervisor prepares monthly reports on the implementation of the EMP and the implementation of environmental requirements by the contractor. These reports should be based on the contractor's reports and analysis of their contents. Technical

193 supervisor assess how accurate the factual information given in the contractor's report is, fill in the gaps and assess the adequacy of mitigation measures used by the contractor. Technical supervisor indicates to any discrepancy with the EMP, highlights the pressing issues raised by the contractor and suggests corrective actions. The Department of Roads will ensure that the monthly reports of the contractors and the technical supervisor on the implementation of the EMP and the environmental activities are submitted to the Department of environmental specialists on a timely basis after their acceptance at the Department of Roads. The Department through the environmental specialists submits quarterly reports on the environmental compliance of the works. Such reports shall contain information on all the identified violations and the measures taken to eliminate such violations. The Department of Roads will inform the World Bank about important environmental issues at any time, regardless the regular reporting schedule.

Improvement of EMP shortcomings The Department of Roads, as a client of the construction works, will be responsible for the observance of the contract provisions by the contractor which includes the implementation of the EMP. In case of insignificant violations which lead to temporary, but reversible damage, the contractor will be given 48 hours to rectify the problem and restore the environment. If the restoration work is satisfactory for that period of time, other measures will not be applied. If the situation cannot be remedied within this period, the Department of Roads will hire another contractor to perform the restoration work, and subtracts the value of these works from the next payment of the contractor. For significant violation which would result in long-term or irreversible damage, a financial penalty is foreseen in the amount of 1% of the contract price in addition to the cost of the restoration works.

Institutional capabilities of the Department of Roads There is the Environment Division within the Technical Policy Department of the Department of Roads. Currently, in addition to the head of the department, two environmental specialists are employed there who have been provided with the professional training at the World Bank's technical assistance in the framework of the Road Department. Current environmental opportunities of the Department of Roads requires further enhancement in order to ensure full compliance with the environmental provisions within the frameworks of the project. While the control of the quality of daily works shall be assigned to the engineering supervisor of the works, the Department of Roads must have adequate staff to ensure the technical supervision of the work and to develop solutions to the issues that might be triggered by the supervisor against the Department of Roads.

194 8.3. The cost of implementing The cost of environmental activities, related to construction activities, should be included in the contract on construction. The construction contractor must take into account the cost of cutting down of 10 hectares of forest. At the same time, STDs has to negotiate the forest compensation program with the Ministry of Environment. Compensation cost is included in the EMP budget. Additional archaeological studies may be required for the construction permit. The relevant costs should be considered in the construction budget. Some of the costs are anticipated related to the EIA and EMP public consultations. They will be cover by the Department of Roads. In case of the damage of the "Red List" species compensation planting ratio of 1:10 should be provided for such species, so that, instead of 1 cut down tree 10 trees should be planted. Certain costs are associated with hiring of environmental and health professionals, and amounts to about 60 000 GEL each year.

195 8.4. Environmental Management Plan (matrix) Construction Phase

Responsibility on Responsibility on Impacts Sections Mitigation measures/values Period performance monitoring Road widening and Prior starting the land Construction Department of The destruction of the the sites of After accurately setting out the cleaning activities contractor Roads natural landscape insignificant corridor, prior the land clearing (relief, soil, vegetation, corrections on the workssome preliminary research Environment ecosystems, habitats route will be carried out to avoid damage protection and wildlife) in the to the fauna (inspection of bats During the excavation inspection2 route corridor. dwellings; checking the nests within the corridor). Development of planting Activities: land plan prior to construction. clearing, soil removal 10 ha of forest is to be cut down. The commencement of the and excavation The compensation programhas been implementation till agreed with the Ministry of accomplishment Environment. From clearing up the land Sticks will be left in holes or till its restoration trenches to enable small mammals to get out.

Soil humus layer (topsoil) storage described below will be implemented in practice, and will be used for restoration and greening purpose.

2Environment protection inspectorate has no obligation to conduct a routine monitoring, but it has the authority to inspect the fulfillment of the provisions of the Environemnt Impact Permit and the existence of the licenses for exploitation of quarries when required.

196 Responsibility on Responsibility on Impacts Sections Mitigation measures/values Period performance monitoring

In case of cutting down Red listed species (oak) the compensation planting will be applied in the ratio of 1:10;

Camps; Preliminary research in order to Prior starting the land Department of The destruction of the avoid damage on the flora and cleaning activities The design and Roads natural landscape quarries: fauna; construction (relief, soil, vegetation, (e.g. Dzindza grove) During the excavation company Environment ecosystems, habitats If it is impossible to avoid impact on protection and wildlife) access Waste disposal areas, flora, rare or protected species, the From clearing up the land inspection roads, quarries, waste construction camps program of planting should be till its restoration disposal areas, and equipment yards planned and implemented; construction camps After completion of the and equipment yards. Sticks will be left in holes or construction works trenches to enable small mammals to get out.

Topsoil storage Development of planting plan prior to construction.

197 Responsibility on Responsibility on Impacts Sections Mitigation measures/values Period performance monitoring The commencement of the Topsoil (topsoil) storage practice implementation till described below will be accomplishment implemented in practice, and the stored topsoil will be used for at the time of restoration and greening;

The plan of planting will be developed and implemented;

Rivers of the River Coastal Protection and gabion dam during construction Construction Department of Lateral erosion of the Dzindza basin project is involved in the design contractor Roads river bank documents. Construction of protective facilities according to the Environment project. Project protection inspection

198 Responsibility on Responsibility on Impacts Sections Mitigation measures/values Period performance monitoring Temporary or permanent erosion during construction Construction Department of The erosion activated Throughout the control measures will be taken contractor Roads by new road grooves entire section of the according to the detailed design and temporary fill of road (temporary drainage, bio-mattress Environment the natural drainage or geo-textile coverings, berms, protection with sediments. etc.). inspection The following measures will be Erosion of the soil implemented to mitigate the impact under the road of sediment: embankment due to - Land transportation only in dry concentrated periods; - protection of the most vulnerable soil areas using mulching - Drainage channels protection using berms, straw or fabric barriers; -Sediment catchment installation. Mitigate the erosion caused by the construction of the following measures: Proper size rain water channels shall be constructed;

- Drainage pipes will be designed to avoid the cascading effect; -With alternate drainage structures; will be provided; - The surface of the water intake

199 Responsibility on Responsibility on Impacts Sections Mitigation measures/values Period performance monitoring should be lined with stone and concrete.

Increased suspended River Dzindza during construction Construction Department of sediment in the Mitigation strategy: temporary contractor Roads erosion affected rivers, control anti-erosion measures to construction sites and avoid erosion, such as temporary Environment new sections of road, drainage, sediment temporary protection inert materials and collection and temporary ponds inspection waste disposal sites; and so forth. Deterioration of water - Protecting the vulnerable quality and sediment surfaces by a cloth; increase - Arrangement of deterrent ponds in order to reduce the volume of sediment prior discharging into water facilities.

Loss of topsoil due to Throughout the The contractor will carry out the during construction: from Construction Department of improper storage. entire route: at the following: the time of obtaining of the contractor Roads Construction work will sections of the road - removal of soil humus layer in 15 topsoil till completing the affect the topsoil, cm depth and storage in piles, with restoration Environment which is rich in a height not exceeding 2 m, and the protection substances necessary slope - 1: 2 inspection i

200 Responsibility on Responsibility on Impacts Sections Mitigation measures/values Period performance monitoring for plants and crops. -Soil humus layer distribution to preserve its physical, chemical and biological properties. - The stored topsoil will be used in the affected areas and the proposed planting sites; - Monitoring of the soil humus layer piles and in case of discovering any negative conditioned carrying out any corrective measures, such as: • anaerobic conditions – overturning the piles or making ventilation holes in the piles; • Erosion - temporary protective silt barriers around the piles. Soil and surface water Soil - throughout the The contractor shall ensure: during construction Construction Department of contamination by oil, entire route: - preparation of response contractor Roads lubricants, fuel and procedures in case of spills and paint in the corridor, at River Dzindza submitting the plan to the Environment the bridges and Department of Roads for approval; protection equipment yards as a - Training of the construction inspection result of the personnel in fuel treatment and construction activities control procedures in case of and operation of the spilling; construction - Keeping hazardous substances equipment; stored in sealed plastic sheet on the piles, at least 100 meters from water

201 Responsibility on Responsibility on Impacts Sections Mitigation measures/values Period performance monitoring Materials used in the facilities. Hazardous waste should construction are not be stored in the following potential sources of places: contamination.  Within 100 meters from the Incorrect storage, River Rioni or the valley treatment as well as banks; potential leakage of • within 50 meters from residential fuel, lubricants, areas, cultural or archaeological chemical and sites; hazardous materials • in ecologically sensitive zones 1,2 can harm the 3 and 4a: environment and health of the - During the fuelling procedures at construction workers. the construction sites the use of absorbent pads and / or straw in order to minimize spills. - These pads and straw will be arranged before the start of fuelling. Risk of contamination of groundwater and surface water will be eliminated or reduced in case of immediate removal of contaminated soil. Contaminated soil and adsorbents shall be removed, it stored and processed as hazardous waste. Notification of a major spill will be sent to the relevant person in charge, work

202 Responsibility on Responsibility on Impacts Sections Mitigation measures/values Period performance monitoring will be suspended until the elimination of the risk of contamination. Fuelling will be always implemented using the proper equipment (eg. nozzles of relevant size) and only by experienced and qualified persons.

203

Construction waste alongside the corridor: Construction areas The plan for disposition of Mobilization stage Project and Traffic redundant inert waste and Construction Department - Redundant ground and stones, broken stones to be evaluated and Company structure, packaging and others. implemented if necessary Environmental During the Construction Inspection - Damaged asphalt surface; construction contractor Maintenance of disposition - Concrete and metal constructions. of waste agreed with local administration;

Delivery of redundant

stones to local population

that are remained after use;

Disposition of any wasted at the nearest garbage dump agreed with local administration. Primary goal is to avoid the damage of valuable landscape or soil or other ecologically vulnerable element.

Damaged asphalt surface During the should be used repeatedly. construction

Damaged metal constructions should be Mobilization phase junked. and construction stage

204

Personnel involved in disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous waste will attend the special training in following fields: - Disposal with waste;

- Deactivation of waste;

And

- Storage of waste.

Burn of any type of waste at construction site is prohibited except the felled timber, bush chips and small sized branches as it is better to burn the above mentioned exceptions in order to avoid the formation of parasites.

Emission of structural transport and Alongside all way - The level of emission of During the Construction Traffic equipment causing the air pollution all construction construction contractor Department Villages alongside transport and equipment the road should satisfy the standards of Georgia. - Any crusher and concrete plant should be

205 situated outside the populated area. - The schedule, standards and terms of care for engine maintenance will

be observed.

- All transport mean and plant will be protected so that the emissions would not cause the inconvenience for workers and local population. - Systematic care of diesel engines will be maintained in order to achieve the minimization of emission, for example, cleaning of injectors. Routine care should correspond with high standards in order to ensure the safety of transport means and minimization of emissions. - Fuel up of transport mean will be accomplished so that to avoid the remained

206 emissions of volatile organic compounds into the fuel nozzles and pumps by the use of covered reservoir (opened containers should not be used for fuel storage). Dust formation at the sites of construction, All over the route - All measures for dust During the Construction Traffic warehouses designed for materials and level decrease shoed be construction contractor Department driveways. carried out through Villages alongside splashing the water from Dust is ghe discomfort causing the the road asphalt laying machine disturbance of environment and influencing and mobile crushers and the health of workers and local population other retention measures. - During dry weather the transport means used for transportation of inert materials will be covered by tarpaulin. Construction sites and local ways will be irrigated in accordance with necessity. - The workers will be maintained with necessary equipment, in particular, at quarries, during the stone crushing procedures.

207 - Use of specific routes during the shipment and restriction of movement speed through relevant planning of movement management. - Roofing of the areas of warehousing of construction materials.

Pollution caused by the noise of transport Villages alongside Using of mufflers for During the Construction Traffic means in populated settlements that are the road equipment. construction contractor Department crossed by highway, especially in urban Routine care should territories and densely populated villages. correspond with high Local noise standards in order to ensure the safety of transport means and minimization of

emissions. All plants used in place will be checked systematically in order to maintain their good order and decrease the level of the noise. Night works should be restricted nearby the populated areas.

Creation of reproduction habitat for disease All over the route Removal of all puddles till During the Construction Traffic transmitter vector - mosquitoes, in spring. Restoration of relief construction contractor Department particular, puddles at sunny places. and landscape.

208 Mentioned puddles can be formed at opened and closed quarries thus creating the advantageous conditions for mosquitoes and other disease transmitter vectors.

Influence upon archaeological sites and All over the route Continuous monitoring Prior to initiation of Archaeologist Traffic excavations Especially the during the works of soil construction; from CAS Department region of village cleaning and excavations. Zarzma During the Construction Ministry of Suspension of construction construction contractor Culture works in case of archeologically discovery. Urgent archaeological works will be carried out rill renovation of construction works.

Construction of excavation sites

Repeated biological pollution caused during All over the route Continuous monitoring of During the Construction Traffic soil works near the sites of burial ground the works of soil cleaning construction contractor Department and disease areas (for example, non- and excavations. Suspension registered burial ground of anthrax) of works in case of archaeological discovery. Notification of local veterinary department. Veterinary proceeding till the renovation of works.

209

Hazardous conditions for driving on roads Villages alongside Placement of corresponding During the Construction Traffic where the local roads are crossed by the the road marks and safety signs on construction contractor Department construction roads including the illumination. Instructions for drivers

Final restoration and long-termed anti All over the route At all construction sites Construction Traffic erosion measures (except the sites where the contractor Department road and auxiliary infrastructure should be constructed) the restoration of primary conditions should be accomplished (relief, topsoil, vegetable cover), as for enhancement of highway deforestation of small quantity of bushes is required, preservation of topsoil is also quite enough for restoration of natural vegetable cover.

Plan for deforestation of trees and Forests Program of compensation To be implemented Construction Traffic compensation program planting should be agreed prior to initiation of contractor Department with the Ministry of construction; Environment. Our proposal is 1:10 (planting of 10 trees instead of 1 cut tree) in To be implemented regard of the species after completion

210 inserted into the Red List and proportion 1:2 in regard of the species that are not included into the Red List. Procedures of removal of the species protected by the Red List from the natural environment and withdraw of land spots from the forestry funds should be observed.

Risks of accidents related with movement of All over the route - - Placement of Construction Traffic transport that can cause the leakage of corresponding marks and contractor Department poisonous substances, activation of safety signs on roads explosive, damage or disposal of life (see the including the Environmental Assessment Sourcebook of illumination. World Bank, section of “management of Instructions for drivers; hazardous materials) (see the section in - Elaboration and regard of “social health and safety”) implementation of the plan for security measures in regard of the damage caused as the result of accidental leakage and responses to accidental situations; - Assignment of special routes for transportation of hazardous materials;

211 - Regulation of construction transport in order not to hinder the ordinary traffic; - Prohibition of transportation of poisonous waste to ecologically vulnerable regions and settlements. Quarries Presumably the Inert materials will be During the Construction Traffic Exploitation of quarries for construction of groves of the river obtained from existed construction contractor Department road embankments, bridge driveways, with Dzindza quarries equipped with the risk of potential lost and degradation of relevant license. Control Environmental land of validity term of the Inspection license (license is issued Potential influence of increased utilization by the Ministry of of quarries on fish fauna, ground water and Environment and landscape Natural Resources of Georgia indicating the exploitation limits and restoration obligations). In case of Satchorpeno, new quarries will be opened and relevant licenses will be obtained through the Ministry of Exegetics and Natural Resources of Georgia. Measures for conservation of soil will be carried out.

212 After closure of quarry the restoration of the soil should be implemented in accordance with the terms of the license. Control of movement of transport means of quarries. Crossing of water objects, leakage of oil or fuel should be avoided, the order of the transport mean should be verified.

Asphalt – concrete plant The place of plant Contract should be drawn During the Construction Traffic situation up only with the license construction contractor Department holder supplier having the necessary environmental permissions.

In case the construction contractor decides to mount and use its own plants, it should prepare the evaluation of environmental influence and obtain the permit on influence on environment.

213

Construction camps Camps - Best practice on waste During the Construction Traffic Potential influence related with disposal for construction construction contractor Department construction and use of camps can be camps (see the summarized as follows: attachment N 7) Environmental - Removal of vegetable cover during the - The project will be Inspection construction of camps; implemented in accordance with the - Potential damage of topsoil; standards and regulations indicated in - Pollution related with fuel storage and the point 8.1.1.13 fuel up; - Construction workers should be accommodated - Pollution related with sewage system; in the rented residences in nearby villages. In - Waste management. case of arrangement of big camps and residence

zone the sewerage system should be constructed in accordance with relevant standards - The measures for evasion of pollution: relevant arrangement of fuel up, waste management; - Preservation of humus layer of the soil through observation of relevant terms; - Restoration of humus

214 layer and vegetable cover of the soil.

Exploitation phase

Responsibility for Responsibility for Influences Zones Measures / values of mitigation Period implementation monitoring Long-termed degradation Camps, Restoration of landscape up to Completion of Construction contractor Traffic Department of landscape (relief, soil, quarries; natural condition (in possible construction vegetable cover, extent). Restoration of landscape and works Environmental ecological systems, vegetable cover, planting of LLong-termed Inspection habitats and wildlife) at greenery, mitigation of visual perspective - Traffic driveways, quarries, influence, restoration of sections up Department waste disposal spots, to initial condition in possible extent. construction camps and yards of equipments.

Erosive processes of the All over the Mitigation strategy: Construction Construction contractor Traffic Department road activated through route Long-termed correction; stage; new sections of the roads Restoration of landscape and relief; Environmental and temporary filling of Mounting of long-termed drainage After Long-termed Inspection natural drainage roads systems and anti-erosion

215 Responsibility for Responsibility for Influences Zones Measures / values of mitigation Period implementation monitoring with sediments. constructions. construction perspective - Traffic Erosion of the ground - Restoration of relief, soil and completion Department under the road vegetable cover; embankment due to concentrated flow from - Continuous implementation of closed and opened monitoring and long-termed drainages. drainage systems;

Nature of influence: - Installation of sediment collector; Long-termed planting of greenery on erosive surface in possibly short term;

Alteration of relief, - Placement of drainage pipes in drainage conditions can order to avoid the cascade effect; cause slow but stable activation of erosion - Incrustation of receiver surface with stone and concrete;

- Long-termed monitoring and care

Partition of landscape by New sections - Preservation and/or restoration of Construction Construction contractor Traffic Department embankments and deep of roads roadside foliage; stage; sections, inert materials - Integration with landscape during Environmental and quarries. Injured the architectural projecting; Further care of Long-termed Inspection landscape (partition of - Planting of greenery on construction; perspective - Traffic road by section, activated partitioned surface. Department landslides and others)

216 Responsibility for Responsibility for Influences Zones Measures / values of mitigation Period implementation monitoring Increased weighted Riv. Dzindza Mitigation strategy: Construction contractor Traffic Department sediments in the rivers Long-termed correction; being under the influence Restoration of landscape and relief; Environmental of erosion mounting of long-termed drainage Long-termed Inspection At construction sites and systems and anti-erosion perspective - Traffic new sections of the roads; constructions; restoration of soil and Department At the places of vegetation cover. placement of inert materials and waste; Planting of greenery on erosive Deterioration of the surface in possibly short term. quality of water and increase of sediment

Nature of influence: Long-termed

Alteration of relief, drainage conditions of the soil and cleaning of ground can cause slow but stable activation of erosion

Pollution of soil and All over the Installation of petroleum catcher at After LLong-termed Traffic Department water with petroleum, route large bridges (bridge N 1 and bridge N construction perspective - Traffic lubricants, fuel and paints 2); completion Department alongside the highway Maintenance of standard filling stations and repair workshops on

217 Responsibility for Responsibility for Influences Zones Measures / values of mitigation Period implementation monitoring highway. Air pollution during the All over the Implementation and exploitation of During repair Traffic Department Traffic Department repair works carried out route the equipment for air pollution works supervises the activity in mobile plants of control of contractor asphalt conducting the repair works Air pollution caused by Villages - Monitoring of emissions related Construction contractor Ministry of the traffic in populated alongside the with air quality and movement Environment territories intersected by road (including the verification of the highway, especially emission of transport means); Long-termed in urban settlements and - Implementation of the policy and perspective - Traffic densely populated norms for restriction of traffic Department villages. related emissions (standards for Local dust quality of fuel and etc.); - Observation of schedule and standards for engine care (or use of alternative fuel) in order to decrease the air pollution; - Planting of greenery at roadside villages in order to protect them from emission influence and mitigate the above mentioned processes.

Pollution caused by the Roadside - high non-conductor walls – made Construction contractor Ministry of noise of the traffic in villages from wood or stone/brick; Environment populated territories - Observation of the schedules and intersected by the standards for engine care; Long-termed

218 Responsibility for Responsibility for Influences Zones Measures / values of mitigation Period implementation monitoring highway, especially in - Planting of greenery at roadside perspective - Traffic urban settlements and villages in order to protect them Department densely populated from emission influence and villages. mitigate the above mentioned processes; - Improvement of management of public transport and traffic.

Roadway garbage All over the - Arrangement of placement Local administration Traffic Department route infrastructure; and traffic department - Support of anti-garbage laws and will ensure the relevant Environmental norms. structure, whereas the Inspection - regional services of the Ministry of Environment Protection will maintain the supervision for conformity with standards Formation of movement All over the Formation of sanitary service for During the Customs services, Traffic Department routs for vectors causing route plants and animals and control of exploitation Inspection of Sanitary human and animal corresponding regions (not within the Supervision of the disease. Formation of locally provided project, but for Ministry of Healthcare corridor for diseases, control of whole highway) and National Service of parasites, plural weeds Food Safety, Veterinary and other undesirable and Plant Protection of transmitter organisms the Ministry of Agriculture

219 Responsibility for Responsibility for Influences Zones Measures / values of mitigation Period implementation monitoring

Danger against health All over the Influence for the highway asphalted During the Traffic Department Traffic Department formed by traffic and route at minimum extent. Control of the exploitation transmitted by transport dust can be carried out by water splashing.

Hampering the route Villages Arrangement of nodes (approximately During the Construction contractor Traffic Department from home to cornfield, alongside the at every 3rd km) has mitigated the projecting increase of travel time road above mentioned potential influence. Please see the action plan for settlement

Risk of accidents related All over the Implementation of legislation or During the Ministry of Traffic Department with transport movement route regulation of transportation of exploitation Environment that can cause the leakage hazardous materials and formation of Protection of poisonous substances, law execution mechanism. activation of explosives, Maintenance of readiness for accident Ministry of Internal damage or disposal of life situations, preparation of sectoral Affairs (see the Environmental (Traffic Department) and national Assessment Sourcebook plans for respond to accident Traffic Department of World Bank, section of situations in regard of natural and “management of technogeneous dangers (prepared in hazardous materials) (see 2006 year by the Ministry of Internal the section in regard of Affairs); “social health and safety”)  Implementation and realization of safety measures, implementation of Traffic accidents caused the response plans for accident by the increased traffic situation for localization of damages

220 Responsibility for Responsibility for Influences Zones Measures / values of mitigation Period implementation monitoring caused at the result of accidental leakages;  Implementation of special rout for transportation of hazardous materials;  Regulation of transportation of poisonous substances in order to decrease the danger;  Prohibition of the transportation of poisonous substances through ecologically sensitive areas.

221 8.5. Plan for monitoring of environment protection (matrix)

Construction phase

How? Why? (Method of When? (The reason for What? Where? parameter (The time for conduction of (parameters for which the (the place of monitoring monitoring of parameter Responsible Phase monitoring of Value monitoring should be carried parameter conduction. – measurement organization parameter out) monitoring) /type of frequency or (response is not monitoring systematically) obligatory)) means/?) Delivery of Official confirmation or valid Supplier of Verification Before the signature of Observation of Not Operator of materials license materials the agreement on the applicab plant; (asphalt, delivery of materials requirements of le concrete and health care Construction gravel) contractor;

Supervisory Agency of Traffic Department Transporta Trucks should be covered and Construction site Supervision Verification carried out Maintenance of Minimu Construction tion of moistened. Dust and diffusion and driveway during the working observation of m contractor ; materials related with transportation of hours without the inserted in materials preliminary notification requirements of in the Supervisory accordance health care. contract Agency of with Observation of on Traffic schedule safety and supervis Department and decrease of ion

222 How? Why? (Method of When? (The reason for What? Where? parameter (The time for conduction of (parameters for which the (the place of monitoring monitoring of parameter Responsible Phase monitoring of Value monitoring should be carried parameter conduction. – measurement organization parameter out) monitoring) /type of frequency or (response is not monitoring systematically) obligatory)) means/?) determined obstacles for rout traffic.

Stage of Preservation of topsoil. Construction site Supervision Periodic (verification Compliance Minimu Construction topsoil Restoration. Control of carried out during the with m contractor; removal. erosion. Disposal of landscape; working hours without construction inserted Final visual influences. prior notification); since standards, in the Supervisory restoration topsoil removal till environment contract Agency of completion of works norms and on Traffic standards of supervis Department environment ion management plan Constructi Noise level; equipment Construction site Verification Periodically (at an Maintenance of Minimu Construction on works ; average once in a observation of m contractor; monitoring month); the inserted of requirements of in the Supervisory compliance health care. contract Agency of (engine Only in case of claims Good order of on Traffic care, use of construction supervis Department silencers, equipment and ion limitation limitation of Ministry of of work at works nearby Environmen

223 How? Why? (Method of When? (The reason for What? Where? parameter (The time for conduction of (parameters for which the (the place of monitoring monitoring of parameter Responsible Phase monitoring of Value monitoring should be carried parameter conduction. – measurement organization parameter out) monitoring) /type of frequency or (response is not monitoring systematically) obligatory)) means/?) night and the populated t Protection other areas till the requiremen necessary Supervisory ts of activities is the Agency environmen only effective t way for noise managemen control t plan)

Equipment for noise measureme nt Constructi Vibration Construction site Supervision Previously Maintenance of Minimu Construction on works uncoordinated observation of m contractor; verification; keeping the inserted claims requirements of in the Supervisory health care. contract Agency on supervis ion

224 How? Why? (Method of When? (The reason for What? Where? parameter (The time for conduction of (parameters for which the (the place of monitoring monitoring of parameter Responsible Phase monitoring of Value monitoring should be carried parameter conduction. – measurement organization parameter out) monitoring) /type of frequency or (response is not monitoring systematically) obligatory)) means/?) Constructi Dust and air pollution (solid At construction Visually During the supply of Maintenance of Minimu Construction on works particles, weighted solid site and nearby materials and observation of m contractor; particles, volatile solid metal periodically at the the inserted particles) distance of construction requirements of in the Supervisory during the dry season health care. contract Agency of Compliance on Traffic with norms and supervis Department requirements of ion envrionment protection During the Traffic safety / transport / Construction site Observation At evenings on weekly Maintenance of Minimu Construction whole visibility of driveways for basis compliance m contractor; period of pedestrians / relevant signs inserted constructio in the Supervisory n contract Agency of on Traffic supervis Department ion During the Storage, disposal and use of Places for storage Observation During the delivery of Maintenance of Minimu Construction whole materials and waste/ Quality of materials and materials and decrease of m contractor; period of of water and soil (weighted waste; flow from periodically during the pollution; inserted constructio solid particles, petroleum and section; places construction phase (at compliance with in the Supervisory n etc.). for storage of average once a week), construction contract Agency of

225 How? Why? (Method of When? (The reason for What? Where? parameter (The time for conduction of (parameters for which the (the place of monitoring monitoring of parameter Responsible Phase monitoring of Value monitoring should be carried parameter conduction. – measurement organization parameter out) monitoring) /type of frequency or (response is not monitoring systematically) obligatory)) means/?) materials; especially during the standards, on Traffic washed out atmosphere precipitation norms of supervis Department territory (rain/snow/others).M environment ion protection and requirements of environment protection plan During the Waste disposal All construction Observation On weekly basis Maintenance of Minimu Construction whole sites, camps decrease of m contractor; period of pollution; inserted constructio compliance with in the Supervisory n construction contract Agency of standards, on Traffic norms of supervis Department environment ion protection and requirements of environment protection plan During the Care for equipment and fuel Infrastructure Observation During the delivery of Maintenance of Minimu Construction whole up. Quality of water and soil for fuel up and materials and decrease of m contractor; period of (weighted solid particles, equipment care; periodically during the pollution inserted constructio petroleum, fuel and etc.). flow from sector; construction phase (at in the Supervisory

226 How? Why? (Method of When? (The reason for What? Where? parameter (The time for conduction of (parameters for which the (the place of monitoring monitoring of parameter Responsible Phase monitoring of Value monitoring should be carried parameter conduction. – measurement organization parameter out) monitoring) /type of frequency or (response is not monitoring systematically) obligatory)) means/?) n places for average once a week), contract Agency of material storage especially during the on Traffic atmosphere precipitation supervis Department ion During the Influence o archaeological Each section for Observation Permanent / daily Maintenance of Minimal Construction whole sites and excavations implementation protection of contractor; period of of land works cultural heritage Supervisory constructio Agency n During the Repeated biological pollution Each section for Observation Permanent / daily Maintenance of Minimu Field officer whole during the land works and implementation health care m of period of nearby the buried pocket of of land works inserted construction; constructio infection (for example, in the n anthrax) contract Supervisory on Agency of supervis Traffic ion Department; Veterinary department During the Protection of infrastructural Intersections of Observation At the relevant sites Maintenance of Minimu Construction whole elements power during the construction protection of m contractor; period of transmitter lines infrastructure inserted

227 How? Why? (Method of When? (The reason for What? Where? parameter (The time for conduction of (parameters for which the (the place of monitoring monitoring of parameter Responsible Phase monitoring of Value monitoring should be carried parameter conduction. – measurement organization parameter out) monitoring) /type of frequency or (response is not monitoring systematically) obligatory)) means/?) constructio and pipelines in the Supervisory n contract Agency of on Traffic supervis Department ion During the Program of compensating Places Observation During the construction Reimbursement Minimu Construction constructio planting of greenery coordinated with of the loss m contractor; n the Ministry of caused to flora inserted Environmental and fauna in the Supervisory Protection contract Agency of on Traffic supervis Department ion Ministry of Environmen tal Protection During the Restoration of construction Construction Observation During the construction, Restoration of Construction constructio sites sites, road routs, at specific sections after those contractor; n quarries, camps the construction construction completion sites that fall Supervisory into the corridor Agency of

228 How? Why? (Method of When? (The reason for What? Where? parameter (The time for conduction of (parameters for which the (the place of monitoring monitoring of parameter Responsible Phase monitoring of Value monitoring should be carried parameter conduction. – measurement organization parameter out) monitoring) /type of frequency or (response is not monitoring systematically) obligatory)) means/?) Traffic Department During the Placement of construction Construction Observation During the construction, Evasion of Construction constructio debris sites, road routs, at specific sections after pollution and contractor; n quarries, camps the construction maintenance of completion landscape Supervisory protection Agency of Traffic Department During the Means of self protection. Construction Verification Previously Maintenance of Minimu Construction whole Issues of healthcare sites uncoordinated compliance with m contractor; period of Arrangement of turnout for verification during the requirements of inserted constructio transport working hours health care in the Supervisory n contract Agency of on Traffic supervis Department ion

Exploitation phase

229 How? When? Why? (Method of (The time for (The reason for What? Where? parameter monitoring of conduction of (parameters for which the (the place of monitoring Responsible Phase parameter – monitoring of Value monitoring should be parameter conduction. organization measurement parameter carried out) monitoring) /type of frequency or (response is not monitoring systematically) obligatory)) means/?) During the whole Long-termed degradation All over the Observation On a quarterly Maintenance of Not Traffic exploitation of natural landscape at route basis protection from applicable Department is process adjacent lines and slopes of erosion, personally the highway. restoration and responsible for Development of landslides, mitigation of engineering pebble-dashed and other visual influence and natural hazardous environmental processes. Visual monitoring influences. Replacement of drainage regime, erosion, degradation of vegetable cover

During the whole Increase of average Nearby the Observation On a quarterly Maintenance of Minimal Field officer of exploitation weighted sediments into rivers basis water protection Traffic process the flows under the Department influence of erosion During the whole Air pollution caused by All over the Observation; Once, before Pollution Minimal exploitation asphalt plants route verification of the initiation decrease process during the repair works technical order of works of the plant During the whole Routine management of All over the Observation On a monthly Waste disposal Minimal Field officer of exploitation waste and pollution; route basis and decrease of Traffic

230 How? When? Why? (Method of (The time for (The reason for What? Where? parameter monitoring of conduction of (parameters for which the (the place of monitoring Responsible Phase parameter – monitoring of Value monitoring should be parameter conduction. organization measurement parameter carried out) monitoring) /type of frequency or (response is not monitoring systematically) obligatory)) means/?) process roadside garbage abd waste Department insignificant pollution by fuel During the whole Air pollution caused by the Nearby the Observation; On a quarterly Decrease of Minimal Ministry of exploitation traffic populated sample taking / / annual basis pollution Environmental process areas analysis Protection During the whole Noise caused by the traffic Nearby the On a quarterly Protection from Minimal Ministry of exploitation populated / annual basis noise and Environmental process areas compliance with Protection requirements of health care During the whole Plants / veterinary / Special Verification of Evasion of disease Minimal Inspection for exploitation sanitary measures points certificates of distribution plant process; loads; protection Especial attention Special during the procedures outburst of plants’ disease and epidemic

During the whole Readiness for accidental Offices for Offices for Annual Readiness for Minimal Ministry of exploitation situations respond to respond to accidental Environmental

231 How? When? Why? (Method of (The time for (The reason for What? Where? parameter monitoring of conduction of (parameters for which the (the place of monitoring Responsible Phase parameter – monitoring of Value monitoring should be parameter conduction. organization measurement parameter carried out) monitoring) /type of frequency or (response is not monitoring systematically) obligatory)) means/?) process accidental accidental situations; rescue Protection situations; situations; operations; Ministry of simulation simulation Internal trainings trainings Decrease of Affairs pollution Traffic Department

232 9. Public Consultations

9.1. Georgian Legislation and Requirements

In April, 2000 Georgia ratified the Aarhus Convention. The mentioned Convention grants the public rights regarding access to information, public participation and access to justice, in governmental decision-making processes on matters concerning the local, national and transboundary environment. It focuses on interactions between the public and public authorities.

The Law of Georgian on "Environmental Impact Permit" (2008) establishes procedures for consultation in the EIA process and sets out the terms for public review and consultation, in particular:

1. Developers shall be obliged to arrange a public review of the EIA reports before they are submitted to a permit issuing administrative body (and in the case if the activity needs the construction permit, developers shall be obliged to arrange a public review of the EIA reports before a permit issuing administrative body initiates the second stage procedure for issuing a construction permit as defined under the Law of Georgia on Licenses and Permits).

2. To arrange a public review of the EIA reports developers shall be obliged to publish the information about their planned activities. The information must be published in a central periodic print media and in a periodic print media (if any) existing within the administrative territory of a self-governing unit where the activity is planned to be implemented

3. The information about the planned activity must include: a) Goals, name and location of the planned activity; b) The address where members of the public shall have access to the documents related to the planned activity (including EIA report); c) The deadline for submitting opinions of the public members; d) The time and place for a public review of an EIA report.

4. A developer shall be obliged to: a) Submit the hard and soft copies of the EIA report, within one week after the information on the planned activity is published in a print media, to a permit issuing

233 administrative body (and in the cases defined in Article 4(3) of this Law, to a construction permit issuing administrative body as well); b) Receive and review, within 45 days after information on the planned activity is published, comments and opinions submitted in writing by the members of public; c) Arrange, at the earliest 50 days and at the latest 60 days after the information on the planned activity is published, a public review of an EIA report concerning its planned activity; d) Ensure that written invitations to the public review of the EIA report are sent to the representatives of appropriate local self-governing bodies, the Ministry, the Ministry for Economy and Sustainable Development of Georgia, and other interested administrative bodies.

5. Any member of public may attend a public review of an EIA report.

6. The public review of an EIA report shall be arranged in the administrative centre of a self-governing unit where the activity is to be implemented.

Under the 7th article of the Law:

1. Developers shall, within 5 (five) days after the public review of an EIA report, be obliged to prepare a protocol of the results of the EIA report public review to reflect in detail the comments and opinions expressed during the public review. The protocol shall be signed by the developers (or their authorized representatives) and the representatives of appropriate local self-governing bodies, the Ministry and the Ministry for Economy and Sustainable Development of Georgia (if they have attended the public review of the EIA report).

2. Developers shall review the written comments and opinions of the public members and shall take account of their arguments in the course of finalizing the EIA report.

3. If developers fail to take account of the comments and opinions of the public members, the developers shall be obliged to provide a written substantiation for disregarding the comments and opinions, and to ensure that the substantiation is sent the author (authors) of the comments. The developers must submit this written substantiation (along with relevant written comments and opinions) together with a protocol of the results of the EIA report public review and the EIA Report to the permit issuing administrative body (and in the cases defined in Article 4(3) of this Law – to the construction permit issuing administrative body). The documents referred to in this paragraph shall constitute an integral part of the EIA report.

234 4. After arranging a public review of the EIA report, preparing a protocol of the review results, and finalizing the EIA report, the developers shall be authorized to submit, within one year, an application to the permit issuing administrative body for a permit (or a construction permit) under the procedures established by this Law and the legislation of Georgia.

9.2. Comments on the Notes from the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources Protection

Note Comment 1. The section 1.2 of the EIA report states that ,,in The note is taken into account. The Amendment compliance with the FIDIC's "red" contract form, is made (Chapter 1.2 p. 11) the project developer and the project company hired by is have to prepare a detailed design documentation of the basic project object (in our case - road and road infrastructure). As for the auxiliary facilities maintenance projects to be used by the developer contractors, this issue does not fall within the competence of the project implementing organization or project organization and auxiliary facilities projects are not prepared at a major construction permit stage. Auxiliary facilities (construction camp, access roads to the facilities during the construction, concrete or asphalt- concrete factories, etc.) project preparation and obtaining the relevant permits are the construction contractor's obligation. According to the FIDIC's "yellow" contract form (Design and Build, i.e. the design and construction contract), the project implementing organizations and it hired project organization prepare the basic design of the main object only, while the finalization of the final detail project, as well as preparation of the auxiliary facilities project and the construction is the building contractor's prerogative.” The submitted information should be amended, since according to the current legislation, responsible for the documentation submitted for a public review as well as for the environmental expertise to the Ministry is a construction contractor or any other physical and/or legal entity. Consequently, responsibility for fulfilment of the obligations contemplated in the mitigation measures, conclusions and recommendations of the EIA report to be submitted to the ecological expertise, as well as all the accompanying documentation should be taken by the developer. The entire text of the documents must be written in the first person and should clearly indicate that all of the obligations are

235 undertaken directly by the developer, not the contractor and / or any other organization; 2. The 3rd chapter of the EIA report “Legal The note is taken into account. The Amendment Framework " should present the list of is made legislative and normative acts instead of 13 pages. In addition, the ecological expertise in the mentioned document should contain the updated codified versions of the legislative and normative acts with all the change in them.

3. Within the 6.1 sub point of the EIA Following changes were made to the chapter of report it is mentioned that “the alternatives: alternative routes were not considered Review of alternative projecting decisions in for project area (Goderdzi – Zarzma) as regard of natural monument of forest fossil. at the mentioned area only the

reconstruction of the road is As regard the explanation regarding the question implemented and there is no issue of – why the analysis of the alternative routes is not importance of bypass for landslide included if we deal only with rehabilitation of areas”. But, on 116-150 pages the 5 the road existed at projecting area: alternative versions of technical- Strategic analysis of alternative routes was carried out on the whole – Akhaltsikhe – Batumi economic confirmation are given. In road, for the united sector of Kulo-Zarzma road. this respect the presented information No alternative routes were reviewed for properly need to be précised and corrected. presented projecting area (Goderdzi – Zarzma) as only the rehabilitation of the road will be carried out at the mentioned sector and there is no issue of evasion of landslide sectors. The reason for examination of the alternative routes at the stage of technical-economic substantiation was related with existence of significant landslide area at the Goderdzi sector and attempt for evasion of the mentioned sector. Due to the reason that indirectly and contextually the above mentioned issue is also related with presented project (amendment of Khulo-Goderdzi road should cause the amendments of Goderdzi-Zarzma), the substantiation of examination of alternative roads and selection of preferential version on TED stage is given within the IEA report. 4. By the evaluation of coordinates given The note is taken into account. The Amendment within EIA report it was ascertained is made that certain part of the road crosses the In accordance with the new version of the part of the territory of natural project, at two projecting sections, where the monument of Goderdzi fossil forest. In crossing of natural monument of fossil forest this respect, the section of the road takes place, the widening of the road and

236 crossing the part of the territory of occupation of new territory would not take place. natural monument of Goderdzi fossil Only the restoration of the road pave will be forest should be transferred outside the accomplished at the above mentioned sector. boundaries of protected territories. In Construction works will be planned so as to avoid addition, the above mentioned issue the damage of natural monument. Corresponding should be examined in details within issue is reviewed in the Chapter of Alternatives the EIA report represented to expertise; (chapter 6.1.).

5. The issue of response to expected Description of geological risks related with road emergency situations in case of rehabilitation and principles of mitigation of such activation of geodynamic processes risks are given within the EIA report (monitoring should be examined in the EIA report and basic methods). Specific schemes for presented to the expertise and the prevention of geological risks at each above mentioned should also be construction site will the implemented by the reflected into the response plan of construction constructor. emergency situations;

6. The EIA report indicates that bulk soil The note is taken into account. The Amendment volume is 614170 m3; however, it does is made not indicate where to locate the bulk. Accordingly, the EIA report submitted The areas recommended for placement of the soil for the ecological expertise should and inert construction materials are described in indicate the territory necessary for the chapter (8.1.1.3) placement of the soil landfill, with indication the issues related to its safe Eventually the area for placement of waste and in management; particular the soil is selected by the construction contractor in coordination with the local authorities. 7. The EIA report submitted to the The note is taken into account. The Amendment ecological expertise should indicate the is made project-affected agricultural, both private and state land spaces, in Data about soil conditions and soil capacity are particular: land category, soil provided for in the soil description (chapter conditions, soil capacity, the measures 4.7.1), while the category of the affected land is to be taken etc.; described in the social impact chapter (P. 5.4). 8. The EIA report submitted to the The note is taken into account. The Amendment ecological expertise should include the is made; See the annex 1 (Waste Management information on the quantities of waste Plan) and the EIA chapters 7.3.1.1 and 8.1.1.2 according to their types and categories. The mentioned issue should be reflected in the waste management plan as well; 9. In the chapter of the EIA in regard of The note is taken into account. The Amendment the climate the periodicity of the winds is made of the given construction site having different directions and average values in accordance with the months should also be provided.

10. The 4.1.2 sub-section of the EIA report The note is taken into account. The Amendment (air emission) provides with the is made

237 hazardous substances emission old data, which should be updated; also the The data of 2010 and 2016 are submitted instead textual part of this sub-section should of 2007. be corrected in stylistic and content terms 11. EIA report indicates that it is available During the implementation of the international to operate stationary sources of donor organizations funded linear contamination of variety types of air. infrastructure systems projects, design, contracting, procurement, and construction is Therefore, the EIA report submitted to carried out in compliance with the the ecological expertise should be international engineering and construction accompanied by the appropriate air- rules and schemes, it is clearly defined the protection documentation established project implementing organization, design by the legislation. organization and construction contractor competences. The obligation of the project implementing organization and its hired project company is to prepare the main project subject (in our case - road and road infrastructure) detailed design documentation. As for the technical project of the auxiliary construction facilities to be used by a building contractor, this issue this issue does not fall within the competence of the project implementing organization or project organization and auxiliary construction facilities project is prepared at the major construction permit stage. Development of the project for access roads to the auxiliary facilities (construction camp, access road to the construction facilities, concrete or asphalt- concrete factories, etc.) and obtaining the relevant construction permits is within the responsibility of the construction contractor. In this organized process it is impossible to submit along with the environmental impact assessment the standard documentation for the auxiliary construction facilities.

Within the EIA it is possible to reflect only the basic principles, the expected impacts qualitative and semi-quantitative assessments and general situational model, while the accurate and detailed quantitative assessments and preparation of the standard documentation shall be stated as an obligation of the construction contractor. This obligation must be clearly focused in the contract executed by and between the project implementing organization and the construction contractor, and construction permit must reflect the condition of the permit for the Roads Department. The Roads Department undertakes

238 to provide a building contractor with all necessary means for his/her activities; the air- protection documentation shall be developed for all stationary facilities as envisaged by the legislation of Georgia. 12. According to the EIA report (p. 165), Labelling of the trees and plants to be cut down during the project implementation it and identification of their exact number is further will be necessary to cut down 10 ha of stage related directly to the traffic-engineering activities, which is beyond the scope of the forest, but it does not specify the exact environmental assessment and shall not be number and species of the trees to be reflected in the "EIA" report. Although some cut down. Also, it appears from the information on the essence and the state of report that it may be required cutting biodiversity within the scopes of the project down the plants enlisted in the Red List corridor are to be submitted in the "EIA" report, (eg.: Quercus pontica, Betula but not the species of the trees to be cut down medwedewii, walnut Juglans egia). and the number of those; pre-determination of the mentioned – before the setting of the Therefore, the EIA report submitted to operational engineering action plan - is practical the ecological expertise must give in impossibility. It must be stressed at the same details the number and species of the time, that the EIA report relevant chapters (4.7.2. plants; in addition, given that the Flora, Appendix 3.6. Flora) set in details the project area is the area of animal species affected flora and vegetation quantitative and enlisted in the Red List, it is necessary qualitative evaluation and inventory of forest land and timber volume rate to present the information on As for the submission of the information about biodiversity impact according to the the biodiversity according to the specific species, particular species he Road Department undertakes to review this issue in details in the biodiversity management and monitoring plan, which will be developed at a later stage;

13. The EIA report does not give clear Field zoological studies were undertaken in 2013. information whether the field studies Summary is reflected in the EIA main text. The of the project area were carried out survey report is presented in a separate appendix during the process of preparation of (Appendix 5) information about animal wildlife dissemination. Therefore, this issue should be specified in the EIA report submitted to the ecological expertise; 14. In order to reduce the negative impact This fair request was included from the very on Ichthyofauna the works to be beginning in the EIA and is repeated at several carried out at the river crossing should locations to increase the visibility. be performed in the period insensitive for ichtyofauna; 15. Environmental monitoring plan must Observations on biodiversity will be described in fully take into account the biodiversity details in the biodiversity monitoring plan, which monitoring issues. In case of the will be developed at a later stage. Further, based necessity after the monitoring further on the results identified, it will be developed mitigation / compensation measures additional mitigation / compensation measures should be developed; and submitted to the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources Protection.

239 16. In the presented SHP file, from the area Road Department carried out the negotiations of 448977,3 m2 envisaged by the project with all interested parties in accordance with the boundaries of forest adopted on the basis of the Regulation N 299 of Georgian Government adopted on August 4, 2011 year on “determination of boundaries of state forest fund”, 156573,1 m2 is the forest fund subordinated to LEPL National Agency of Forest that had issued the special permission for logging to the LTD “Tao” (license No: 100013). Accordingly, the above mentioned issue should be coordinated with the license holder;

17. According to the description of all On the basis of the field research the “degraded twelve model area and attached photo pine plantation with mixing of leafy plantation” materials the forest plantation of good had been observed. In this respect the development is observed – pine and information given within the report reflect the pine-leafy plantations. In this respect results of the field research. the following information given within the report should be corrected – “by the mixing of leafy plantation into the degraded pine plantation” (p. 79)

18. p. 121 - The options of the term "Creation of the subalpine forests is widely "Alpine" should be clarified and participated by the range of options of a amended; mountain forest formations: Fagus orientalis, Fagus orientalis, Abies nordmanniana, Picea orientalis, Pinus sosnowskyi ..It is relatively limited the birch (Betula litwinowii) and Acer trautvetteri. The subalpine zone is quite widely represented with Pontus oak (Quercus pontica) and Medvedev's birch (Betula medwedewi) crooked forests, the upper border of which reaches sometimes 2300-2400 meters. The district subalpine forests quality is very high (the relic formations and associations abundance). Accordingly, the context of the options of a term "alpine" is correct and shall not be modified.

19. In pages 150-161 the compensation Labelling of the trees and plants to be cut down activities are reviewed in regard of: and identification of their exact number is further agricultural lands, non-agricultural stage related directly to the traffic-engineering lands, facilities etc. activities, which is beyond the scope of the As regards the “value of rehabilitation environmental assessment and shall not be of damaged forests” as the total area is reflected in the "EIA" report. Although some mentioned 22,9 ha and average amount information on the essence and the state of of rehabilitation amounts to 17 000 biodiversity within the scopes of the project

240 GEL and total expenditure for the corridor are to be submitted in the "EIA" report, mentioned rehabilitation amounts to but not the species of the trees to be cut down 389.300 GEL. Mentioned information and the number of those; pre-determination of should be corrected as the data is the mentioned – before the setting of the presumable and different parameters operational engineering action plan - is practical require o be determined on the impossibility. It must be stressed at the same mentioned stage (i.e. the species to be time, that the EIA report relevant chapters (4.7.2. cut, their volume and etc.). Flora, Appendix 3.6. Flora) set in details the affected flora and vegetation quantitative and qualitative evaluation and inventory of forest land and timber volume rate. At the same time, before the initiation of construction activities, Road Department, as the project implementing party, within the precised frameworks of road corridor and at the territory of auxiliary objects determined by the construction contractor, will maintain the preparation of detailed inventory in regard of forest wood resource necessary for the procedures of change of the category of forest fund land, calculation of compensation for utilization of forest for special needs and removal of plants inserted into the Red List.

20. In page 162 it is mentioned that In the relevant chapters of the EIA report (4.7.2 – “destroy of natural landscape (relief, Flora; annex #3.6 – Flora) the qualitative and soil, verdure, ecological systems and quantitive assessment of flora and fauna under others) is expected at the driveways, the indicated impact is given in details. area of quarries, landfills, construction At the same time, before the initiation of camps, within the frameworks of construction activities, Road Department, as the alienation of the highway”, but the project implementing party, within the précised species subject to destroy are not frameworks of road corridor and at the territory mentioned, accordingly, the of auxiliary objects determined by the information in regard of such species construction contractor, will maintain the should be included into the EIA; preparation of detailed inventory in regard of forest wood resource necessary for the procedures of change of the category of forest fund land, calculation of compensation for utilization of forest for special needs and removal of plants inserted into the Red List. 21. In pages 193-194 – on the basis of There is no direct connection between the botanical surveys, which indicate the "Drude method" and the sensitive areas (habitats). sensitive areas identified by a "Drude" "Drude method" is applied by the botanists in order to identify quantitative ratio between the method, it is impossible to determine plant species within one habitats (phytocenosis) the extent of degraded forest stands framework, and a sensitive habitats may be (forest degradation is not seen in the considered the habitats, phytocenosis and groves, photos). On this basis, forest where the concentrations of any kind of plant description should be conducted species are featured. As for the law on according to the legislation, the “Accounting, Planning and Monitoring Procedure”, of course the latter does not require

241 resolution of June 17, 2013 of the to apply the "Drude method", but this law, which Government of Georgia on was adopted on the basis of the government’s “Accounting, Planning and resolution of June 17, 2013, is designated for forest-industrial and agricultural system Monitoring", which provides the regulations, forest proper functioning and not the possibility to determine the values and environmental examination related activities the condition of forests; normalization (another question is the extent to which this law meets its purpose). 22. The page 178 states that "during the In the relevant chapters of the EIA report (4.7.2 – construction works the overall impact Flora; annex #3.6 – Flora) the qualitative and on flora is expected in the following quantitive assessment of flora and fauna under volume: forest cut down and destroy - the indicated impact is given in details as well as about 10 ha of trees and bushes -6,14 they provide for the groves inventory and the ha", but it is not indicated the species wood volume. Extract given within the note and the number of the plants to be cut reflects the expected volume of forest cut. In down; therefore, this issue should be aggregate, the given information is sufficient for clarified; principal evaluation of influence. At the same time, before the initiation of construction activities, Road Department, as the project implementing party, within the précised frameworks of road corridor will maintain the preparation of detailed inventory in regard of forest wood resource necessary for the procedures of change of the category of forest fund land, calculation of compensation for utilization of forest for special needs and removal of plants inserted into the Red List.

23. p. 225 - Mitigation "Trees cutting plan We agree with the comments and accordingly the and the compensation program" should text will be adjusted in the EIA report. Of course, be agreed with the LEPL National the "tree cutting plan and the compensation Forestry Agency of the Ministry of program" to be implemented within the scopes of Environment and Natural Resources state forest fund should be agreed with the Protection in compliance with the departmental institution, which is currently legislation applicable for that period responsible for the management of this fund and not with the Resources Management Agency of the Ministry of Energy and the Ministry of Environment as indicated in the EIA report; 24. In the EIA report, within the The note is taken into account. The Amendment framework of arrangement of bridge is made: Annex # 4, point 3.2 floor the system of water catchment should be organized, calculations of the sizes of water recipient cameras are presented. But there is no indication in regard of the presence of flow water cleaning system for inflow of polluted

242 water into the river in case of accidental insertion of hazardous substances (petroleum products, etc.) on the surface of the bridge. Accordingly, the above mentioned should be given within the EIA reported presented to expertise; 25. In the list of the treatment Plant The note is taken into account. The Amendment УСВМ20 technical parameters (p. 318), is made petroleum hydrocarbons concentration should be "0.3 mg / l" and not "0.3 g / l"; 26. In the subsection - "Wastewater The note is taken into account. The Amendment treatment and discharge" (p. 284) the is made list of 1-4 should contain the dimension unit "mg / l" and not "mm / l", while the paragraph 1 should contain the term «weighted particles" and not "weighted hydrocarbons"; 27. The EIA report states that for the use of The note is taken into account. The Amendment the camera the license is obtained from is made the Ministry of Energy (p. 242). This should be corrected, since the issuance of the license is regulated by the LEPL National Environmental Protection Agency of the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources Protection; 28. In the EIA report, the formula of the The note is taken into account. The Amendment allowable concentration of pollutants is made in waste water (4) (p. 286) in the brackets is wrong, therefore, it should be clarified; 29. The results of calculations of emissions This project is the rehabilitation of the road and during construction equipment not the new road construction project in the new operation are presented in Table 11 (p. location. The road surface is significantly 333). Concentrations of the hazardous damaged and traffic in this way is much more substances created in the atmospheric related to dust and emissions generation than the air in the near population are not one that takes place on the normal road. represented, however, it is submitted Rehabilitation and restoration of the road surface the conclusion that there will be no results in reduction of dust emissions caused by impact on the population. Accordingly, traffic to the level characteristic to the normal it must be noted the basis for this paved roads. conclusion; 30. In the EIA report, the noise level The note is taken into account. The Amendment dimension unit should be "dB" and not is made "d"; the time interval should be "7:00 - 23:00" and not "7 AM - 11 PM "(p. 174); The mechanical error made during printing is corrected and the unit of noise is specified dB.

31. In the EIA report, the subsection "Air Page 174 as well as the post page 265 and the emissions-related impacts" provides for annex #1 relate to the waste management 243 the terms "hazardous waste" (p. 174) (chapter 7.3.1) and it focuses specifically on and "harmful waste" (p. 326). The terms waste. should be amended, as they are commonly used in relation to waste; 32. In the technical summary annexed to In total technical resume is composed of 73 pages. the EIA annexed (p. 112) it is used the dimensioning units "inch", "feet". This Technical summary is an explanatory note, should be corrected; Georgian approved prepared for technical expertise, project approval the International System of Units (SI) and construction permits. This document is uses the "meter"; prepared according to the standards of Georgian legislation and the requirements of engineering and international standards and no such notice is received from the Ministry of Economy. Environmental Consultant is not authorized to make changes to this purely technical document, which is submitted by the engineering design team.

33. In the EIA report it should be amended The note is taken into account. The Amendment different data on the number of is made. employees: 207 page indicates 200 people, while 277 page shows 100 people "; 34. In the Annex # 4 (p. 296) the following The note is taken into account. The Amendment sentence should be amended: “Khulo - is made Goderdzi, lot 1, km 80 – km 110” as the presented report is the lot 2;

35. The information in regard of the The note is taken into account. The Amendment “transformers’ area at substation” and is made “anticipated concentrations of fire water pollution and results of cleaning correspond with the requirements of sewage system” given within the Annex 4 (p. 300) should be clarified, as the above mentioned is not related with the object to be reviewed;

36. In the EIA report it should be amended The note is taken into account. The Amendment the value of survey route seismicity, is made since in number of cases it is indicated "7" points and in some cases - "8" points 37. In EIA report the numeration of table The note is taken into account. The Amendment of content should be corrected, it is made should be in compliance with corresponding paragraphs.

244

9.3. Consultative Meeting Minutes

Construction of Batumi (Angisa) - Akhaltsikhe road – Goderdzi – Zarzma (110 km - 127 km) section (Lot 2) of interstate significance

Minute of Public Hearing of the Environmental Impact Assessment

On July 23, 2015 at 13:00 the public hearing of the Environmental Impact Assessment document in terms of the project “Construction of Batumi (Angisa) - Akhaltsikhe road – Goderzi - Zarzma (km 110 - km 127) section of Interstate Significance” was held in Adigeni settlement; the hearing was attended by the governor of Municipal Government Mr. Zakaria Endeladze, City council members, residents of Zarzma and Utkisubani villages, as well as Mr. Gia Latsabidze, the representative of the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources of Georgia and Mrs. Luiza Bibashvili and Mr. Gia Sopadze. The representatives of the Road Department. Mr. Gia Aladashvili, the representative of the foundation “World Experience for Georgia”) presented the project’s EIA document and talked about the details; he reviewed the environmental and general technical - economic aspects related to the proposed section rehabilitation. At the end of the report the questions given by the region authorities and the residents were responded by the speaker as well as Mr. Gia Sopadze and Mr. Giorgi Latsabidze.

Question Answer

1 Avtandil Shanidze: Giorgi Latsabidze:

How the recreation zone should be Please, provide the Ministry of opened? Invironmental Protection and Natural Resources with GIS coordinates

2 Goderdzi Aertmeladze: Gia Sopadze:

Leasing of owned land parcel The status agricultural should be (agricultural) to the contractor .... changed to non-agricultural, license for

water production should be obtained by contractor.

3 ------: Gia Aladashvili:

Whether there is the danger of flood or Flood danger and landslide areas are landslide area? described within the EIA and necessary

245 measures determined by the technical regulations should be carried out during the rehabilitation works by the contractor.

4 ------: Gia Sopadze:

To whom we should apply in case of The mechanism of claims is determined. violations? In case of revelation of the violation made by the constructor you should apply the supervisor of works ....

5 Zakaria Endeladze: Gia Aladashvili:

Whether the employment of local There is the explanation in this regard inhabitants at construction is foreseen? in EIA. In case the local inhabitant with

corresponding qualification desires to work, employment of a certain number of workers will be possible.

6 ------: Gia Sopadze:

Please indicate the date of initiation of Works will be initiated in Autumn. works.

List of the EIA Review Attendees in Adigen

246 (List of the individuals and signatures)

247

248

Image 9.1

249

Image 9.2

250

Image 9.3

251

Image 9.4

252 Annex 1 Waste Management Plan for Camps and Support Facilities

1. Purpose of the Waste Management Plan and document structure 1.1 Goals and Objectives

Waste Management Plan aims to provide the dispose of the hazardous and non- hazardous waste originated in the main building and functional facilities envisaged by the project in compliance with the principles adopted by the EU countries, the requirements envisaged by the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development (EBRD) guidelines and the legislation of Georgia (Waste Management Code of 26.12.2014), resulting in the prevention or minimizing the effects of the environment contamination with waste (soil, water, facilities, air).

The main object at the roads construction stage, which is the place of generation of the different types of waste is the builders of the camp, which includes the local office, equipment storage and construction equipment maintenance as well as the refuelling infrastructure and bituminous concrete plant (if the construction and operation of the plant is envisaged by the project). Accordingly, the present waste management plan covers the issues of waste disposal in the territory of the builders’ camp and the support facilities at a construction phase. The present waste management plan is quite elaborated plan, but it is still a framework document, which should be used at a later stage in order to prepare the "waste management plans". The final "waste management plan" related to the construction will be prepared by the construction contractor. For this it will be sufficient to remain only the components relevant to the construction camp from the framework document submitted and specification of some details (eg. specific individuals in charge of the waste management; the list of the waste Operators with whom the relevant contracts are signed and the copies of the contracts as an attachments). As noted above, a building contractor, if necessary3, will also develop and coordinate with local municipalities the bulk soil placement plan. Motor Roads Department responsible for operation and repair works of highway will prepare the “waste management plan” for operation of highways.

Basic purposes of waste management process:

• Maintenance of identification of waste in accordance with their categories and danger ;

3According to the data of current stage of the project the volume of the bulk soil should be of small volume. 253  Maintenance of segregated collection of waste, observation of terms for their temporary placement in order to prevent the hazardous influence of waste on environment and human health ;  Maintenance of the terms for waste transportation – dissemination, loss of waste, formation of emergency situation, influence of human health should be avoided during the above mentioned process ;  Using of measures safe for environment and human health during abetment, processing or placement of waste ;  Decrease of quantity of waste ;  Repeated use of waste ;  Determination of personnel responsible for waste management ;  Maintenance of registration of household waste.

Fulfilment of guidance given within the plan is obligatory for all employees.

1.2 Presented structure of “waste management plan”

The 2nd paragraph of the plan reviews the Georgia's legislation on waste management and the relevant EU directives as well as the basic principles and requirements which are adopted as guidelines for the European Union and the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development Bank (EBRD) with the purpose to eliminate the pollution caused by the waste. It also describes the institutional system in Georgia, which is responsible for waste management and monitoring.

The 3rd paragraph – in compliance with the requirements of the waste management - formulates the proponent - "Roads Department (STD)" – Policy in the Waste Management Field and the Instructions on the organization of administrative structure.

The 4th paragraph provides with the characterization of the types and volumes of the waste generated during the construction process and the waste management activities.

The 5th paragraph provides with the general description of the waste management procedures

2. Applicable Law of Georgia in the Waste Management Field and the Requirements of the European Union and the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development

2.1 Georgian Legislation in the Field of Waste Management Waste Management Code, 26.12.2014

The purpose of the Code:

254 The purpose of the Code is to provide for the legal conditions for the implementation of measures aiming at prevention of generation of waste and increased re-use, for environmentally-sound treatment of waste, including recycling and extraction of secondary raw materials and generation of energy from waste, as well as safe disposal of waste. (2) The objective of this Law is to lay down measures to protect the environment and human health by preventing or reducing the adverse impacts of the generation and management of waste and by reducing overall impacts of resource use and improving the efficiency of such use.

The objective of this Code is to protect the environment and human health: a) By preventing or reducing the adverse impacts of the generation; b) Creating the waste management effective mechanisms.

Article 4 Waste management hierarchy (1) Waste management policy and legislation in Georgia is based on the following priority order: a) Prevention; b) Re-use; c) Re-cycling; d) Recovery of any other type including energy; e) Placement. 2. In determination of specific commandments in relation to the waste management hierarchy envisaged by the first part of this article the following must be taken into account: a) Environmental benefits; b) The technical feasibility with using the best available techniques; c) The economic feasibility.

Article 7 - General requirements related to waste management 1. The collection, transportation and treatment of waste shall be carried out according to its type, characteristics and composition, without preventing its further recovery. 2. The collection, transportation and treatment of waste shall exclude environmental pollution and harmful effects on human health to the maximum extent possible. 3. In the case of environmental pollution resulting from the transportation of waste, the waste transporter shall ensure the implementation of cleaning activities. 4. A waste producer and a waste holder shall treat their waste on their own or transfer it for collection, transportation and treatment to persons entitled to carry out such activities according to this Code and other legislative and subordinate normative acts of Georgia.

255 5. Where waste has been transferred for recovery or disposal, the responsibility of the original waste producer and/or waste holder shall remain in force until recovery or disposal of waste is completed. 6. Persons who collect or transport waste shall transfer it for treatment to appropriate facilities having an appropriate permit or registration. 7. A waste transporter shall, before transporting hazardous waste, obtain an admission certificate for a means of transport to transport waste, whereas the driver of a means of transport shall have the above certificate with him when transporting hazardous waste (the relevant law shall be developed and effective in 2016). 8. Waste may not be burnt outside an incinerator that does not have an appropriate permit. 9. Conditions for waste incineration and co-incineration shall be defined by an ordinance of the Government of Georgia

Article 14 - Company waste management plan 1. Natural or legal persons who annually produce more than 200 tons of non-hazardous waste or more than 1 000 tons of inert waste, or any amount of hazardous waste, shall prepare a company waste management plan until December 31, 2016. The plan shall generally include: a) Information about waste generated (in particular about its origin, and types, composition and amount of waste defined in the List of Waste); b) Information on the measures to be taken for the prevention of waste generation and its recovery, especially in the case of hazardous waste; c) A description of the method for separation of waste generated, in particular of hazardous waste, from the other waste; d) Methods and conditions for the temporary storage of waste; e) Waste treatment methods applied and/or information on persons to whom waste is transferred for further treatment. 2. A company waste management plan shall be submitted to the Ministry. The Minister of Environment and Natural Resources Protection of Georgia shall determine the procedure for the consideration and approval of the plan. If so requested, the plan shall be made available to the municipalities concerned and to other persons. 3. A company waste management plan shall be revised every three years or when there are substantial changes in the types and quantities of waste generated, or in processes of waste treatment.

Article 15 - Environmental manager 1. The persons determined in Article 14 of this Code shall nominate an environmental manager. Information about such nomination (in particular, the name and surname of the environmental manager) shall be immediately provided to the Ministry. 2. The waste related duties of an environmental manager shall be the following: a) To draft and update the waste management plan of the company;

256 b) To organize the implementation of the waste management plan of the company; c) To supervise internal compliance with legal requirements of the legislation of Georgia on waste management. d) To submit the inventory of the types of waste to the Ministry of Environment Protection to August 1, 2016 under the 426 (17.08.2015) Resolution of the Government of Georgia. e) To provide the Ministry with the information on the number, location and volume of the temporarily stored hazardous waste (if the total weight of hazardous waste does not exceed 2 tonnes). f) To obtain the necessary permission from the Ministry for a temporary storage of hazardous waste (if the total weight of hazardous waste is from 2 to 10 tons). g) To obtain the environmental permits for hazardous waste temporary accommodation (if the total weight of hazardous waste exceeds 10 tons). 3. The responsibility of an environmental manager under paragraph 2 of this article does not limit the liability of a company for complying with relevant requirements of this Code and subordinate normative acts based thereon.

The Law of Georgia Import and Transit of Waste to the Territory of Georgia, 1995. The mentioned law regulates only the transportation of the waste at the border crossing and it is not related to the recycling and management of it. Essentially the same issue is focused by the Basel Convention on "Transboundary Movements of Hazardous Wastes and Their Disposal Controls” which was ratified by the Parliament of Georgia.

At the same time it is known that the Georgia intends the European integration and the country has to perfect its legislation with this purpose in accordance with the EU recommendations.

 Waste management rules are defined by the following standard acts of the Ministry of Labour, Health and Social Affairs of Georgia:

 #64 Resolution of the Government of Georgia: "Technical Regulation on Collection, Storage of Medical Treatment-Rehabilitation Facilities and Approval of Waste Neutralization Sanitary Rules" - January 15, 2014 (registration code: 300160070.10.003.017682);  #426 Resolution of the Government of Georgia: “Determination and Classification of the List of Waste according to Types and Characteristics” - August 17, 2015 (registration code: 300230000.10.003.018812);  #421 Resolution of the Government of Georgia: Approval of Technical Regulation for Landfill Arrangement, Operation, Closure and Further Maintenance” – August 14, 2015 (registration code: 300160070.10.003.018807).

257 2.2 European Directives on Waste Management Waste Management Waste management is guided by the EU directives: (i) Waste Management Framework Directive - 2008/98 / EC; and (ii) Hazardous Wastes Management Directive 91/156 / EEC. According to the mentioned Directives, the “Waste” means a substance or an object which is thrown by a holder or is intended to do. The Directives is aimed at protection of human health, the environment and of natural resources from the waste pollution, obtaining the secondary raw materials and requires the activities related to the waste processing and disposal to be permitted by the competent authorities. According to the Waste Framework Directive, the EU member states are required to ensure the prevention or minimization of waste generation, their safety and promote the establishment of clean technologies, improvement of technical product quality and waste disposal equipment. In addition, they are required to promote the recycling of waste (including the gaining energy purposes) and to prohibit uncontrolled dumping of waste. With the help of the other member states they are required to ensure the support the development of a network of waste processing facilities and with this purpose to use the best technologies that are not related to too much cost.

Hazardous Waste Management According to the article 1(4) of the EU 91/689 / EEC Directive in the field of the hazardous waste management it is necessary to achieve greater harmonization. In order to develop a common definition of a hazardous waste the mentioned article lists the wastes that may be classified as hazardous waste, as well as their components and properties. According to the Directive the place of the use of the hazardous substances must be defined and registered, while in case of the collection, transportation and storage of such substances they should be provided with the label in compliance with the EU standards. In addition to the national competent authorities are required to verify the manufacturers and the recipient facilities of hazardous waste as well as their carrier vehicles.

2.3 EBRD Requirements Pollution Prevention and Mitigation Pollution prevention and reduction is the leading issues for the sustainable development agenda, in this regard the EBRD-funded projects must meet the internationally recognized rules. Pollution impact on the environment and related issues should be considered in all economic activities, ranging from the elementary level such as the device emissions and the impact on regional and global levels. The EBRD as the European Environment principles signing party shall: - During the process of implementation of the activities funded by it to support the adoption

258 of the preliminary precautionary principle, the principle of prevention, the principle of priority recognition of elimination of environmental damage immediately at the source of pollutants and the principle of imposing the payment for contamination. - Request the compliance with the European Union relevant environmental standards and particularly industrial production, also the standards related to the water and waste management, air and soil pollution, labour and health protection and nature protection as far as they can be used within the scopes of the project (hereinafter referred to as the "EU requirements").

It is believed that pollution prevention and reduction EU environmental requirements has been developed using the high-efficiency methods, not without the mandatory usage requirement to any specific technique or technology or the technical characteristics of installation in consideration of its geographical location and the local environmental conditions, the ultimate goal of which is to protect the environment effectively.

Waste Management

The client would avoid or minimize hazardous and non-hazardous waste materials generation and to the extent possible reduce their harmful effect. If waste generation cannot be avoided the client will manage the waste reuse or recycling or use waste as a source of energy. If the waste cannot be recycled or re-used the client will process, destruct or dispose it by the environmentally friendly method. If the generated waste is considered hazardous waste the client shall identify the commercially acceptable alternatives in terms of the waste disposal in an environmentally friendly way, taking into account the cross-border movement limitations. In case if the waste disposal is carried out by third parties, the client will work with a reputable contractor official companies which are licensed by the appropriate regulatory agencies. 2.4 The Basic Principles of Waste Management According to the Waste Management Code the waste management should be implemented in compliance with the following principles: • Waste management hierarchy; • Preliminary precautionary principle adoption; • The principle “Polluter Pays”; • Proximity principle; • The principle of self-reliance. a) Preliminary precautionary principle adoption – means the adoption of the measures

259 in order to avoid damage to the environment caused by waste, even if there is no scientifically proven data. b) The principle “Polluter Pays”- waste generating person or owner must pay for waste prevention, recovery and disposal-related costs, including monitoring, follow-up care measures and environmental restoration costs; c) Proximity principle - waste treatment and disposal should be undertaken in the nearest processing facilities, bearing the environmental protection and economic efficiency in mind; d) The principle of self-reliance - municipal integrated and adequate network of disposal or recovery facilities are established and operated.

2.5 Institutional System in Georgia, Responsible for Waste Management and Monitoring State Agencies Responsibilities The Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources Protection is the main agency in charge of development and implementation of the state policy in the field of waste management and handling. The competence of the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources Protection covers the following: a) Development and implementation of the unified state policy for waste management; b) Waste governmental accounting and data bases; c) Development of the national strategy for waste management and biodegradable municipal waste strategy; d) Development of the national waste management plan, coordination of its implementation and reporting; e) Issue permits for the waste management related activities and registration; f) Support the waste prevention, separation, re-use and recycling activities; g) Implementation of the waste management related state control. The Ministry of Labour, Health and Social Affairs along with the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources Protection regulates and controls medical waste management in compliance with the rules set out in the relevant legislation. The Ministry of Agriculture along with the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources Protection regulates and supervises the management of animal waste in compliance with the rules set out in the relevant legislation. The relevant agency under the Ministry of Economy and Sustainable Development issues the certificate for approval of the vehicle for shipment of a hazardous waste. The Ministry of Labour, Health and Social Affairs along with the Ministry of Finance regulate the cross-border transportation of waste. Solid waste management is a matter of national, regional and local concern in Georgia. The Government of Georgia has identified solid waste disposal as an acute problem and recently begun reforming the existing waste management system. Consequently, in line with this reform, on April 24, 2012 the new state-owned Solid Waste Management

260 (SWM) Company of Georgia was established under the Ministry of Regional Development and Infrastructure. The government holds 100 % shares of the company. The company implements solid waste management actions with respect to landfills in Georgia, excluding the City of Tbilisi and the Autonomous Republic of Adjara.

The goals of the Company are as follows:

 Reduced environmental impact from waste and waste treatment;  Avoiding and minimization of waste generation, especially organic waste and hazardous waste;  Reduced amount of waste landfill, especially organic waste and hazardous waste;  Reduced numbers of active dump sites and gradually closure of dump sites non- compliant with EC-directives;  Treatment of waste accepted at the landfill in a sustainable, environmentally safe and cost efficient manner;  Development of landfills into waste treatment facilities comprising waste sorting activities for facilitating reuse, recycling and energy recovery of the waste prior to transfer to landfill;  A good occupational safety and working environment for staff working within waste management;  Increased public awareness on sustainable solid waste management;  Well-functioning cooperation and exchange of expertise between the Company and the municipalities;  Well established, close links with the pertinent stakeholders, including ministries, local municipalities and other administrations and entities responsible for different parts of the SWM system;  Compliance with EC directives within the SWM field.

The company's mission: - making improvements to the existing waste landfills; - Perfection of the company-owned landfills and commissioned regulation thereof; - Dump sites/landfills disposable waste accounting system; - Dump sites/landfills management in an acceptable way with respect to the environment, worker’s safety and human health, including technical and infrastructural measures; - New regional sanitary landfills and waste transfer stations definition; - High-risk landfills remediation and closure; - Company’s employees qualification raising in a variety of issues related to waste management, including technical, economic, administrative and legal issues; - Effective cost recovery system; 261 - Ensuring separation, processing and recycling at a source and the implementation of the re-use mechanism in cooperation with the municipalities.

3. The project proponent policy in the field of waste and administrative structure 3.1 In the framework of the project the organizations responsible for waste management Batumi-Akhaltsikhe road construction falls under the competence of the Road Department (RD). The RD at the stage of project implementation will hire an engineering / construction company, which will carry out the construction work. Accordingly, the organizations responsible for the waste management at the construction stage are the construction contractor and the RD. Essentially the RD supervises the activities carried out by the construction contractor and ensuring the satisfaction of all the environmental demands, including a waste management plan development and implementation by the contractor.

3.2 Policy on waste management

All organizations within the frames of the project responsible for the waste management intend to carry out the management of waste generated during their activities in compliance with the with the requirements of the guidelines of the legislation of Georgia, the basic principles of the European Union, the EBRD and the best international practices. The companies’ waste management system must comply with the above mentioned international requirements to the extent that it depends on the efforts of the company and within the scopes that allows the Georgia-based waste management facilities (waste recycling, re-use, treatment and disposal facilities). In implementation of the waste management system the company is guided by the priorities of the following hierarchical scheme: -Waste management hierarchy; - Adoption of the precautionary principle making; - The principle of “Polluter Pays”; - The proximity principle; - The principle of self-reliance.

The whole waste management structure as well as temporary waste disposal sites and equipment should ensure the minimization of the contamination of the environment and accordingly the enterprise personnel and public health protection.

3.3 Instructions for the administrative structure organization Management system hierarchical structure (flowchart)

262

General scheme of distribution of the responsibilities for implementation of the measures envisaged by the plan

1. The management is responsible for: - Waste inventory sheet approval; - Provision with the equipment, inventory and resources necessary for the waste management; - Compliance with the requirements of the environmental protection legislation of Georgia during the process of the management of waste generated as a result of industrial activities;

2. The staff of the company, which is engaged in the field of waste management, is responsible for: - Failure to fulfil waste collection, storage, transportation and other conditions, which is included in the waste management plan; - Placement of waste in the unauthorized areas; - Violation of the waste generation, processing, use and location norms, rules and accounting regulations; - Provision with the incomplete, inaccurate documentation (information) on the waste management or refusal to provide with such information; - Waste transfer without the relevant documents; - Failure to fulfil the waste management plan requirements by the subordinate staff.

In general terms, for the company, environmental, health and safety management system, which includes waste management issues should be organized as follows:

263

(HSE Commission; Upper Managerial circle; Lower managerial circle, Working area).

For development of the management plans and implementation of those the responsibility is charged to the health and labour safety and environmental commission (generally - HSE Commission), the upper management level of which are the company- wide responsible persons for the mentioned issues (company's management-level representatives), while the lower management levels are those responsible for implementation of the mentioned plans in each working site of the project territory. The Commission is an informal functional group, whose daily routine activities are managed by the environmental and social protection service (formal structure) or officer (in case of a development company). The company’s head and upper-level managers will discuss and coordinate the plans, procedures and specific decisions developed and prepared by the environmental and social protection service.

In the RD unified management system, the responsible specialist for a routine control the environment protection and waste management is Ms. L.Bubashvili (Environmental Specialist). Senior level manager, will discusses and prepares the issues for agreement with the head of the company - the Head of the Environment and Accommodation Department – Mr. G.Sopadze; the daily routine monitoring in a working site is managed by the company's supervisory environmental specialist employed by the RD. The upper circle of management in the development company structure consists of the company's manager, chief engineer and the person company-wide responsible for

264 environmental protection. The environmental officers assigned to the work sites carry out waste management at the site.

 HSE commission’s upper management unit competence covers the following:  • Company’s environmental (in particular waste management) policies and action plans development and periodic update;  • Provide adequate material base (building facilities and the proper arrangement of the necessary equipment);  • Signing the contract with external contractors;  • Staff training and staff awareness (HSE plans and instructions provided requirements) - development and organization of the training programs. Training will be generally provided to the Commission lower level, which in turn provides training to the personnel in each working site;  • Control over compliance with the requirements envisaged by the HSE plans and instructions at all levels of the company, which is achieved by direct inspection as well as through the control by the Commission's lower.  • In case of inconsistencies - planning and implementation of corrective and preventive measures and control thereof;  • The planned results achievement analysis; maintenance and improvement of results;  • Management of relevant documentation, which should include:  - The minutes of the Commission’s regular meetings (at least twice a year and the extraordinary - if necessary) which include plans review and approval, plans renewal, planned results achievement analysis and improvement measures;  - The HSE developed and approved in the form of a document - policy, risk analysis and action plans;  - The instructions set out in the action plans;  - Training programs;  - Trainings records book, which indicates the subject of training and title, individuals conducting the training, the training date;  - The monitoring and audits and the corrective actions taken (magazine) - The book containing the records related to the implemented monitoring, audits and the planned corrective action results;  - Attachment (control checklists; trainings confirming checklists).   Duties of the individuals responsible for individual objects (construction sites; ancillary facilities):  • Company’s environmental Company (in particular waste management) policies and action plans familiarization;  • Informing the management about the purchase, construction, repair or update facilities and equipment necessary for waste management;

265  • Staff training and staff awareness (HSE plans and instructions provided requirements) - development and organization of the training programs. Training will be generally provided to the Commission lower level, which in turn provides training to the personnel in each working site;  • Daily brief instructions before the start of the works;  • Control over compliance with the requirements envisaged by the HSE plans and instructions in the respective working sites;  • Recording of the inconsistencies and planning and implementation of corrective and preventive measures;  • Maintenance and improvement of the planned results achievement analysis;  • Management of the relevant documentation and storage. The list of documents should include: - Instructions provided for in the action plans for specific working sites;  - Training programs designed for the specific working sites;  - The book for trainings with indication of the subject of training and title, individuals in charge of organization of training and attendance at it; the date of training;  - Daily brief instruction certifying records (logs);  - The planned monitoring and corrective actions evidencing records (log);  - Corrective actions implementation inspection records (log);  - Attachment (control checklists; trainings confirming checklists).  Training on treatment of waste:  All employees who have access to any dangerous or harmless waste, shall attend the special training - training in the following areas:  • The proper segregation rules and procedures;  • Mandatory care system and rule for correct execution of documentation;  • Waste handling (personal protective equipment use) including waste collection in the administrative building;  • Waste treatment;  • Waste storage.  The rules for treatment waste, especially hazardous waste, should be specific to each kind in of waste. When possible – they should be exhibited in places of their origin and temporary storage areas on the stands.  Waste flow documentation and management  Hazardous waste generation in different work sites and their accumulation in the warehouse should be recorded and documented in the warehouse operations special journal.  The total amount of non-hazardous waste control may be too general. It does not require the management of special documentation. It is sufficient to sign a contract with a specialized contractor who is in charge of waste removal from the project sites territory. The contract will reflect the frequency of waste removal from the territory.

266 4. Management of Waste generated during Construction Process Construction waste

Improper handling of construction materials (storage, use, disposal), as well as the waste generated in process of the construction, could become a water / soil contamination cause in a construction sites, as well as in the materials dumping sites. Wrong handling of the equipment and fuelling can cause primary contamination of soil and the contaminated soil and the clothes used for cleaning of these places, if the adsorbents become hazardous waste, improper management of which can lead to the soil or water facilities secondary pollution. In general, main mass of the waste generated during the construction process is created by the inert construction waste - cut soil and weathered rocks bulk, also building materials waste - which are not used for construction purposes and are the subject of placement. During the construction it is expected the generation of different types of waste. The main waste generation objects are: construction sites and construction camps. Generation of waste in small quantities is expected (contaminated soil) on the access roads and the routes of heavy traffic.

Waste classification

During the construction of the highway following groups of waste shall be generated (waste groups are provided for in compliance with the requirements of the "Waste Management Code"): • Code 15 - packaging waste, absorbent, cleaning cloths, filters and protective clothing waste; • Code 16 - waste which is not provided for in other areas; • Code 17 - Construction and dismantle waste (including road works, waste from contaminated sites); • Code 20 - Municipal waste and similar commercial, industrial and waste facilities, which also include a small amount of the collected amount of waste. If a building contractor, after obtaining the appropriate permission, will open the own pit there will be additionally generated the waste of the following groups: waste generating from the geological-exploration works /excavation, mining works, minerals and quarries mechanical processing and further processing (code 01) . The estimated transmission capacity of the mentioned waste and their management ways will be discussed at the stage of the appropriate permit in the environmental impact assessment report.

Inert debris - in general, the main mass of the waste generated in the process of infrastructure construction is created by the inert construction waste - soil and stones (code: 17 05 04), soil (code: 17 05 06), as well as cement, bricks, tiles and ceramics

267 (Code: 17, 01) - which is not used for construction purposes and subjects to the placement. The total number of inert construction waste arising from the construction of a section of the highway project, is smaller than those accumulated during the civil works of any other type of infrastructure or the territory. Highway construction, especially – in the plain area, does not require arranging the trenches and large-scale works. The main objectives is the arrangement of the foundations of the towers – the soul withdrawn from the places excavated in this area will be used to strengthen the foundations of towers and for compression. Placement of small bulk is not a problem: a) If necessary, the population should be given the right to use the inert material temporarily placed in bulk; b) Inert bulk may be placed in the solid waste landfills and used to cover the municipal solid waste layer; c) The inert bulk may be used by local municipalities to strengthen the erosive gorges and slopes and riverbanks. Household waste (code: 20)

It is anticipated the generation of hazardous, non-hazardous household waste, mainly: • Kitchen organic waste (non-hazardous) - code: 20 01 08; • Paper, cardboard (non-hazardous) - code: 20 01 01; • Glass (non-hazardous)-code: 20 01 02; • Plastic (non-hazardous) - code: 20 01 03; • Septic tank sediment (dangerous) - code: 20 03 04 • Bushes/trees residuals (according to the specifics of the object it can be both hazardous and non-hazardous) - code: 20 03 03; • Medical waste (hazardous) - code: 20 01 31; • Mixed municipal waste - code: 20 03 01; • Fluorescent tubes (dangerous) - code: 20 01 21.

For a household waste management it will be installed waste collection containers in the construction sites and landfill polygons, from which the waste will be transferred to temporary storage sites. Temporary waste storage yards will be arranged in the camps, construction sites of the supplementary facilities and, possibly, in a few additional districts along the highway route (the exact place will be selected by the contractor). It is convenient to arrange temporary storage places in the construction sites near administrative-territorial centres. The places for temporary disposal should be organized in observation of the sanitary rules: large size (1.1 - 2 m 3) special containers should be placed on the impermeable concrete mats on the, which will have a closely tight-fitting lid. It is preferably to cover the area for a rain. Area shall be maintained in clean conditions; waste must be taken regularly for the final place (at least - once a week).

268 Household waste will be finally placed on the basis of a contract executed with the licensed contractors and the municipal sanitary cleaning services of. Household waste will be transferred to municipal landfills: Norio and Rustavi municipal waste landfills. .

Non-hazardous construction waste:

• Paper and cardboard packing material - code: 15 01 01;  • Plastic packing material - code: 15 01 02;  • Wood packaging material - code: 15 01 03;  • Metal packing material - code: 15 01 04;  • Defective, malfunctioning equipment and parts - code: 16 02 14;  • Mixed metals - code: 17 04 07;  Non-hazardous construction waste is subjected to the same kind of management procedures, as those designated for the domestic waste generated during the construction: collection in the containers at construction sites, temporary storage in the camps and the substation and final disposal in the landfill polygons.

Hazardous construction waste;

• Glass, plastic tree, consisting of or containing dangerous substances - code: 17 02 04; • Metallic wastes contaminated with dangerous substances - code: 17 04 09 • Soil and stones containing dangerous chemicals - code: 17 05 03; • Packaging materials that contain hazardous chemicals of rubbish and / or contaminated with dangerous chemicals - code: 15 01 11; • Absorbents, filter materials (including oil filters), cleaning cloths and protective clothing, which are contaminated with dangerous chemicals - code: 15 02 02; • Oil filters - code: 16 01 07; • Defective, malfunctioning equipment and parts contaminated with dangerous substances - code: 16 02 10; 16 02 11; 16 02 12; 16 02 13;

The listed hazardous waste does not belong to the class of high hazard. Georgia already operates operating several companies that have licenses to operate hazardous waste. The construction contractor will collect the waste of fuel and lubricants, and place them appropriately in the places arranged for temporary storage. Pads, which accommodate residual oil and paint containers, should be of a waterproof material (concrete or metal tank). District must be equipped with absorbent. This waste final disposal shall be organized in compliance with the rules duly agreed with the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources Protection in the agreed objects or – on the

269 basis of the appropriate contract – it will be transferred for allocation to a licensed operator (eg. "Hospital" Ltd), which has a hazardous waste permit for operation.

Waste management infrastructure in the region The project is located on the highway in Isani-Samgori district administration area. Region 2 is at the dump, which can be used by the project: Tbilisi (Norio waste polygon) and Rustavi landfill.

270 Table 7.2. Types of construction waste, the expected volume and management procedures

Inert construction waste Waste code Waste operator organizations Waste management and place of disposal or Name Expected volumes Waste class utilization

17 05 04 Soil and stones; Non-hazardous a) If necessary, the population Shall be disposed at the 17 05 06 Soil; should be given the right to nearest municipal landfill 17 01 Cement, bricks, tiles and ceramics. use the inert material temporarily placed in bulk b)Inert bulk can be placed in an a solid waste landfills and used for covering the municipal solid waste layer c) the bulk of the inert material can be used by local municipalities for strengthening erosion gullies, slopes and riverbanks. 15 01 04; Metal packaging materials; 10-15 ton Non-hazardous Transferred to the contractor 16 02 14; Defective, malfunctioning equipment and or sold as scrap 17 04 07. parts Mixed metals 15 01 03 Wood packaging material 40-50 m3 Non-hazardous Transferred to a local authority for re-use (distributed among kindergartens and schools)

15 01 01; Paper and cardboard packaging material; 30-40 m3 Non-hazardous Transferred to a licensed 15 01 02. Plastic packaging material contractor for re-use 15 02 03 Personal protection means and clothes 3-4 m3 Non-hazardous Transferred to the local Shall be disposed at a landfill cleaning services

271 Hazardous Construction Waste Code Type Expected volumes Waste class Waste management Waste operator, organizations and place of disposal or utilization

13 Waste oils 2000-3000 litre Hazardous Transferred to licensed contractor. 17 05 03 Soil and stones containing hazardous Small amounts Hazardous Transferred to a licensed chemical substances; contractor for bioremediation 17 05 05 Soil, which contain hazardous chemical substances; 17 05 07 Road mangonel, which contains dangerous chemicals 15 02 02 Cloth contaminated with fuel oil/paint 1-2 m3 Hazardous Transferred to a licensed contractor for further management 15 02 02 Adsorbents contaminated, that are used for In case of small spills cleaning of fuel spilled - 0.1 m3; in case of large spills - see the emergency management plan 16 20 13 Contaminated malfunctioning construction 10-15 m3 Hazardous Transferred to a licensed equipment details contractor 17 04 09 Metallic wastes that are contaminated with 10-15 m3 Hazardous Transferred to a licensed dangerous substances (residual paint cans contractor and brushes); 15 02 03 Contaminated personal protective 8-10 m3 Hazardous Transferred to a licensed equipment and clothing contractor 16 06 01 Accumulators 15-20 unit Hazardous Transferred to a licensed contractor Household Waste

272 Hazardous Construction Waste Code Type Expected volumes Waste class Waste management Waste operator, organizations and place of disposal or utilization

Code Type Expected Waste class Waste management Waste operator, organizations and volumes place of disposal or utilization

20 01 08 Kitchen organic waste; 19 600 m3 Non-hazardous Transferred to a local cleaning Landfill disposal service 20 01 01; Paper, cardboard; 10 m3 Non- Transferred to a licensed Non-hazardous waste shall be 20 01 02: Glass; hazardous/Haza contractor placed in landfill. Dangerous 20 01 03; Small plastic waste rdous (cartridges, malfunctioning equipment) waste is the subject to appropriate management.

20 01 01; Glass bottles; 20000- Non-hazardous Transferred to a licensed 20 01 02: Small plastic bottles; 25000 unit contractor for further treatment Municipal waste that is not or for re-use 20 03 99 designated to the mentioned category Not regulated by Sewage waste 1400000 Non-hazardous Will be discharged into the the Waste litre central wastewater Management Code of Georgia 20 03 03 Residuals 200 m3 Non- Transferred to a local cleaning hazardous/Haza service organizations rdous 20 01 21 Malfunctioning lamps 50-100 Hazardous Transferred to a licensed subcontractor 20 01 32 Medications 0.5 m3 Hazardous Transferred to a licensed subcontractor

273 5. Waste Management Procedures 5.1 General requirements for the safe treatment of waste: 1. An employee who is engaged in the field of waste management (collection, storage, transportation, and acceptance/delivery) must have undergone appropriate training on labour protection and occupational safety issues. 2. The staff shall be provided with special uniforms, footwear and personal protective equipment; if necessary, the personnel clothes are subject to special treatment, especially after performing the hazardous waste-related operations. 3. The staff should be able to render the first aid in case of poisoning or injury during handling waste; 4. A person who has not taken the proper training, has no overalls shall not be allowed to the work; he/she shall not be allowed in case of any sign of illnesses. 5. No placement of waste in excess to the established standards shall be admitted to the waste collection site; it is forbidden to place waste near the source of spark and heat; 6. In case of placement of several kinds of waste together the issue of their compatibility will be taken into account; 7. In the industrial waste accumulation areas it is not allowed to store any foreign objects, personal clothing, overalls, individual protection means; also it is strictly forbidden a food intake. 8. At dealing with industrial waste one has to observe personal hygiene norms, it is necessary to wash hands before eating and after it with soap and warm water; 9. In case of any sign of poisoning, the work must be stopped and the person must apply to the nearest medical centre and notify about this to the head of a structural unit; 10. The places for collection of fire-hazardous waste should be equipped with fire fighting equipment. In places of this type it is strictly forbidden to smoke or use an open fire. 11. The staff should be aware of the properties of the waste and fire fighting rules. Burning liquid or easily inflammable fuels can be extinguished with extinguishers, sand or asbestos fabric; 12. Extinguish of a burning solvent with water is prohibited.

5.2 Procedures and rules for waste management The present section describes the measures and rules to be observed for waste management purposes (processing and/or before the disposal). Management measures are reviewed in accordance with the following priorities.

Classification of waste Further management of waste significantly depends on classification of waste at the place of its origin. Segregation of waste in accordance with its types, comply with requirements of its storage and finally, processing / disposal – all the above listed require the relevant classification of waste. Determination of category of waste, sample taking, verification, testing or laboratory analysis are required for implementation of classification of waste in accordance with the standards of European Union and for ascertaining the following issues :  Category of given waste – hazardous, non-hazardous or category of inert waste ;

274  The methods for waste disposal.

An individual responsible for waste management for classification of waste will :  Use the temporary inventory list of waste describing the wide spectrum of the types of expected waste ;  In case the given type of the waste is not inserted into the inventory list of the waste, other additional methods will be used for the purposes of classification of waste ;  In case the common methods are not comprehensive for classification of waste, the samples of the waste will be tested through laboratory methods in order to maintain the classification of waste in accordance with the below given table.

Definitions for waste classification

Classification of Definitions waste Inert waste that does not undergo any significant physical, chemical or biological changes: does not dissolve, burn, or come in any other chemical or physical reaction, biodegrade or affect other material in a manner that will cause environmental pollution or damage to human health; Hazardous waste with one or more characteristics under Annex III of this Code; Nonhazardous waste that does not fall under the definition of 'hazardous waste'.

Making inventory After classification of waste that has to determine the potential hazardous content of waste, the individual responsible for inventory making, will compose the inventory list including the following information:

 Sources and flows of waste;  Description of waste flows and their classification; in particular, whether the given waste is hazardous or not;  Rules for storage of waste, if required;  Methods of disposal of contractors;  Quantitative data of waste – on annual, quarterly or monthly basis, whatever is required.

Inventory records are made by the individuals responsible for waste management annually or during the relevant amendments. The copies of inventory lists of waste should be presented to the leadership of the industry. The above mentioned records can be updated only by the individuals who had attended the special trainings in the field of the use of inventory list.

275

Primary inventory of waste

Part 1 Information on waste generator

Company: ...... (name, registration number) Representative: ...... (name, position, contact details) Legal address: ...... (region, municipality, city, street, phone number, fax, E-mail) Place of waste generation: ...... (region, municipality, city, street, phone number, fax, E-mail) Point of contact at the place of waste generation: ...... (name, position, contact details) Brief description of the activities of waste generator ...... Brief description of waste

Part 2

List of waste originated at object Waste code Name of Hazardous Hazard Operations of Code of Bazel waste (yes / no) characteristics placement / Convention restoration (Y)

Correct inventory of waste is necessary for determination of the following issues: - Type of processing is required (if it is required) for the mentioned waste; - Method of disposal of the waste (in particular, need of means of self protection and or any other similar needs); - The methods of storage of such waste (if such is required); - Method of final processing / disposal.

The purpose of inventory making, including the label affixing, is to maintain the delivery of sufficient information and thus to ensure the final secure disposal of waste.

276 Segregation and collection of waste Special containers should be placed nearby the district of waste generation. Segregation of waste at the places of waste generation and its collection in corresponding containers should take place. After completion of activities the waste is originated and collected at different units and the mentioned is the subject to registration, collection, temporary storage, take out, abatement, processing or placement. The method of separated collection of household waste should be organized and implemented at the object in accordance with the category and hazard of the waste. The following is the subject to segregated collection and storage: - Household waste; - Industrial waste take out of which is not prohibited to the polygon of household waste (in particular, paronite, rubber remnants, plastic household object, wooden and paper, timber and sawdust products, polyethylene pipes, remnants of glass-paper and others); - Objects and materials containing the quick-silver; - Lead-containing waste; - Waste of chemical substances; - Lubricated duster clothes, filters of used respirators; - Waste of petroleum products, including the remnants accumulated in sinkers; - Used industrial oils, lubricants; - Materials used during the liquidation activities of accidental leakage of petroleum products; - Polluted soil and sand; - scrap-iron, waste of welding electrodes; - Used rubber hoses, used tyres; - Used waste of lead accumulators; - Waste of dyes and barrels of dyes; - Medical waste.

Label affixing

Individuals responsible for waste management are obliged to maintain the labelling of waste containers in order to enable the determination and detailed description of its content. The above mentioned is required for observation of security measures by foreigner personal during the disposal of the waste. The waste the type of which is not indicated on the label is considered as hazardous waste and is the subject to the above mentioned classification.

Onsite all types of containers (collecting boxes, boxes with rollers, barrels and etc.) should be labelled in order to determine the type of the waste that can be placed in such containers. Old labels should be removed in order to avoid any misunderstanding.

277 Informational and warning signs

Subject to processing For household waste Inflammable Smoking is prohibited

* * *

Toxic air and Dangerously explosive Easily inflammable air Easily inflammable substance substance and product and mixture solid substance

Self-inflammable Other hazardous Non-toxic air Dangerous during substances and products substance the water influence

Danger of infection Oxidizer substance Corrosive substance Radioactive substance

278 Waste storage

The waste should remain onsite for a minimum time and it should be taken out as soon as possible for further processing and disposal purposes. the places intended for waste storage should be inserted on the relevant plan of the site. The following should be excluded during the storage of the waste : - Accidental leakage or outflow, pollution of ground or underground water, break of containers at the result of accidental crush, contact with air during the secondary packing and/or use of covers ; - Corrosion or wear of containers as by environment (through the method of shelter maintenance), so by the waste itself; in this respect the containers durable against the specific type of waste should be selected, in particular, the accumulators of motor vehicles should be places on anticorrosive plastic plates ; - Theft due to unsafe placement of waste within the frameworks of secured perimeter of object.

Containers of waste should correspond with the size, shape, content and hazard of waste to be stored. Only the containers in good order should be used. The covers of the containers should be in closable condition or another cover should be used. Use of containers that can react upon the content or from where the hazardous substance can be leaked is prohibited. All hazardous materials should be strictly segregated from other waste. Only type of waste can be placed in one container only. Solid and liquid waste should not be mixed together. Storage or collection of waste at the territory of plant for a long term is permissible only in following cases : - Waste is used for further technological cycle for the purpose of their complete utilization ; - Due to nonexistence of customer, etc.

Due to physical-chemical and toxicological features of waste and their components their temporary storage is permissible : - At industrial or auxiliary premise (warehouse, store-room) ; - At temporary non-stationary warehouse ; - At opened square.

The places for temporary warehousing of waste at the territory of object is determined during the procedure of inventory making for waste and it should comply the following requirements : - The cover of square should be solid (concrete, asphalt-concrete of concrete tiles) ; - Fencing and stacking should be arranged alongside the whole perimeter of the square in order to avoid the transfer of solid substance into the sewerage system or soil ; - The square should have easy driveways for motor vehicles ; - Effective storage of waste should be arranged in order to protect it from influence of atmospheric precipitates and wind (stalls, placement of waste into packages, containers and etc.) ; 279 The following conditions should be ensured while the temporary storage of waste at non- stationery warehouses and at square: the possibility of transfer of waste into the sewage or on soil. Temporary storage of hazardous waste is possible in stationary warehouse. The special warehouse facility should be allocated at the object for the above mentioned purpose and the mentioned facility should be arranged through observation of the requirements of environmental protection, in particular: - Floor and walls of the facility should be incrustrated by ceramic tiles; - The ceiling should be painted by anti-moisture dye;  The warehouse should be equipped by the following:  Exhausting ventilation system;  Wash-stand and faucet for irrigation – wash of the territory;  S-trap.  Metal lattices should be arranged on doors and windows;  Arrangement of storage racks and shelves is required for waste placement;  Placement of waste is permissible only in case of packing in hermetic containers having the corresponding marking.

Take out of hazardous waste from the territory of plant and its further management should be implemented by the organization having the relevant permit for the above mentioned activity.

Waste transmission

Transmission of waste should be registered by the way of filling the « form on transmission of waste ». In each separate case the following information should be inserted into the above mentioned form :  Date and time of transmission ;  Description of waste indicating the quantity ;  Information on waste producers ;  Information on carrier ;  Information of recipient ;  Signatures of representatives of carrier and recipient.

Completed form of waste transmission should be attached to the way bill from the place or object of waste production to the place of waste disposal, or to the equipment of sewage processing equipment, crematory, landfill or others. Each form of waste transmission should contain the full description, content, production process, package method of waste, total quantity of transferred waste and other relevant information. Form on waste transmission should be filled in three copies. Formal procedure of waste transmission is as follows :

 Form on waste disposal is signed by authorized individuals and sub-contractor responsible for takeout and transportation of waste ;  Upper copy (first copy) is remained and stored at the site ; 280  Other copies (two copies) are attached to the waste up to the place of their abatement or placement ;  At the point of receipt the carrier is obliged to get the signature of corresponding authorized individual. It also should be mentioned that the waste had been received at the point of destination ;  Afterwards the second copy remains at the place of receipt ;  Third copy is remained at carrier who takes it to the office. For the date of next take out of waste the carrier takes the third copy of the above mentioned form to the place of waste generation ;  Third copy remains at the place of waste generation and is stored together with the first copy of the form ;  The third copy is photocopied at the place of waste generation and together with reporting on fulfilment of obligations it is sent to the unit of environment protection.

Completed forms of waste transmission are stored during the validity term of the contract. Responsible individual is obliged not to issue the waste and not sign the form on its transmission it he/she has the sufficient ground to consider that the waste could not reach the destination point.

281 Form on waste transmission # Information on waste generator Information on waste carrier Information on waste recipient Waste content Generation Type of package method / place

Signature of # Type of waste Quantity of Duration of Number and name of the Signature of Time of take Time of Signature of individual – waste waste vehicle used for driver out of waste receipt of recepient of generator of accumulation transportation of the waste from the waste at the the waste waste place of its point of generation destination

Waste generator organization ______LS

Waste recipient organization ______LS

(is filled in three copies, one remains at generator, second – at driver, third - at the recipient of waste. After transportation of the waste the third copy is returned by the driver to the waste generator)

282

Transportation of waste Transportation of waste should be accomplished by the observation of safety measures established for transportation of sanitary, environmental and hazardous load. Load/unload of waste and all operations related with its transportation should be mechanized and hermetic at possible extent. Loss and dissemination of waste during the transportation should be excluded. During the placement of hazardous waste at the temporary warehouse the accompanying individual should possess the corresponding document – “request for take out of hazardous waste” certified by the leadership of the plant. Carrier of the waste should maintain the transport, loading and transportation of hazardous waste as intended, by the observation of sanitary, environmental and safety measures. Cleaning, washing and abatement of the vehicle should be carried out upon the completion of the operation. The vehicle used for transportation of waste should have the corresponding warning sign. Waste subject to secondary processing have to be taken outside the territory of plant by the relevant contractor company, on the basis of preliminary concluded agreement. Household waste is collected at the special containers placed at the territory of plant and take out is accomplished by the Cleaning Municipal Department, on the basis of corresponding agreement and in accordance with drawn up schedule. Workers employed for transportation (drivers and workers) had to attend the relevant trainings. The following types of risks are related with load transportation: - Traffic accidents; - Dissemination or leakage of load; - Improper loading of vehicle. the following is required in order to avoid the above mentioned: 1. systematic verification of technical condition of the vehicle and observation of movement speed; 2. Verification of leakproofness of containers; 3. Tonnage of the vehicle should be envisaged during its loading procedure in order to avoid the overload of the vehicle; 4. Liquid-proof capacious geomembrane should spread on the body of the vehicle that will maintain the retention of the waste at the body of the vehicle in case of its accidental spill or spread over.

If notwithstanding the above mentioned security measures, at the results of accidental situation the environment was polluted anyway, the driver will immediately contact the leadership of the object and the latter on its behalf should carry out the relevant measures in accordance with the accidental situation response plan by the help of rescue group.

Management monitoring

During collection, storage, transportation, use, abatement and placement of industrial waste the valid ecological, epidemiological and safety technical norms and rules should be observed.

283

Generation, placement, abatement and take out of waste is registered in the special registry. Quantity of taken out or utilized waste should be documented. An individual responsible for waste disposal should carry out the systematic control of the following : - Fitness of containers for waste collection ; - Presence of labels of the containers ; - Conditions of the squares intended for temporary placement of waste ; - Quantity of collected waste and its correspondence with established norms (visual control) ; - Observation of periodicity of take out of waste from territory ; - Fulfilment of requirements of ecological safety and security techniques.

Indicators for maintenance of effective management of waste

As it was already mentioned, different types of waste can be originated at the site. Rules established for waste management should be observed in order to maintain the proper management of waste. Take out / placement of the waste should be implemented in accordance with the established order and through observation of norms / rules valid in Georgia.

Potential influence  Pollution or littering of territory due to improper management of waste. Sources  Packing material;  Other construction waste;  Waste accumulated during the land works;  Use and storage of fuel;  Repair of equipment;  Household waste. Purpose  Maintenance of take out of waste in time and by he established rules;  Evasion of loss caused to environment at the result of waste influence. Activity / control  Maintenance of compliance with relevant legislative and regulating requirements;  allocation of special place for temporary warehousing of waste at the territory;  Dumpling of waste by the observation of relevant legislative requirements;  Separation of hazardous and non-hazardous waste;  Take out of waste to landfill;  Repeated use of waste (if such is possible);  Block up of driveways and motor roads should be avoided.  Indicator of  Non-existence of claims;

284

effectiveness  Non-existence of garbage and waste collected during the technical services;  Non-existence of the trace of hazardous waste and leakage (in particular, petroleum, fuel and etc.).

Monitoring  Monitoring the procedures of placement-take out of waste;  Regular monitoring of collection-take out of waste;  Registration / keeping the relevant records;  Registration of records in regard of the claims and response in case of necessity.

Corrective activities /  Corrective measures should be taken upon the determination of reporting problem or receipt of a claim;  All the irrelevancies / violations of established norms are registered by the leader of the Works;  In case of necessity the authorized individual at the square will notify in regard of the occurrence the relevant leader. Responsible  Superintendant of works individual Responsibility for  Leadership of plant monitoring / execution

Information on waste generated during the exploitation of object Generation of following categories of waste is expectable during the exploitation period of the object :  Organic waste of kitchen (non-hazardous) – code 20 01 08 ;  Paper, cardboard (non-hazardous) – code 20 01 01 ;  Glass (non-hazardous) – code 20 01 02 ;  Plastic (non-dangerous) – code 20 01 03 ;  Sediment of septic tank (hazardous) – code 20 03 04 ;  Swept waste in streets (due to the specifications of the object the waste can be hazardous, as well as non-hazardous) – code 20 03 03 ;  Medical waste (hazardous) – code 20 01 31 ;  Mixed municipal waste (hazardous) – code 20 03 01 ;  Fluorescent pipes (hazardous) – code 20 01 21.

Quantity of household waste generated at construction stage depends on the number of the service staff. According to the preliminary information approximately 200 individuals will be employed on the object. Pursuant to the obtained norms, at average 0,70 m3 of household waste is generated per employee a year. Considering the above mentioned, the annual quantity of generated household waste should be 0.70 X 100 = 70 m3. Placement of closed containers at the object is considered for household waste. Take out and placement of waste and landfill will be carried out by the Cleaning Municipal Department, on the basis of corresponding agreement.

285

Mass polluted with petroleum product, also other hazardous waste will be temporary placed at the territory of plant by the observation of environmental and hygienic terms and for further processing / placement / abatement, it will be transferred to the organization having the relevant permit for environment influence in accordance with accumulation. Wooden package material will be transferred to the local population for further utilization purposes.

Management and monitoring of waste generated on site (classification, inventory making, segregation, collection, storage, transfer and transportation) will be carried out in accordance with the principles, procedures and rules given above.

286

Annex 2 Water resources protection measures in camping Introduction

In accordance with the Georgian Law on “Permit for influence on environment” (2007) the project on limited permissible lowering (LPL) should be elaborated for the sited subjected to ecological expertise, including the auxiliary objects used for construction of motor roads, as are asphalt-concrete plants, concrete plants and construction camps. Limited permissible lowering (LPL) norms for pollutants of the object of surface waters are determined as the maximum mass of pollutants existed in drainage that can be lowered in given section of water object during the time unit envisaging the retention of its quality. Exact determination of the location of the object, preparation of general plan with indications on all technological nodes and elements on plan, data of generation of pollutions of sources, correct coordinates of lowering into the object of surface water and hydrological data of the surface water itself are required for elaboration of the project for LPL norms. During implementation of the projects of linear infrastructural systems financed by the international donor organizations the projecting, contracting, procurement and construction are carried out in accordance with the internationally adopted engineering, construction rules and schemes, in particular, pursuant to the so called “Red” and “Yellow” contract forms of FIDIC. In accordance with the “Red” and “Yellow” contract forms of FIDIC the competencies of project implementing organization, projecting organization and construction contractor are dissociated distinctly. In accordance with the “Red” contract form of FIDIC, the project implementing organization and the projecting organization hired by it are obliged to prepare detailed project documentation of basic projecting object (in this case, road and traffic infrastructure). As regards the technical project of auxiliary construction object intended for further use of construction contractor, the mentioned issue doesn’t fall within the competence of projecting organization and the project of auxiliary construction object is not prepared on the stage of obtaining the relevant permit for construction of basic object. Preparation of the project of auxiliary construction object (construction camp, driveways to construction object, asphalt-concrete plants or concrete plants, etc.) and obtaining the relevant permissions are considered as the obligation of the construction contractor. In accordance with the “Yellow” contract form of FIDIC (Design and Build, i.e. the contract of projecting and construction), only the basic contract of the main object is prepared by the project implementing organization and the projecting organization hired by it and completion of final detailed project and further construction is the prerogative of the construction contractor. Thus, in both cases the contract is drawn up with the construction contractor only after the issuance of permit on construction, i.e. the issuance of construction permit and conclusion of ecological expertise and related environmental documentation is issued earlier the preparation of project of construction object by the construction contractor (normative for limited permissible lowering in surface waters, normative for limited permissible diffusion in atmospheric air and etc.). Accordingly, pursuant to the “red” and “Yellow” contract forms of FIDIC, presentation of LPL and LPD normative documents

287

together with document on evaluation of influence on environment for auxiliary objects is impossible during the organized process. Within the frameworks of evaluation of influence on environment, only the reflection of main principles, qualitative and semi-qualitative evaluation of expected influences and common model situation is possible, whereas the necessity for preparation of LPL and LPD normative documents and exact and detailed evaluation will be mentioned within the evaluation of influence on environment as the obligation of construction contractor. The above mentioned obligation should be accented in the contract concluded between the project implementing organization and construction contractor and within the construction permission it should be mentioned as the license term. Taking into consideration all the above mentioned, the data, calculations and recommendations given within the evaluation of influence on environment serve for reflection of the scenario of common model situation and presumable influence and not for preparation of final, site-specific evaluation and normative documents.

Presented model describes the aspect of water supply and sewage system for typical construction camps that is provided for placement of approximately 50 workers and construction equipment. The unit for fuel up, technical maintenance and wash of equipment is foreseen at the square for equipment. Herewith we should underline that the above mentioned corresponds with the worst case scenario as in our case we can suppose that the personnel will be accommodated not in the camp but in rented residencies in roadside villages and countries.

Evaluations and recommendations given within the evaluation of influence on environment, as well as the LPL and LPD to be prepared at the preconstruction period should be based on effective standards and norms.

Traffic Department undertakes the obligation to maintain the implementation of all obligatory environmental documents in regard of construction of construction objects and their exploitation after the contractor maintains the preparation of the relevant projecting documentation for reconstruction and construction project of Batumi-Akhaltsikhe motor road and its presentation to the Ministry of Natural Resources of Georgia.

Water supply and sewage system Water supply

During the construction phase the quantity of needed drinkable-industrial water will be determined in accordance with the number of the workers. According to the above given model situation the number of the workers should not exceed 50 individuals. During the working day - 25 litres of drinkable water is foreseen per one worker, thus, the expenditure of drinkable water in accordance with the construction object will be as follows:

288

1. Camp of workers 50 individuals

50X25X365 = 456,25 m3 per year : 365 = 1,25 m3 per day : 24 = 0,052 m3/per hour 2. Repair plant for automobile construction equipment (3 employees)

3X25X250 = 18,75 m3 per year : 250 = 0,075 m3/per day : 24 = 0,003125 m3/per hour Drinkable-industrial water should be used in shower and determined volume of washing water per 1 wet corner is envisaged in quantity of 500 l/day (0,5 m3/per day). In the camp 4 showers are envisaged for 53 individuals, i.e. 4X500X365 = 730 m 3per year and 2 m3/per day. total quantity of drinkable-industrial water used during the construction phase will amount to 1204,75 m3/per year = 3,325 m3/per day.

Technological water supply

For industrial purposes the water will be used at the construction site at the object of corresponding infrastructure, including the parking lots of automobiles and equipment. During the course of construction works the technical water will be used for washing f automobiles and transport means. The technical water will be obtained from the river Acharistskali or underground water will be used (in case of underground water the relevant license should be obtained). Technical maintenance of transport means and construction equipments that should be used on construction site will be carried out at the parking lot situated on the territory of construction camp where the car-washing facility will be arranged. 10 units of construction equipment and transport mean can be washed at the camp per day. Volume of the water required for washing of one transport mean amounts to 350 litres. Considering 250 business days per year the volume of water necessary for washing of transport means in construction camps will amount to: 10 units per day 10X350X250 = 875 m3/per year, 3,5 m3/per day, 0,44 m3/per hour,

Construction phase of industrial faecal and industrial sewage waters

Volume of industrial-faecal sewage water is determined by the quantity of water acceptable and used in accordance with project calculation minus 5% of loss. In accordance with the above mentioned calculation the expenditure of industrial- faecal sewage water can be seen in the Table #

Volume of lowering of industrial-sewage waters of construction phase Table 2 Positio Name of Object Name of surface # of Volume of Volume of Note

289

n water lowering lowering lowered # source m3/24hr water m3/year 1 Constructors’ Camp Riv. Acharistskali 1 3,16 1144.5

Maximum hourly expenditure of industrial sewage water envisaging the coefficient of hourly irregularities qmax, K- coefficient of hourly irregularities = 3 qmax =3,16m3/per day : 24 x 3 =0,395 m3/hr

Technological sewage water

Basic industrial sewage waters are generated during the construction works at the time of washing of automobiles and mobile heavy equipment and the УСВ-М-20 cleaning installation is envisaged for the above mentioned purposes.

Quantitative data of the industrial sewage water of construction phase Table # Positio Volume of # of Volume of n Name of surface lowered Name of Object lowering lowering Note # water water source m3/24hr m3/year 1 Constructors’ Riv. 1 0,42 3,33 831,73 Camp Acharistskali

УСВ-М-20 cleaning installation is recommended for cleaning of petroleum carbohydrate and solid particles of industrial-technological and flow waters. In accordance with the technical documentation the effectiveness of the above mentioned installation amounts to 99,8% and the concentration of petroleum carbohydrate after the cleaning procedure doesn’t exceed 0,3 mg/l and concentration of solid particles – 60 mg/l. The principle of cleaning order of flow and industrial water by the use of regulating volumes (reservoirs) and accumulation of the flow of first 30 minutes, and staging cleaning during 16 hours after completion of 8 hours working day, are envisaged technologically. The installation of biocycle type is envisaged by the project for cleaning of industrial- faecal waters. According to the catalogue data the above mentioned installation is constructed for different number of customers.

Flow water dumping

In accordance with the project decisions made in regard of the section of the project on water supply and sewage, all industrial squares of the object are equipped with flow water sewage systems and drained water is cleaned in the corresponding cleaning facility together with technological water, at different times of day. In accordance with technical parameters and features of the object the dimensions of drained areas and categories of surface processing slightly differs from each other and therefore the quantitative and qualitative

290

features are also different. Cleaned flow and industrial-technological flow waters will be flown into the river Acharistskali in accordance with the location of the objects. In accordance with the method materials of international organizations the quantitative features of flow water for less problematic drained industrial squares are calculated by the following formula:

Q=10xFxNxK (1) Where Q- expenditure of flow waters in specific period of time in m3. F – drained area in m2 or ha. N – quantity of precipitates mg/year.

Quantity of atmospheric precipitation for the place of object placement in average longstanding regime amounts to 1228 mm, whereas the daily maximum of precipitation amounts to 133 mm. K – coefficient depended on the type of cover In accordance with the technological prescription the projecting objects are maintained with different types of covers. Quantitative parameters of flow waters are calculated in accordance with the (1) formula: i. Constructors’ Camp - K=0,9 F=0,11ha

Qaverage annual=10x0,9x0,11ha x1228mm= 1215,72 m3/year Qdaily=10x0,9x0,11ha x133mm= 131,67 m3/daily

ii. Repair workshop for automobiles and mobile heavy equipment K=0,9, F=0,04

Qan.=501,84m3/year

Qdaily=59,76m3/daily

УС-М-20 installation will be used for cleaning of rain water and vehicle washing facility water. Total expenditure of flow water of cleaning facility: Qannual, Qdaily (2) In accordance with the above mentioned and pursuant to the technological regulations, during 8 hours working day the flow waters of automobile washing facility will be cleaned at the cleaning facilities, but in case of rain the flow waters accumulated in reservoirs will be cleaned within the period of 16 hours. In this respect the reports in regard of the water to be cleaned are provided separately.

Thus, maximum expenditure of flow waters to be cleaned amounts to:

1. Q1=164,34:24x1= 6,8475m3/hr 2. Q=59,76:24x1= 2,49m3/hr

Cleaning and drain of flow water Cleaning of industrial-faecal water

291

Use of cleaning facility of “Biotal” type having the relevant productivity is envisaged by the project for cleaning of industrial-faecal waters. As it was already mentioned above, total biological cleaning of industrial-faecal waters corresponds with the volume of the flow waters calculated in accordance with the objects including the quantitative and qualitative features of its content. Envisaging the requirements of Georgia, European Union and other international organizations the normative for drain of cleaned water into the surface water are as follows: 1. For weighted particles (L. P. C.)

C weighted particles = 25 mgl 2. Biological requirement of oxygen – B. R. O. – CB.R.O 25mm/l

3. Chemical requirement of oxygen – C. R. O. – CC.R.O 25mm/l

4. Total nitrogen – Ctotal nitrogen 15mm/l

5. Total phosphorus Ctotal phosphorus 5mg/l

Method for calculation of limited permissible lowering (emission) norms for separate pollutants

Limited permissible lowering norm for separate pollutant of all categories of water are determined by the following formula:

L.P.L. = q CL.P.L.

(1) Where q – is the adopted expenditure of drain water in m3/hr

3 CL.P.L. – is the concentration of pollutant in drain water in mg/l (gr/m )

Determination of permissible concentration of pollutants into the drain water (CL.P.L.)

In case the drain water is flown into the section of the surface water that is considered as the protected zone in accordance with the Directive of European Parliament and European Union N 2000/60/EC dated October 23, 2000 on Water Policy, i.e. a) Is considered for water intake, for water supply of population; b) Is intended for protection of economically important water species; c) Is intended for relaxation of population – limited permissible lowering norms are determined for each indicator in accordance with the background concentration within the water object, limited permissible concentration of substances in water and their ability for assimilation.

In mentioned case the concentrations of pollutants CL.P.L in drain water is calculated in accordance with the dilution made after the flow of the drain water into the water

292

object.

The following formulas are used: in regard of the weighted particles:

 a  Q    Cz.d.C.  p  1  Cf (2)  q 

Where a – is the coefficient showing the level of dilution and mixture of drain and river waters (coefficient for dilution maintenance). Q – calculation expenditure in river m3/sec (ultimate average monthly expenditure with 95% maintenance of average annual richness of the river is obtained). q – maximum expenditure of drain water in m3/sec. P - possible increase of weighted particles in river after the flow of drain water in mg/l, determined under the “rules on protection of surface water from pollution”.

CB – background concentration of weighted particles in river in mg/l.

For biological requirements of oxygen (OBRსრ):

a  QC  C 10Kt  C C  t r  t (3) Jb m q 10kt 10Kt

Where Ct- limited permissible indicator of OBRsr in calculation section after mixing the river water with drain water, given in mg/l. Cr - is the background index in river in mg/l. 10-Kt - is the coefficient determining the speed of rust of organic substances in water object. In regard of other pollutants:

a  Q C  C  C  C (4) z.d.C. q f f f

Where CL.P.L - is the limited permissible concentration of pollutants in accordance with the category of water object in mg/l.

CB – is the background concentration of pollutant existed in object in mg/l.

In accordance with the formula of I. Rodziller:

1   a  (5) Q 1   q

293

Where β – is the intermediate coefficient and is determined by the following formula: 3   e L (6)

L - is the distance from the place of drain water up to the calculation section alongside the flow of the river in meters. α- is the coefficient for hydraulic factors of mixture and is determined through the following formula:

E     i 3 (7) q f

- is the coefficient depended on the place of the inflow of drain water in river. In case of inflow at the bank it amounts to 1.0, and in case of inflow into the place of maximum speed – to 1.5. i - is the coefficient of curvature of the river and amounts to:

L i  f (8) Lsw

Lფ- is the distance from the place of inflow of drain water up to the calculation section, towards the flow of the river in meters. Lსწ - shortest distance between the above mentioned two points. E- is the coefficient of turbulence diffusivity and amounts to: :

V H E  saS saS 200

Vave, Have – average speed and depth of the river at the calculation section n – is the multiplicity of dilution of drain waters in river and is determined by the following formula:

aQ  q n  q

Where a - is the coefficient for maintenance of dilution.

Q - is the calculation expenditure of river in m3/sec (ultimate average monthly expenditure with 95% maintenance of average annual richness of the river is obtained). q – is the expenditure of drain waters in m3/sec. In case the background concentration of pollutants in water exceeds the limited permissible concentration determined for surface waters, the norms of LPL are determined

on the level of the mentioned limited permissible concentration. In case the actual number of pollutants flown together with water consumption of drain water is less than calculated LPL, the actual inflow will be considered as the norm for LPL.

Concentration of pollutants during the inflow of drain water within the frameworks of populated points should not exceed the limited permissible concentrations determined for the reservoir of corresponding type. The norms of LPL are determined in accordance with the above mentioned requirements.

Control for observation of LPL norms Implementation of environmental monitoring is planned for the exploitation process. Monitoring of drain water quality will be carried out by the industrial laboratory. The analysis of the following ingredients will be made once a month:

weighted particles; petroleum products; pH.

The analysis of the following ingredients will be made on a quarterly basis:

OBR5; total phosphorus; total nitrogen. Water consumer is obliged to: Keep the initial registration of water consumption in accordance with the established norms; Present the correct information in regard of drain waters and its content to the Ministry of Environment of Georgia. In case of exceed of the level of permissible lowering of drain waters, simultaneously with the measures carried out for correction of the above mentioned situation, the coordinator of the plant in environmental issues (responsible individual) should immediately notify the Ministry of Environment of Georgia in this regard. The reasons of violation as well as the measures carried out for correction of the referred violation should be mentioned within the above mentioned information. The mentioned should also include the extreme levels of pollution of related water and accidental situations.

295

Annex 3 Emission of hazardous substances related with construction operations in atmospheric air

During the construction operations carried out in regard of the project the following diffusions are expected into the atmospheric air:

 Diffusion of engines of mobile equipments (bulldozers, cranes, excavators, compressors);  Dust due to the earthworks and movement of equipment on ground.

During the functioning of construction machinery (excavator, bulldozer, crane, etc.) the emission of nonorganic dust is calculated in accordance with the (Methodical manual [3]) and emissions related with engine functioning are accomplished in accordance with the (Methodical manual [1]). List of machinery used during the construction process is given below in Table 1. Majority of the machinery is operating on diesel. Effective normative documentation and reference literature are also used for calculation of emission of construction machinery. Calculation of maximum single diffusion and total annual emissions or total emissions of the project is possible on the basis of the tables given within the reference documentation. List of machinery used during the construction process is given below in Table 1. During the construction process the mentioned machinery makes contribution to diffusion of hazardous substances, especially of dust into the air

Table 1. Machinery used during the construction process

Minimum number of # Type of equipment and minimal features necessary equipment

1 Bulldozer with scarifier 4

2 Auto grader 2

3 Truck excavator 1

4 Dump truck 6

5 Concrete mixer 3

6 Water cistern with pulveriser 2

7 Crane 1

Emissions related with engine functioning Maximum single diffusion is calculated in 30 seconds interval when the machinery is working in all possible regimes. In accordance with the regimes the above mentioned interval includes the following: 1. Movement of machinery without load (deadheading of excavator, movement for further

loading, etc.) is characterized by (tmov.); 296

2. Movement of machinery in load regime is characterized by time (tload); 3. Idle movement (engine is working without movement of machinery, stop of the point of

excavator, etc.) is characterized by time (tidle.); 4. Duration of periods depend on specificity of work and type of machinery. The following meanings are generally adopted[2]:

Table 2. Regime intervals Name of working Tmov. Tload. Tidle. intervals Time in minutes 15 11 4

Single maximum meaning of certain pollutant diffused from the engines of operating machinery is calculated in regard of the evaluation of atmospheric air pollution by the following formula:

Gi = ∑[(Mmov x tmov ) + 1,3( Mloadi x tload ) + (idleli x tidle)] / (30 x 60) g/sec.

Where:  Mmov – and Midle – is the feature of specific emissions of road-construction machinery during the movement and idle regime [1];  1,3 Mload – is the feature of specific emissions of road-construction machinery during the load regime, it should be also envisaged that during the increase of the load the fuel expenditure also increases.

Maximum power of the vehicles and machinery used during the construction (listed above) doesn’t exceed 100 kW and therefore 61-100 kW is given within the table. Characteristics of special emission of road vehicles in accordance with [1].

Table 3. Specific emission of pollutants during the operation of machinery (g/min) Specific emission of pollutants during the operation of machinery Nominal (g/min) Vehicle power of category diesel Nitrous Sulfuruous engine, kW Carbon oxide Hydrocarbon soot oxide oxide

4 61↔100 1,29 0,43 2,47 0,27 0,19

Specific emission of pollutions at the time of idle regime (g/min) 4 61↔100 2,40 0,30 0,48 0,06 0,097 On the basis of the above given data the sources of atmospheric pollution were identified, whereas the expected emission is calculated on the basis of effective normative documentation and reference literature. 297

Single maximum meanings of diffusions: G(co) = [(Mmov (co) x tmov (co) ) + 1,3( Mload.(co) x tload.(co) )+ (Midleco) x tidleco))] / (30 x 60)= (1,29 x 15) + 1,3(1,29x11) + (2,4 x 4)/ (30 x 60) = 0.026 g/sec; G (CH) = [(Mmov (CH) x tmov (CH)) + 1,3( Mload (CH) x tload (CH))+ (Midle.(CH) x tidle (CH))] / (30 x 60) = (0,43 x 15) + 1,3(0,43 x 11) + (0,3 x 4) / (30 x 60) = 0.0076 g/sec; G (Wv.) = [(Mmov (Wv.) x tmov (soot)) + 1,3( Mload (soot.) x tload (soot.)) + (Midle (Wv.) x tidle (soot.))] / (30 x 60) = (0,27 x 15) + 1,3(0,27 x 11) + (0,06 x 4) / (30 x 60) = 0.0045 g/sec; G(SO2.) = [(Mmov (SO2) x tmov (SO2)) + 1,3( Mload (SO2) x tload (SO2)) + (Midle (SO2) x tidle (SO2))] / (30 x 60) = (0,19 x 15) + 1,3(0,19 x 11) + (0,097x 4) / (30 x 60) = 0.0033 g/sec; G (NOx) = [(Mmov (NOx) x tmov (NOx)) + 1,3( Mload (NOx) x tload (NOx)) + (Midle (NOx) x tidle (NOx))] / (30 x 60) = (2,47 x 15) + 1,3(2,47 x 11) + (0,48 x 4) / (30 x 60) = 0.041 g/sec; (In accordance with the methodical indications and envisaging the coefficient of transformation of nitrous oxide the quantity of nitrous dioxide and oxide is calculated in accordance with the determined coefficients (NO2 = 0,8 ; NO = 0,13); Thus, we will get NO2 = 0.041 x 0,8 = 0,0328 g/sec; NO = 0.041 x 0,13 = 0,0053 g/sec; During the above mentioned time the construction machinery should not be used equally. Approximate load of different construction machinery is given below. Relevant total diffusions throughout the project are calculated accordingly and are given as the annual diffusion.

Coefficient for transfer of annual diffusions: Hour per Name of object quantity day Days in total coefficient auto grader 2 3 40 0,864 crane 16 t 1 3 40 0.432 excavator 1 4 60 0,864 bulldozer 4 5 50 3,6 Concrete mixer 3 7 60 4,536 self loader 6 7 60 9,072 auto cistern 2 7 20 1,008

Table 4. Results of calculations of maximum and total emissions in regard of excavator Maximum diffusion Substance code Name of substance Total diffusion (t/year) (g/sec) 337 Carbon Oxide (CO) 0,0260 0,022464 330 Sulphuric dioxide (SO2) 0,0033 0,0028512 328 Soot (C) 0,0045 0,003888 301 Nitric Dioxide (NO2) 0,0328 0,0283392 304 Nitric oxide (NO) 0,0053 0,0045792 2732 Hydrocarbon (CH) 0,0076 0,0065664

Exploitation of 1 excavator is planned during the construction process and the above mentioned quantity is envisaged for calculation of emission of the whole period 1 x (3600 sec 298

x 240hr/106) = 0,864

Table 5. Results of calculations of maximum and total emissions in regard of bulldozer Maximum diffusion Substance code Name of substance Total diffusion (t/year) (g/sec) 337 Carbon Oxide (CO) 0,0260 0,0936 330 Sulphuric dioxide (SO2) 0,0033 0,01188 328 Soot (C) 0,0045 0,0162 301 Nitric Dioxide (NO2) 0,0328 0,11808 304 Nitric oxide (NO) 0,0053 0,01908 2732 Hydrocarbon (CH) 0,0076 0,02736

Exploitation of 4 bulldozers is planned during the construction process and the above mentioned quantity is envisaged for calculation of emission of the whole period 14 x (3600sec x 250hr/106) = 3,6

Table 6. Results of calculations of maximum and total emissions in regard of crane Maximum diffusion Substance code Name of substance Total diffusion (t/year) (g/sec) 337 Carbon Oxide (CO) 0,0260 0.011232 330 Sulphuric dioxide (SO2) 0,0033 0.0014256 328 Soot (C) 0,0045 0.001944 301 Nitric Dioxide (NO2) 0,0328 0.0141696 304 Nitric oxide (NO) 0,0053 0.0022896 2732 Hydrocarbon (CH) 0,0076 0.0032832

Exploitation of 1 crane is planned during the construction process and the above mentioned quantity is envisaged for calculation of emission of the whole period 1 x (3600sec x 120hr/106) = 0,432

Table 7. Results of calculations of maximum and total emissions in regard of self loader (coefficient 9,072) Substa Maximum diffusion nce Name of substance Total diffusion (t/year) (g/sec) code 337 Carbon Oxide (CO) 0,0260 0,235872 330 Sulphuric dioxide (SO2) 0,0033 0,0299376 328 Soot (C) 0,0045 0,040824 301 Nitric Dioxide (NO2) 0,0328 0,2975616 304 Nitric oxide (NO) 0,0053 0,0480816 2732 Hydrocarbon (CH) 0,0076 0,0689472

Exploitation of 6 self loaders is planned during the construction process and the above mentioned quantity is envisaged for calculation of emission of the whole period 6 x (3600sec

299

x 420hr/106) = 9.072

Table 8. Results of calculations of maximum and total emissions in regard of auto cistern (coefficient 1,008) Substa Maximum diffusion nce Name of substance Total diffusion (t/year) (g/sec) code 337 Carbon Oxide (CO) 0,0260 0.026208

330 Sulphuric dioxide (SO2) 0,0033 0.0033264 328 Soot (C) 0,0045 0.004536 301 Nitric Dioxide (NO2) 0,0328 0.0330624 304 Nitric oxide (NO) 0,0053 0.0053424 2732 Hydrocarbon (CH) 0,0076 0.0076608

Exploitation of 2 auto cisterns is planned during the construction process and the above mentioned quantity is envisaged for calculation of emission of the whole period 2 x (3600sec x 140hr/106) = 1,008

Table 9. Results of calculations of maximum and total emissions in regard of autograder (coefficient 0,864) Maximum diffusion Substance code Name of substance Total diffusion (t/year) (g/sec) 337 Carbon Oxide (CO) 0,0260 0,022464 330 Sulphuric dioxide (SO2) 0,0033 0,0028512 328 Soot (C) 0,0045 0,003888

301 Nitric Dioxide (NO2) 0,0328 0,0283392 304 Nitric oxide (NO) 0,0053 0,0045792 2732 Hydrocarbon (CH) 0,0076 0,0065664

Exploitation of 2 auto graders is planned during the construction process and the above mentioned quantity is envisaged for calculation of emission of the whole period 2 x (3600 sec x 120hr/106) = 0,864

Table 10. Results of calculations of maximum and total emissions in regard of concrete mixer (4,536) Substanc Maximum diffusion Name of substance Total diffusion (t/year) e code (g/sec) 337 Carbon Oxide (CO) 0,0260 0,117936 330 Sulphuric dioxide (SO2) 0,0033 0,0149688 328 Soot (C) 0,0045 0,020412 301 Nitric Dioxide (NO2) 0,0328 0,1487808 304 Nitric oxide (NO) 0,0053 0,0240408 2732 Hydrocarbon (CH) 0,0076 0,0344736 Exploitation of 3 concrete mixers is planned during the construction process and the above mentioned quantity is envisaged for calculation of emission of the whole period 3 x (3600 sec

300

x 420hr/106) = 4,536

Emissions of nonorganic dust during the operation of construction equipment Excavator on the basis of tractor – volume of bagger 0,5 m3, width of excavation – 4,25 m, activity radius – 5,3 m, time of working cycle – 30 sec, engine power – 50 kW (68 horse power). Evaluation of nonorganic dust during the excavation works Calculation formula, initial data Type of machinery : excavator with one bagger Hardness of rock : rock f=2 Total diffusion of dust during the operation of the excavator with one bugger is determined by the following formula : M = Qex x (3,6 x E x Kex/ Tec ) x T x Nг x K1 x K2 x 10-3 x N); t/year; Where :

 Qex = is the specific emission of dust from 1m3 overloaded material, g/m3 (3,1);  E – is the volue of the bagger (m3 0,5)  Kex = 0,6 (direct bagger – rock with hardness 2,7 t/m3)  Tec _ is the time of excavator cycle, sec. (30)  K1 = 1.20 – coefficient envisaging the wind speed (2,1 – 5 m/sec)  K2 =1,0 coefficient envisaging the humidity of material (humidity: 5,1-7,0%);  T = 4 hours, net time of operation per day;  Nг = 60– number of business days per year (in projecting terms)  N = 1 – number of simultaneously working machinery  by the inclusion of the above mentioned data we will have the following result:

 M = 3,1 x (3,6 x 0,5 x 0,6 / 30) x 4x60 x 1,2 x 1,0 x 10-3 x 1 = 0,0321408 t/year;

Maximum single diffusion of dust during the operation of the excavator with one bugger is determined by the following formula :

G = Qex x E x K ex x K1 x K2 x N / Tec, g/sec by the inclusion of the above mentioned data we will have the following result: G = 3,1 x 0,5 x 0,6 x 1,2 x 1,0 x 1/ 30 = 0,037 g/sec

Bulldozer works Calculation formula, initial data Type of machinery : bulldozer with power ≤100kW; Hardness of rock : rock f=2 Total diffusion of nonorganic dust during the operation of the bulldozer is determined by the following formula :

M = Qbul x (3,6 x Gm x V x T x Nr x 10-3 x K1 x K2 x N) / (Tbc x Kр), t/year;  Where :

 Qbul _ is the specific emission of dust from 1t of material to be transported, g/t (0.66) 301

 Gm – hardness of the rock t/m3 (2.70)  V _ volume of movement prism (m3) (2);  Tbc _ time of bulldozer cycle, sec (80)  Kр – 1,5 hardness of rock (hardness of rock 2.70 t/m3)  K1 =1.2 – coefficient depended on wind (2.5 m/sec)  K2 =1.0 – coefficient depended on humidity of material (5,1-7%)  T = 5 hours, net time of operation per day  Nг = 50 - number of business days per year  N = 4 – number of simultaneously working machinery by the inclusion of the above mentioned data we will have the following result: M = 0,66 x (3,6 x 2,7 x 2 x 5x 50 x 10-3 x 1,2 x 1,0 x 4) / 80 x 1,5= 0,128304 t/year

Maximum single diffusion of dust during the operation of the bulldozer is determined by the following formula : G = (Qbul x Gm x V x K1 x K2 x N) / (Tbc x Kр); by the inclusion of the above mentioned data we will have the following result: G = (0,66 x 2,7 x 2 x 1,2 x 1,0 x 4) / (80 x 1,5) = 0,14 g/sec;

Table 11. total emissions during the exploitation of all construction machinery Emission Name of source Substance Code t/year 1 2 3 4 4 bulldozers, Nonorganic dust 2902 0,1604448 1 excavator, Nitric Dioxide 301 0,6683328 6 autoloaders, Nitric oxide 304 0,1079928 2 water cisterns with Soot 328 0,091692 diffuser Sulphuric dioxide 330 0,0672408 2 auto graders Carbon Oxide 337 0,529776 and

1 crane 3 concrete mixers hydrocarbons 2732 0,1548576

The intensity of the above mentioned total data and maximum single diffusions of emissions can not influence the population. References: 1. МЕТОДИКА ПРОВЕДЕНИЯ ИНВЕНТАРИЗАЦИИ ВЫБРОСОВ ЗАГРЯЗНЯЮЩИХ ВЕЩЕСТВ В АТМОСФЕРУ ДЛЯ БАЗ ДОРОЖНОЙ ТЕХНИКИ (РАСЧЕТНЫМ МЕТОДОМ), 1998. 2. “Методика расчёта выделений (выбросов) загрязняющих веществ в атмосферу при сварочных работах (на основе удельных показателей)”. НИИ АТМОСФЕРА, Санкт- Петербург, 1997 год. 3. Расчет выбросов загрязняющих веществ при проведении горных работ в соответствии с «Методикой расчета вредных выбросов (сбросов) для комплекса оборудования открытых горных работ (на основе удельных показателей)»: Люберцы, 1999.

302

Annex 4 Response plan in case of emergency situations

Construction of road of interstate importance, Zarzma-Goderdzi section of Batumi (Angisa) – Akhaltsikhe motor road (lot 2)

303

Abbreviations and contractions

CC Construction contractor / contractor EIA Environmental influence assessment EMP Environmental management plan ERP Emergency response plan GoG Government of Georgia RoW Row of alienation SC Supervisor consultant / engineer

304

1. Review of possible scenario of emergency situations Geologic risks Project is implemented by the appreciation of 7 scored seismic zones and it corresponds with seismic risks.

Projecting road crosses 10 landslide sections and downpour ravines. Bridges and culverts are arranged through appreciation of expenditures and mass of sediments of rivers.

For mitigation of landslide processes the arrangement of drainage systems at all landslide section is envisaged by the project in order to remove the surface waters and carry out the anti-erosive activities (affixing of slopes by the use of geotextile and berms).

Construction works of high risk No explosion works, use of toxic or radioactive substances or any other risky activities are envisaged by the project.

Construction works of average and low risk Construction works of low risks that can cause the emergency situation (1 stage, in accordance with the 3 staged system of international classification4) is mainly related with spill of fuel and risk of environmental pollution (mainly, surface water, ground waters and soil). Low influence is expected from the fuel up areas for machinery and automobile park of construction camps as in such cases the fuel tanks have small size and no relevant leakage of pollutants is expected. Incidents having average and low risks can be related with exploitation of construction camp : Incidents having average risks can be related with spill of fuel or fire at the areas of technical maintenance or repair of machinery in construction camps. Incidents having low risks – leakage of fuel from damaged machinery at the construction sites.

2. Measures for prevention and response to emergency situations 2.1 Measures for preventing the possible pollution during the construction works and response in case of pollution:

4 Incident of 1st stage: situation of local importance that can be regulated through the resources of the operator company. Incident of 2nd stage – emergency situation, for regulation of such emergency situation together with the resources of operating company the resources of the local administration should also be included. Incident of 3rd stage – emergency situation of national and internations importance and utilization of national and international resources will be required for correction of such situation, 305

Preventive measures: Contractors are obliged to ensure the correct use of lubricant materials, fuel and solvents. Placement of the cisterns of lubricant materials and fuel at distance of 50 meters or less from pounds, wells and river-bed is prohibited. In case of existence of stationery cisterns all the cisterns should be placed on the concrete base (in the reservoir built by the concrete or fenced cistern). The volume of such cistern is at minimum 110% of the cistern. In case of placement of more than one cistern in the protective cistern the volume of the system should amount to 110% of the volume of smallest cistern or 25% of their volume, whichever is greater. Protective reservoir should be waterproof, it should not have drainage pipes or defects violating its leakproofness. Rain water accumulated in such fenced area (reservoir) will be pumped out ant flown in external drainage system or on ground, if the latter is not polluted. In case of spill of petroleum the spilled fuel should be collected and polluted area should be processed by the use of sorbents: sawdust, sand and straw. All attachments of fuel dosage (filling) should be checked against leakage and should be continuously controlled; their design should have the possibility of lock when it is not used. Storage of fuel or fuel up of a transport mean or equipment at the distance of less than 50 meters from pound, river, channel, well or ravine is inadmissible. Leaving of transport mean inattentively during the fuel up procedure is inadmissible. During the fuel up of the transport mean at the construction site the use of absorbent (suction) insertions and/or straw is important in order to decrease the possibility of spill of the fuel on ground to maximum extent. The above mentioned insertions or straw will be laid on the ground before the fuel up of the transport mean or machinery. Immediate removal of polluted ground layer will decrease or evade the risk of pollution of ground waters and surface waters. In case of spill (leakage) of considerable amount of fuel the responsible individual should be immediately notified and the relevant activities should be ceased till the eradication of pollution risk. During the fuel up of a transport mean or machinery the use of special applications (i.e. attachment of relevant size) is obligatory. Mentioned work should be carried out only by the trained personnel (operators). Systematic verification of the equipment of fuel up is required in order to avoid the leakage caused by the damaged equipment of fuel up. Equipment and storage rooms should be isolated and protected in order to prevent the theft and vandalism. All mobile equipment, including cranes, compressors, generators, bulldozers, excavators and others and storage cisterns should be used during the work and repaired in case of necessity so that to decrease the possibility of spill-leakage of materials to minimum. Annual verification of the equipment is necessary (procedure of technical service of transport mean) in order to prevent the danger of spill- leakage of materials. Removal of lubricants, cleaning, repair and other works of technical services of transport means should be carried out on solid (stable) ground and not on the earth embankment. Arrangement of repair workshop of transport means and equipment at the distance of less than 50 meters from pound, river, channel, well or ravine is inadmissible. Storage of potentially hazardous materials or fuel up of a mobile equipment or conduction of repair works of transport means at the distance no less than 50 meters from pound, river, channel, well, ravine, boggy or wetland territory is inadmissible. In case of observation of all the above mentioned terms the possibility (and accordingly the risks) of the risk of second stage is significantly decreased.

306

2.2. Response measures of leakage:

Response measures on leakage of the pollutants imply the depressant operation for pollution diffusion and operations of site cleaning and disposal of polluted waste.

Construction contractor will be equipped by the depressant mean intended for spilled substance: - Absorbent pillows - Sand filling station - Stacks of hey or straw - Machinery for arrangement of earth embankment - and so on

Construction contractor will be equipped by the mean intended for cleaning of spilled substance:  Absorbent pillows  Pumps and skimmers  Auto cisterns to which the spilled substance can be pumped  Construction machinery: bulldozers, excavators

2.3. Fire prevention and response measures

Envisaging the facilities and fuel reservoirs of the enterprise, fire preventing water system with 210 m3 faucet, conventional reservoir of clean water and foam generator equipment are provided within the project. Projecting expenditure of fire preventing water amounts to 0,27 m3/hr. Concentrations of expected pollution of fire preventing water and results of its cleaning are conformable with the requirements of sewage system. In addition, 3 standard fire fighting stands will be arranged at the section of transformers and control building of fleet of camp and filling station area. Fire extinguisher, the box with sand and water bucket will be provided at the above mentioned stands. Facilities should conform with the requirements of fire security and be equipped with relevant fire fighting equipment.

Corresponding standards and norms 1. ILO OSH 2001 guidelines; 2. Безопасность труда и охрана здоровья в строительстве. Руководство МОТ Женева, Международное бюро труда, 1992 3. Безопасность труда при работе с химическими веществами: инструкция МОТ, Женева, Международное бюро труда, 2001 г. 4. CONSTRUCTION RULES AND REGULATIONS12.03.01 5. CONSTRUCTION RULES AND REGULATIONS12.04.02 6. STATE STANDARD 12.4.011-89 7. INDUSTRIAL SAFETY10-115-96 307

8. STATE STANDARD 12.1.038-82 (1996) 9. STATE STANDARD 12.1.004-91 (1999) 10. STATE STANDARD 12.1.114-82 (1991) 11. STATE STANDARD Р 12.3.047-98 12. Construction rules and regulations 21-01-97 (1999) 13. STATE STANDARD 12.1.010-76 (1999) 14. STATE STANDARD 12.1.041-83 (с изм 1 1988, 2 1990) 15. STATE STANDARD 12.2.037-78 (1996) 16. STATE STANDARD 12.1.011-78 (1991) 17. STATE STANDARD 12.1.044-89 18. STATE STANDARD 12.3.046-91 19. STATE STANDARD 12.1.018-93 (1996) 20. STATE STANDARD 12.4.009-83 (1996) 21. STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES ON PROTECTION OF WORKERS - BATTERY TECHNICIANS- 66-21-95 22. STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES ON PROTECTION OF WORKERS - BATTERY TECHNICIANS- 66-55-95 23. STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES ON PROTECTION OF WORKERS - BATTERY TECHNICIANS- 66-60-95 24. STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES ON PROTECTION OF WORKERS - BATTERY TECHNICIANS- 66-58-95 25. STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES ON PROTECTION OF WORKERS - BATTERY TECHNICIANS- 66-59-95 26. STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES ON PROTECTION OF WORKERS - BATTERY TECHNICIANS- 66-26-95 27. STATE STANDARD 12.3.003-86 (2000) 28. STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES ON PROTECTION OF WORKERS - BATTERY TECHNICIANS-66-20-93* 29. STATE STANDARD 12.3.036-84 (2001) 30. STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES ON PROTECTION OF WORKERS - BATTERY TECHNICIANS- 66-06-93 (с изм. 1 1995)

Actions to be taken in case of fire In case of fire setting or observation of fire signs each employee is obliged to:

 Notify the fire guard in this regard by the use of mobile or fixed phone, also to provide it with the information on address of fire setting and his family name;  Take all appropriate measures for evacuation of people and extinguish the fire.

Heads of enterprises and authorised individuals are obliged to:

 Notify the fire guard, leadership of the object and duty groups in regard of the fire;  In case the life of people is endangered to take all appropriate measures for their rescue; 308

 Switch off the electricity (except the fire fighting systems) and switch off the ventilation systems at emergency and adjacent rooms;  Stop all works at the object except the works related with fire fighting activities;  Evacuate the personnel not involved in fire fighting activities to the safe distance;  Guide the fire fighting activities till arrival of detachment of firemen;  Maintain the observation of security measures by the personnel involved in fire fighting activities;  Ensure the protection of material valuables and evacuation together with firefighting activities;  Meet the detachment of firemen and show them the nearest way to the body of fire;  Provide the firemen with the information in regard of motor vehicles, explosive and inflammable hazardous substances existed at the territory of enterprise as it is necessary for safe work of fire-fighters.

3 Structure of response to emergency situation: Implementation of preventive measures is supported by the existence of effective environmental management system within the structure of construction contractor and system of effective supervision within the structure of the Department of Motor Roads.

Department of Motor Roads will carry out the supervision : - through hired supervisory company - there is the Service of Environment Protection and Accommodation of the Department of Motor Roads

Construction contractor and management structure should include : - Project manager - Specialist of environmental protection and social protection - Specialist of security and labour protection

3.1 Functions and obligations with the frameworks of responses to fuel leakage:

Project manager Project manager should have the initial obligation for fulfilment of response plan. He/she is also obliged to notify the observer-consultant in regard of any emergency situation that can be generated during the course of rehabilitation works.

Manager of environmental protection and social protection

Manager of environmental protection and social protection is the main point of contact in case of emergency situation. He/she is obliged to carry out the responsive procedure to leakage, cleaning activities, also segregation of waste and its take out if necessary.

Personnel of construction contractor 309

Personnel of construction contractor is obliged to notify the authorized individuals in case of emergency situation generated during the course of the rehabilitation activities.

Contractor responsible for emergency situations

Construction contractor may have the sub-contractor who will be responsible for response to emergency situations. Due to construction scale, all potential incidents reviewed within the present document require the response of 1st stage and it is conformable with qualification of personnel and existed means of the working place.

In case of great scale spill requiring additional external resources and work force, the construction contractor will hire the contractor having the corresponding experience, but probability of necessity for such contractor is quite low.

Response level and additional needs are as follows: Supervisor of work area will make the initial review of work area:

Row Review of work area Action Row 1 Should be settled locally Stop of spill sources Localization of spilled fuel Notification to the Service of Environmental Protection and Accommodation Notification to the supervisor - consultant Row 2 Additional resourced are required Stop of spill sources Localization of spilled fuel Notification to the Service of Environmental Protection and Accommodation Notification to the supervisor - consultant Notification to the regional / district agencies Row3 Requires support of regional and central Stop of spill sources agencies Localization of spilled fuel Notification to the Service of Environmental Protection and Accommodation Notification to the supervisor – consultant Notification of the Agency (Department) of Emergency Situations of the Ministry of Internal Affairs of Georgia and involvement into the response measures in case of necessity.

Equipment necessary for response to spill: - Auto cistern - 1

310

- Absorbent pillows (2 set per one construction site and – sets for fleet and 10-10 sets for the territory of asphalt-concrete plant) - Sand filling station (nearby the surface waters) - Pump (skimmers) for collection of spilled fuel – 1 - Fire extinguisher means (per working area) - Empty filling station for package of polluted absorbents and materials - Preliminarily selected area nearby the camp for temporary placement of polluted materials

3.2 Measures intended for prevention of possible pollution during the operation of motor road and reaction to spill: 3.2.1. Preventive measures: In general one could say that transportation of toxic substances and hazardous waste is regulated by the legislation and relevant normative acts. Normative acts need the further improvement but enhancement of the mechanisms of control is more important.

As regard the specific project, conduction of preventive measures is required: nearby the river Supsa where the system of ameliorative channels (km 51,000 – 51,750) is also intensive. Installation of cleaning system is also envisaged by the project : avoidance of water from roadway is accomplished through arrangement of drainage system and water accumulated from the above mentioned system is flown into the cleaning tanks envisaged at the both sides of roadbed foreseen for cleaning of the flow from petroleum by the mechanical method (3rd stage), afterwards, finally cleaned water is flown into the relief.

311

Image: collector of flow water and cleaning system

312

3.3. Functions and obligations in case of fire setting (the occasion of substation is implied but the scheme is also actual for the situation of construction camps)

In case of fire setting or observation of fire signs all employees are obliged to:

Heads of enterprises and authorised individuals are obliged to:

 Notify the fire guard, leadership of the object and duty groups in regard of the fire;  In case the life of people is endangered to take all appropriate measures for their rescue;  Switch off the electricity (except the fire fighting systems) and switch off the ventilation systems at emergency and adjacent rooms;  Stop all works at the object except the works related with fire fighting activities;  Evacuate the personnel not involved in fire fighting activities to the safe distance;  Guide the fire fighting activities till arrival of detachment of firemen;  Maintain the observation of security measures by the personnel involved in fire fighting activities;  Ensure the protection of material valuables and evacuation together with fire fighting activities;  Meet the detachment of firemen and show them the nearest way to the body of fire;  Provide the firemen with the information in regard of motor vehicles, explosive and inflammable hazardous substances existed at the territory of enterprise as it is necessary for safe work of fire-fighters.

4. Response to incident

Personnel (of construction company) is obliged to evade the occurrences of pollution and in case of origination of such incident to take all appropriate measures. Procedure of incident response is summarized as follows: - Cessation of spill - Localization of leaked liquid - Notification to relevant agencies (Agency of Management of Emergency Situations of the Ministry of Internal Affairs of Georgia)

Localization of the source of pollution, cessation of leakage and evasion of further spill should be made immediately. Cover the leaked liquid with absorbent material in order to evade its distribution. Notify the Department of Safety, Environment, Social Protection and Health Care in regard of the incident and forward the written internal document. Used absorbent material should be disposed as the hazardous waste.

313

5. Notification in regard of incident

Personnel of construction contractor and sub-contractors will be strictly warned in regard of the evasion of pollution, spill and response situations during the review of emergency situations. Personnel involved into the project are obliged to evade the pollution and is authorized to take urgent measures and carry out effective activities in order to prevent such incidents. First stages of response measures are: - Cessation of spill - Localization of leaked liquid - Notification to relevant bodies

In case of accident, leakage and pollution, warning of people by the phone is necessary: - Manager of environment and social protection - Manager of health care and safety - Project manager

Manager of environment and social protection or project manager will notify the supervisor consultant in this regard and in accordance with the nature and scale of the incident will make decision about the necessity of additional support. In case of significant incidents the manager of environment and social protection will notify the regulating individuals, land owners and local administration (regional agencies responsible for emergency situations) and also interested groups. After effective prevention of the incident the meeting will be held: - reason of incident - types of implemented activities and procedures - Necessary type of improvement - Type of activities to be implemented, date of implementation and responsible individual.

6. Training Testing of response to emergency situations should be implemented periodically and improvement should be made in accordance with the experience. The records will be recorded in the office of the contractor.

7. Financial statement Employed personnel is responsible for registration of information in regard of the spill (scale of the leakage has no importance). Official record should be presented to the supervisor- contractor by the use of the form of report (for additional details please see the healthcare and security plan).

In case of emergency please contact: Project manager – Manager of environment and social protection – Manager of healthcare and safety – Fire – rescue service – 112 Police – 122 Emergency ambulance – 113 Service of emergency situations - 112 314